Giga Tronics 8540C Series Universal Power Meters Operation And Maintenance Manual ( 8541C 8542C) GIGAT_8542C GIGAT 8542C

G_8542B G_8542B

User Manual: GIGAT_8542C

Open the PDF directly: View PDF PDF.
Page Count: 265 [warning: Documents this large are best viewed by clicking the View PDF Link!]

................................................................................................ Certified Product
ISO 9001 ...................................................................................Certified Process
Registrar: BSI, Certification No. FM 34226
Registered 04 June 1996
Amended on 01 March 2000
Giga-tronics Incorporated
4650 Norris Canyon Road ❖ San Ramon, California 94583
925.328.4650 or 800.726.4442 ❖ 925.328.4700 (Fax)
800.444.2878 (Customer Service) ❖ 925.328.4702 (Fax)
www.gigatronics.com
Manual Part Number:
Revision:
Print Date:
Operation & Maintenance Manual
Series 8540C
Universal Power Meters
30280
J1
July 2001
All technical data and specifications in this manual are subject to change without prior notice and do
not represent a commitment on the part of Giga-tronics Incorporated.
© 2000 Giga-tronics Incorporated. All rights reserved.
Printed in the USA
WARRANTY
Giga-tronics Series 8540C instruments are
warranted against defective materials and
workmanship for one years from date of shipment.
Giga-tronics will at its option repair or replace
products that are proven defective during the
warranty period. This warranty DOES NOT cover
damage resulting from improper use, nor
workmanship other than Giga-tronics service.
There is no implied warranty of fitness for a
particular purpose, nor is Giga-tronics liable for any
consequential damages. Specification and price
change privileges are reserved by Giga-tronics.
Model Numbers
The series 8540C has two model numbers: The single-channel Model 8541C and the dual-channel Model
8542C. Apart from the number of sensors they support, the two models are identical. Both models are referred
to in this manual by the general term 8540C, except where it is necessary to make a distinction between the
models.
QUF06001 10/30/99



Application of Council Directive(s)
Standard(s) to which Conformity is Declared:
89/336/EEC and 73/23/EEC EMC Directive and Low Voltage Directive
EN50081-1 (1992) EMC – Emissions
EN61010-1 (1993) Electrical Safety
Manufacturer’s Name: Manufacturer’s Address:
4650 Norris Canyon Road
San Ramon, California 94583
Giga-tronics Incorporated
USA
Type of Equipment: Model Series Number:
Universal Power Meter 8540C
Model Number(s) in Series:
8541B
8542B
8541C
8542C
With Sensor Series 803XXA, 804XXA, 806XXA
I, the undersigned, hereby declare that the equipment specified above conforms to
the above Directive(s) and Standard(s).
Thomas A. Kramer Director of Quality Assurance
(Full Name) (Signature) (Position)
San Ramon, California October 30, 1999
(Place) (Date)
Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 i
Table of Contents
About This Manual ...................................................................................................... xi
Conventions .............................................................................................................. xiii
Record of Manual Changes ......................................................................................... xv
Special Configurations ...............................................................................................xvii
1
Introduction
1.1 Description....................................................................................................1-1
1.1.1 Features .......................................................................................1-1
1.1.2 Performance Characteristics .........................................................1-2
1.1.3 Weight and Dimensions ...............................................................1-2
1.1.4 Power Requirements ....................................................................1-2
1.1.5 Environmental Requirements ........................................................1-2
1.1.6 Items Furnished ............................................................................1-2
1.1.7 Items Required .............................................................................1-2
1.1.8 Tools and Test Equipment ............................................................1-2
1.1.9 Cooling .........................................................................................1-2
1.1.10 Cleaning .......................................................................................1-3
1.1.11 Installation and Preparation for Use ..............................................1-3
1.1.12 Receiving Inspection .....................................................................1-3
1.1.13 Preparation for Reshipment ..........................................................1-3
1.2 Safety Precautions ........................................................................................1-4
1.2.1 Line Voltage and Fuse Selection ...................................................1-4
1.2.2 Power Sensor Precautions ............................................................1-5
1.3 8540C System Specifications ........................................................................1-6
1.3.1 Power Meter .................................................................................1-6
1.3.2 Accuracy ......................................................................................1-6
1.3.3 Uncertainty Due to Instrument Linearity & Zero Set vs. Noise .......1-7
1.3.4 Measurement Rates .....................................................................1-7
1.3.5 Remote Operation .........................................................................1-8
1.3.6 Fast Buffered Mode Controls ........................................................1-8
1.3.7 Meter Function .............................................................................1-8
1.3.8 Remote Inputs/Outputs .................................................................1-8
1.3.9 General Specifications ..................................................................1-9
1.3.10 Accessories Included ....................................................................1-9
1.3.11 Options ........................................................................................1-9
1.3.12 Power Sensors .............................................................................1-9
2
Front Panel Operation
2.1 Introduction ..................................................................................................2-1
2.2 The Front Panel .............................................................................................2-1
2.2.1 Calibrator ......................................................................................2-2
2.2.2 Display Window ...........................................................................2-2
2.2.3 LEDs .............................................................................................2-2
2.2.4 Power ...........................................................................................2-2
2.2.5 Front Panel Keys ...........................................................................2-2
2.2.6 Sensor Inputs ...............................................................................2-4
2.3 The Rear Panel ..............................................................................................2-5
2.3.1 Inputs & Outputs ..........................................................................2-5
Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
ii Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000
2.4 Configuring the 8540C ..................................................................................2-6
2.4.1 How the Menus Work ..................................................................2-6
2.4.2 Menu Structure ............................................................................2-7
2.4.3 Password Protection .....................................................................2-9
2.5 The Submenus............................................................................................2-10
2.5.1 A, B, A/B, ..., Off .........................................................................2-10
2.5.2 Meas Setup ................................................................................2-10
2.5.3 Sensor Setup ..............................................................................2-12
2.5.4 RF Power On/Off .........................................................................2-13
2.5.5 Config .........................................................................................2-13
2.5.6 Service ........................................................................................2-14
2.5.7 Save Setup .................................................................................2-14
2.6 Measurement Guide ....................................................................................2-15
2.6.1 Using the Power Sweep Calibrator .............................................2-15
2.6.2 806XX Sensor Operation .............................................................2-15
2.6.3 Sensor Calibration ......................................................................2-15
2.6.4 Zeroing at Low Power Levels ......................................................2-16
2.6.4.1 Low Level Performance Check................................... 2-16
2.6.5 Measuring Source Output Power ................................................2-17
2.6.6 Using the Peaking Meter .............................................................2-18
2.6.7 High Power Level Measurements ...............................................2-18
2.6.8 Modulated Measurement Modes ................................................2-18
2.6.9 Measurement Collection Modes .................................................2-21
2.6.10 Mode Restrictions .......................................................................2-23
2.6.11 When to use CW, MAP and BAP ................................................2-23
2.6.12 Multi-Tone Tests ........................................................................2-23
2.6.13 Peak Hold ...................................................................................2-24
2.6.14 Crest Factor ................................................................................2-25
2.6.15 Burst Signal Measurements .......................................................2-26
2.6.16 Burst Start Exclude, Burst End Exclude ......................................2-27
2.6.17 Burst Dropout .............................................................................2-28
2.6.18 Optimizing Measurement Speed .................................................2-29
2.6.19 Peak Power Measurements ........................................................2-30
2.6.20 Measuring an Attenuator (Single Channel Method) ....................2-30
2.6.21 Improving Accuracy ....................................................................2-31
2.6.22 Performance Verification .............................................................2-32
2.6.23 Sources of Error ..........................................................................2-33
3
Remote Operation
3.1 Introduction...................................................................................................3-1
3.1.1 Sending Commands to the 8540C ................................................3-1
3.1.2 Clear Device ..................................................................................3-2
3.1.3 Clear Interface ..............................................................................3-2
3.1.4 Local and Remote Control .............................................................3-2
3.1.5 Sensor Selection and Calibration ..................................................3-2
3.1.6 Polling ..........................................................................................3-3
3.1.7 Data Output Formats (Standard Measurement Collection Mode) ..3-4
3.1.8 Data Output Formats (Fast Measurement Collection Modes) ........3-4
3.1.9 Power-On Default Conditions .......................................................3-4
3.2 Command Syntax..........................................................................................3-5
3.2.1 Functions .....................................................................................3-5
3.2.2 Prefixes ........................................................................................3-5
3.2.3 Variables .......................................................................................3-6
3.2.4 Suffixes ........................................................................................3-6
3.2.5 Separators ....................................................................................3-7
3.2.6 Command Format Illustrations ......................................................3-7
Preface
Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 iii
3.3 Series 8540C Command Codes .....................................................................3-8
3.3.1 IEEE 488.2 Common Commands ..................................................3-8
3.3.2 8540C Function Codes .................................................................3-9
3.3.3 HP437 Emulation GPIB Command Set ........................................3-11
3.3.4 HP438 Emulation GPIB Command Set ........................................3-13
3.3.5 HP436 Emulation GBIP Command Set ........................................3-15
3.4 Analog Output.............................................................................................3-16
3.4.1 Standard Output .........................................................................3-16
3.4.2 Optional Speed Count .................................................................3-17
3.5 Averaging....................................................................................................3-18
3.5.1 Auto Averaging ..........................................................................3-18
3.5.2 Manual Averaging ......................................................................3-19
3.6 Cal Factors ..................................................................................................3-20
3.7 Calibration...................................................................................................3-21
3.8 Calibrator Source.........................................................................................3-22
3.9 Crest Factor.................................................................................................3-23
3.9.1 Enabling the Crest Factor Feature ...............................................3-23
3.9.2 Reading the Crest Factor Value ...................................................3-23
3.10 Display Control............................................................................................3-24
3.11 Duty Cycle Commands ................................................................................3-25
3.11.1 Activating or Deactivating a Duty Cycle ......................................3-25
3.11.2 Specifying a Duty Cycle ..............................................................3-25
3.11.3 Reading Duty Cycle Status .........................................................3-25
3.12 EEPROM .....................................................................................................3-26
3.13 Frequency ...................................................................................................3-27
3.14 Instrument Identification .............................................................................3-28
3.15 Learn Modes ...............................................................................................3-29
3.15.1 Learn Mode #1 ...........................................................................3-30
3.15.2 Learn Mode #2 ...........................................................................3-31
3.16 Limits ..........................................................................................................3-32
3.16.1 Setting Limits .............................................................................3-32
3.16.2 Activating Limits .........................................................................3-32
3.16.3 Measuring with Limits ................................................................3-33
3.17 Measurement Collection Modes (Standard) .................................................3-34
3.17.1 Measurement Triggering ............................................................3-34
3.17.2 Group Execute Trigger ................................................................3-35
3.18 Measurement Collection Modes (Fast) ........................................................3-36
3.18.1 General .......................................................................................3-36
3.18.2 Data Output Formats for Fast Modes .........................................3-38
3.18.3 Fast Buffered Mode ....................................................................3-39
3.18.4 Swift Mode .................................................................................3-41
3.18.5 Fast Modulated Mode ................................................................3-43
Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
iv Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000
3.19 Measurement Mode Commands .................................................................3-44
3.19.1 CW Mode ...................................................................................3-44
3.19.2 MAP Mode .................................................................................3-44
3.19.3 PAP Mode ..................................................................................3-45
3.19.4 BAP Mode ..................................................................................3-45
3.19.5 Peak Mode .................................................................................3-45
3.19.6 Measurement Mode Query .........................................................3-46
3.20 Advanced Features......................................................................................3-47
3.20.1 Burst Start Exclude .....................................................................3-47
3.20.2 Burst End Exclude ......................................................................3-47
3.20.3 Burst Dropout Tolerance .............................................................3-48
3.21 Min/Max Power Value .................................................................................3-49
3.21.1 Enabling the Min/Max Feature ....................................................3-49
3.21.2 Reading the Min/Max Values ......................................................3-49
3.22 Offset Commands .......................................................................................3-51
3.22.1 Enabling/Disabling an Offset .......................................................3-51
3.22.2 Setting an Offset Value ...............................................................3-51
3.22.3 Measured Offset Entry ................................................................3-52
3.23 Peak Hold ....................................................................................................3-53
3.23.1 Enabling the Peak Hold Feature ..................................................3-53
3.23.2 Reading the Peak Hold Value ......................................................3-53
3.24 Peak Power Sensor Commands (80350A Series) .........................................3-54
3.24.1 Setting the Trigger Mode & Trigger Level ...................................3-54
3.24.2 Setting the Delay ........................................................................3-54
3.24.3 Setting the Delay Offset ..............................................................3-55
3.24.4 Reading Values ...........................................................................3-55
3.25 Peak Power Sensor Commands (80340A Series) .........................................3-56
3.26 Preset..........................................................................................................3-57
3.27 Relative Measurements ...............................................................................3-58
3.28 Resolution ...................................................................................................3-59
3.29 Sensor Selection..........................................................................................3-59
3.30 Status .........................................................................................................3-60
3.30.1 Status Byte Message ..................................................................3-60
3.30.2 Event Status Register .................................................................3-61
3.30.3 Status Message ..........................................................................3-62
3.31 Store and Recall ..........................................................................................3-66
3.31.1 Saving a Configuration ...............................................................3-66
3.31.2 Retrieving a Configuration ..........................................................3-66
3.32 Units ...........................................................................................................3-67
3.33 VPROPF Feature............................................................................................3-68
3.33.1 Enabling & Disabling VPROPF ......................................................3-68
3.33.2 Configuring VPROPF .....................................................................3-68
3.34 Zeroing........................................................................................................3-69
Preface
Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 v
4
Theory of Operation
4.1 General..........................................................................................................4-1
4.2 CPU PC Board (A1)........................................................................................4-2
4.2.1 Power Supply ...............................................................................4-2
4.2.2 Battery Back-Up ...........................................................................4-2
4.2.3 Circuit Description ........................................................................4-3
4.3 Analog PC Board (A2)....................................................................................4-5
4.3.1 Circuit Description ........................................................................4-5
4.3.2 Analog Board Control Lines ..........................................................4-7
4.4 Calibrator Module..........................................................................................4-9
4.4.1 General .......................................................................................4-10
4.4.2 50 MHz Oscillator .......................................................................4-10
4.4.3 RF Output ...................................................................................4-11
4.4.4 Oven ...........................................................................................4-11
4.4.5 Thermistor Bridge .......................................................................4-11
4.4.6 Track & Hold and DAC ................................................................4-11
4.4.7 Correction Thermistor Circuit ......................................................4-11
4.4.8 Calibrator NVRAM Control Circuit ...............................................4-12
4.4.9 Digital Control Circuit .................................................................4-12
4.5 Front Panel PC Assembly (A3).....................................................................4-13
5
Calibration & Testing
5.1 Introduction ..................................................................................................5-1
5.2 Calibration Procedure ....................................................................................5-1
5.2.1 Equipment Required .....................................................................5-1
5.2.2 Calibrator Output Power ...............................................................5-2
5.2.3 Power Supply Voltage Checks ......................................................5-3
5.2.4 Calibrator Voltages .......................................................................5-4
5.2.5 Calibrator Frequency Check ..........................................................5-4
5.2.6 GPIB Test Functions .....................................................................5-4
5.3 Performance Verification Tests ......................................................................5-6
5.3.1 Equipment Required .....................................................................5-6
5.3.2 Calibrator Output Power Reference Level ......................................5-7
5.3.3 Instrument Plus Power Sensor Linearity .......................................5-9
5.3.4 GPIB Port Check .........................................................................5-11
6
Maintenance
6.1 Periodic Maintenance ....................................................................................6-1
6.1.1 Testing & Calibration ....................................................................6-1
6.1.2 Cleaning .......................................................................................6-1
6.1.3 Lithium Battery .............................................................................6-1
6.2 Troubleshooting ............................................................................................6-3
6.2.1 General Failure .............................................................................6-3
6.2.2 Channel-Specific Failure in the 8542C ..........................................6-3
6.2.3 Functional Failures .......................................................................6-3
Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
vi Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000
7
Parts Lists
7.1 Introduction...................................................................................................7-1
7.2 Parts Lists for Series 8540C Universal Power Meters ....................................7-1
8541C SINGLE CHANNEL POWER METER, Rev. C .................................. 7-1
30160 8541C CHASSIS ASSY, Rev. L ..................................................... 7-2
21331 FRONT PANEL ASSY, 8541C, Rev. B ........................................... 7-3
8542C DUAL CHANNEL POWER METER, Rev. C..................................... 7-3
30172 CHASSIS ASSY, 8542C, Rev. M................................................... 7-4
21332 FRONT PANEL ASSY, 8542B, Rev. C (A1).................................... 7-5
21693 CPU PCB ASSY, 854xB, Rev. J (A1)............................................. 7-5
21693-A00 PCB ASSY PREWARE, CPU, Rev. H (A1)................................ 7-6
30164 8541C ANALOG PC ASSY, Rev. S (A2)......................................... 7-9
30173 8542C ANALOG PC ASSY, Rev. S (A2)....................................... 7-22
21229 FRONT PANEL PCB ASSY, Rev. C (A3)....................................... 7-38
21240 LCD DISPLAY ASSY, Rev. B (A4)................................................ 7-38
7.3 List of Manufacturers ..................................................................................7-39
8
Diagrams
8.1 Introduction...................................................................................................8-1
8.2 Applicability ..................................................................................................8-1
8540C Series Power Meter, DWG 30161, Rev. B ......................................... 8-3
8542C Chassis Assy., DWG 30172, Rev. M ................................................ 8-5
CPU PC Assy. (A1), DWG 21693, Rev. J ...................................................... 8-8
CPU Circuit Schematic (A1), DWG 21694, Rev. J ........................................ 8-9
Analog PC Assy. (A2), DWG 30173, Rev. S ............................................... 8-12
Analog Circuit Schematic (A2), DWG 30165, Rev. R .................................. 8-14
Front Panel PC Assy. (A3), DWG 21229, Rev. C ........................................ 8-20
Front Panel Circuit Schematic (A3), DWG 21230, Rev. C ........................... 8-21
Option 06 (8542C) System Schematic, DWG 30535, Rev. B ...................... 8-22
Option 06 PC Board Assy., DWG 21387, Rev. B ........................................ 8-23
Option 06 Circuit Schematic, DWG 21388, Rev. A ..................................... 8-24
Option 11 (Series 8540C) System Schematic, DWG 30485, Rev. B ........... 8-25
Time Gate Measurement PC Assy. (Option 11), DWG 30442, Rev. B ......... 8-26
Time Gate Measurement Circuit Schm. (Opt. 11), DWG 30443, Rev. B ...... 8-27
A
Typical Applications Programs
A.1 Continuous Data Reading............................................................................. A-1
A.2 Remote Calibration of a Sensor..................................................................... A-1
A.3 Speed Tests: Normal and Swift .................................................................... A-2
A.4 Swift Demo 1: FREERUN ............................................................................. A-4
A.5 Swift Demo 2: GET...................................................................................... A-5
A.6 Fast Buffered Demo: POST GET .................................................................. A-6
A.7 Fast Buffered Demo: POST TTL ................................................................... A-7
Preface
Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 vii
B
Power Sensors
B.1 Introduction ................................................................................................. B-1
B.2 Power Sensor Selection................................................................................ B-1
B.2.1 Modulation Power Sensors ........................................................... B-2
B.2.2 Modulation Sensor Specifications ................................................. B-5
B.2.3 Peak Power Sensors ..................................................................... B-8
B.2.4 Directional Bridges...................................................................... B-10
B.3 Power Sensor Calibration ........................................................................... B-11
B.3.1 Local Calibration ......................................................................... B-11
B.3.2 Remote Calibration...................................................................... B-14
C
Options
C.1 Introduction ................................................................................................. C-1
C.2 Option 01: Rack Mount Kit ........................................................................... C-1
C.3 Option 02: 256K Buffer ................................................................................ C-2
C.4 Option 03: Rear Panel Connections (8541C) ................................................. C-2
C.5 Option 04: Rear Panel Connections (8542C) ................................................ C-2
C.6 Option 05: Soft Carrying Case ...................................................................... C-2
C.7 Option 06: Second Analog Output................................................................ C-3
C.7.1 Introduction .................................................................................. C-3
C.7.2 Theory of Operation ...................................................................... C-3
C.8 Option 07: Side-Mounted Carry Case ........................................................... C-6
C.9 Option 08: Transit Case................................................................................ C-6
C.10 Option 09: Dual Power Meter Rack Mount Kit .............................................. C-7
C.11 Option 10: Assembled Dual Power Meter Rack Mount ................................. C-8
C.12 Option 11: Time Gating Measurement ......................................................... C-9
C.12.1 Description ................................................................................... C-9
C.12.2 Specifications................................................................................ C-9
C.12.3 Time Gating Menu ...................................................................... C-10
C.12.4 Time Gating Mode ...................................................................... C-11
C.12.5 Measurement Display ................................................................. C-14
C.12.6 GPIB Setup ................................................................................. C-14
C.13 Option 13: Rear Panel Sensor Connections (8541C) ................................... C-17
C.14 Option 14: Rear Panel Sensor Connections (8542C) ................................... C-17
Index
8540C Universal Power Meters Index.................................................................. Index-1
Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
viii Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000
List of Figures
Figure 1-1: Voltage Selector and Fuse Holder .........................................................1-4
Figure 1-2: Uncertainty Due to Linearity & Zero Set ................................................1-7
Figure 2-1: 8542C Front Panel ................................................................................2-1
Figure 2-2: 8540C Rear Panel .................................................................................2-5
Figure 2-3: Burst Measurement ............................................................................2-20
Figure 2-4: Delay and Delay Offsets......................................................................2-22
Figure 2-5: Peak Hold ...........................................................................................2-24
Figure 2-6: Crest Factor ........................................................................................2-25
Figure 2-7: Burst Start Exclude & Burst End Exclude............................................2-27
Figure 2-8: Burst Dropout.....................................................................................2-28
Figure 4-1: CPU Block Diagram...............................................................................4-2
Figure 4-2: Analog PC Block Diagram .....................................................................4-5
Figure 4-3: Calibrator Internal Power Standard .......................................................4-9
Figure 4-4: Front Panel PC Assembly....................................................................4-13
Figure 5-1: Calibrator Output Test Setup ................................................................5-7
Figure 5-2: Power Linearity Test Setup ...................................................................5-9
Figure B-1: 80401A Modulation-Related Uncertainty ............................................ B-6
Figure B-2: 80601A Modulation-Related Uncertainty ............................................ B-7
Figure C-1: Time Gating Option Menu Structure ................................................. C-10
Figure C-2: External Gated Time Measurement ................................................... C-11
Figure C-3: External Trigger Gated Time Measurement ....................................... C-13
Figure C-4: GPIB Syntax for Time Gating Measurement ...................................... C-14
Preface
Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 ix
List of Tables
Table 1-1: Collection Modes Measurement Rates................................................. 1-7
Table 2-1: Configuration Menu Structure ............................................................. 2-7
Table 3-1: Implemented IEEE Standards............................................................... 3-1
Table 3-2: IEEE 488.2 Command Set .................................................................... 3-8
Table 3-3: 8540C Function Codes ........................................................................ 3-9
Table 3-4: 8540C Command Set for HP437 Emulation ....................................... 3-11
Table 3-5: 8540C Command Set for HP438 Emulation ....................................... 3-13
Table 3-6: 8540C Command Set for HP436 Emulation ....................................... 3-15
Table 3-7: Measurement Setting Target Default Values...................................... 3-18
Table 3-8: Numbering Averaging........................................................................ 3-19
Table 3-9: Learn Mode #1 Output Format .......................................................... 3-30
Table 3-10: Preset (Default) Conditions ................................................................ 3-57
Table 3-11: Status Byte and Service Request Mark .............................................. 3-60
Table 3-12: Event Status & Event Status Enable Register..................................... 3-61
Table 3-13: Error Code Returned in Position AA ................................................... 3-63
Table 3-14: Error Code Returned in Position aa .................................................... 3-64
Table 3-15: Other Codes in the Status Message................................................... 3-65
Table 4-1: 8540C Circuit Board Assemblies.......................................................... 4-1
Table 5-1: Equipment Required for Calibration ..................................................... 5-1
Table 5-2: DC Power Supply Test Points .............................................................. 5-3
Table 5-3: Equipment Required for Performance Testing ...................................... 5-6
Table 7-1: List of Manufacturers ........................................................................ 7-39
Table B-1: Power Sensor Selection Guide ............................................................ B-2
Table B-2: Power Sensor Cal Factor Uncertainties ............................................... B-4
Table B-3: 804XXA Modulation Sensor Specifications ......................................... B-5
Table B-4: Peak Power Sensor Selection Guide .................................................... B-8
Table B-5: Peak Power Sensor Cal Factor Uncertainties ....................................... B-9
Table B-6: Directional Bridge Selection Guide .................................................... B-10
Table C-1: Output Voltages .................................................................................. C-3
Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
xManual 30280, Rev. J, August 2000
Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 xi
About This Manual
About This ManualAbout This Manual
About This Manual
This manual contains the following chapters and appendices to describe the operation and
maintenance of Giga-tronics Series 8540C Universal Power Meters:
Preface:
In addition to a comprehensive Table of Contents and general information about the manual, the
Preface also contains a record of changes made to the manual since its publication, and a description
of Special Configurations. If you have ordered a user-specific manual, please refer to page xvii for a
description of the special configuration.
Chapter 1 – Introduction:
This chapter contains a brief introduction to the instrument and its performance parameters.
Chapter 2 – Front Panel Operation:
This chapter is a guide to the instrument’s front panel keys, display and configuration menus.
Chapter 3 – Remote Operation:
This chapter is a guide to the instrument’s GPIB remote control interface.
Chapter 4 – Theory of Operation:
This chapter provides an instrument block diagram level description and its circuits for maintenance
and applications.
Chapter 5 – Calibration & Testing:
This chapter provides procedures for inspection, calibration and performance testing.
Chapter 6 – Maintenance:
This chapter contains procedures for maintenance and troubleshooting.
Chapter 7 – Parts Lists:
This chapter lists all components and parts and their sources.
Chapter 8 – Diagrams:
This chapter contains schematics and parts placement diagrams for all circuits.
Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
xii Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000
Appendix A - Sample Programs:
This appendix provides examples for controlling the 8540C remotely over the GPIB.
Appendix B – Power Sensors:
This appendix provides selection data, specifications and calibration procedures.
Appendix C - Options:
This appendix describes options available for the Series 8540C.
Index:
A comprehensive word index of the various elements of the 8540C manual.
Changes that occur after publication of the manual, and Special Configuration data will be inserted
as loose pages in the manual binder. Please insert and/or replace the indicated pages as detailed in the
Technical Publication Change Instructions included with new and replacement pages.
Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 xiii
Conventions
ConventionsConventions
Conventions
The following conventions are used in this product manual. Additional conventions not included
here will be defined at the time of usage.
Warning
The WARNING statement is enclosed in dashed lines and centered
in the page. This calls attention to a situation, or an operating or
maintenance procedure, or practice, which if not strictly corrected
or observed, could result in injury or death of personnel. An
example is the proximity of high voltage.
Caution
The CAUTION statement is enclosed with single lines and centered
in the page. This calls attention to a situation, or an operating or
maintenance procedure, or practice, which if not strictly corrected
or observed, could result in temporary or permanent damage to the
equipment, or loss of effectiveness.
Notes
NOTE: A NOTE Highlights or amplifies an essential operating or maintenance
procedure, practice, condition or statement.
WARNING
CAUTION
☛
☛☛
☛
Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
xiv Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000
Symbols
Block diagram symbols frequently used in the manual are illustrated below.
DIV
N
Frequency
Divider
Pulse
Modulator
MOD
Course
Fine
YIG-Tuned
Oscillator
YIG STEP
ATTEN
Step
Attenuator
RF Level
Detector Coupler Voltage-
Controlled
Oscillator
Mixer
Fixed
Reference
Oscillator
Switch PIN-Diode
Leveler
LVL
Filter
Step-Recovery
Diode Multiplier
Digital
Data
Digital to
Analog
Converter
DAC
Phase Lock
Loop
Isolator Amplifier
LOW
PAS S
V
R
Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 xv
Record of Manual Changes
Record of Manual ChangesRecord of Manual Changes
Record of Manual Changes
This table is provided for your convenience to maintain a permanent record of manual change data.
Corrected replacement pages will be issued as Technical Publication Change Instructions, and will be
inserted at the front of the binder. Remove the corresponding old pages, insert the new pages, and
record the changes here.
Change
Instruction
Number
Change
Instruction
Date
Date
Entered Comments
Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
xvi Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000
Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 xvii
Special Configurations
Special ConfigurationsSpecial Configurations
Special Configurations
When the accompanying product has been configured for user-specific application(s), supplemental
pages will be inserted at the front of the manual binder. Remove the indicated page(s) and replace it
(them) with the furnished Special Configuration supplemental page(s).
Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
xviii Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000
Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 1-1
1
Introduction
1.1 Description
The Series 8540C is a digital-controlled, self-calibrating power meter. It can measure RF and
microwave signal power over a wide range of frequencies and levels in a variety of measurement modes.
They can be operated locally from the front panel or remotely over the General Purpose Interface Bus
(GPIB). See Section 1.3 for performance specifications.
The Series 8540C is available as the single-channel Model 8541C or the dual-channel Model 8542C,
which can simultaneously measure and display signal data for two channels.
The 8540C and the Series 80600 line of power sensors offer enhanced performance in the measurement
of complex modulation signals in the communication industry. The 8540C maintains all the
functionality of Giga-tronics 8540B power meters as well as compatibility with all existing power sensor
models.
1.1.1 Features
•CW, modulated and peak power sensors
•> 2000 readings/second in the Fast Buffered Mode (GPIB only)
•90 dB dynamic range CW sensors
•+0.5% linearity
•True dual-channel display
•HP 438A, 437B, and 436 native mode emulation (GPIB only)
•EEPROM based CAL FACTOR correction sensors
•Modulated Average Power (MAP) mode
•Pulse Average Power (PAP) mode
•Burst Average Power (BAP) mode
•Wide modulation bandwidth – The 8540C is capable of accurately measuring signals with
modulation frequencies up to 1.5 MHz with the 80601A sensor
•Dual-channel modulated measurements with the 8542C and 80400 or 80600 series power sensors
•Time-gating (Option 11) allows you to specify a time period referenced to a rear panel trigger
during which power measurements are taken
•Password protection against unauthorized changes in data stored in EEPROMs
Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
1-2 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000
1.1.2 Performance Characteristics
Performance specifications for models in the 8540C are presented in Section 1.3. Sensor specifications
are contained in Appendix B. Options are detailed in Appendix C.
1.1.3 Weight and Dimensions
Series 8540C instruments weigh 10 lbs. (nominal).
Dimensions are 3.5" high x 8.4" wide x 14.5" deep.
1.1.4 Power Requirements
100/120/220/240 Vac ±10%, 48-440 Hz, 20 W, typical. See Section 1.2.1 for details to set the voltage
and install the correct fuse for the area in which the instrument will be used.
1.1.5 Environmental Requirements
The Series 8540C instruments are type tested to MIL-T-28800E, Type III, Class 5 for Navy shipboard,
submarine and shore applications except as follows:
•Operating temperature range is 0 °C to 50 °C (calibrator operating temperature range is 5 °C to
35 °C).
•Non-operating (storage) temperature range is -40 °C to +70 °C.
•Relative humidity is limited to 95% non-condensing.
•Altitude and EMI requirements are not specified.
1.1.6 Items Furnished
In addition to options and/or accessories specifically ordered, items furnished with the instrument are:
1 ea. - Power Cord
1 ea. - Detachable Sensor Cable (for Model 8541C), or
2 ea. - Detachable Sensor Cables (for Model 8542C)
1 ea. - Operation Manual
1.1.7 Items Required
The 8540C requires an external power sensor; see Appendix B for Power Sensor Specifications.
1.1.8 Tools and Test Equipment
No special tools are required to operate the 8540C. Test equipment required for calibration or
performance verification is described in Chapter 4.
1.1.9 Cooling
No cooling is required if the instrument is operated within its specified operating temperature range
(0 to 50 ° C).
Introduction
Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 1-3
1.1.10 Cleaning
The front panel can be cleaned using a cloth dampened with a mild detergent; wipe off the detergent
residue with a damp cloth and dry with a dry cloth. Solvents and abrasive cleaners should not be used.
1.1.11 Installation and Preparation for Use
The instrument is shipped in an operational condition and no special installation procedures are
required.
1.1.12 Receiving Inspection
Use care in removing the instrument from the carton and check immediately for physical damage, such
as bent or broken connectors on the front and rear panels, dents or scratches on the panels, broken
extractor handles, etc. Check the shipping carton for evidence of physical damage and immediately
report any damage to the shipping carrier.
Each Giga-tronics instrument must pass rigorous inspections and tests prior to shipment. Upon receipt,
its performance should be verified to ensure that operation has not been impaired during shipment. The
performance verification procedure is described in Chapter 5 of this manual.
1.1.13 Preparation for Reshipment
Follow these instructions if it is necessary to return the product to the factory.
To protect the instrument during reshipment, use the best packaging materials available. If possible use
the original shipping container. If this is not possible, a strong carton or a wooden box should be used
Wrap the instrument in heavy paper or plastic before placing it in the shipping container. Completely
fill the areas on all sides of the instrument with packaging material. Take extra precautions to protect
the front and rear panels.
Seal the package with strong tape or metal bands. Mark the outside of the package “FRAGILE —
FRAGILE — FRAGILE —
FRAGILE —
DELICATE INSTRUMENT
DELICATE INSTRUMENTDELICATE INSTRUMENT
DELICATE INSTRUMENT”. If corresponding with the factory or local Giga-tronics sales office
regarding reshipment, please reference the full model number and serial number. If the instrument is
being reshipped for repair, enclose all available pertinent data regarding the problem that has been
found.
☛
☛☛
☛
NOTE: If you are returning an instrument to Giga-tronics for service, first contact
Giga-tronics Customer Service at 800.444.2878 or Fax at 925.328.4702 so that a return
authorization number can be assigned. You can also contact Customer Service via our
e-mail address repairs@gigatronics.com.
Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
1-4 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000
1.2 Safety Precautions
This instrument has a 3-wire power cord with a 3-terminal polarized plug for connection to the power
source and safety-ground. The ground (or safety ground) is connected to the chassis.
If a 3-to-2 wire adapter is used, connect the ground lead from the
adapter to earth ground. Failure to do this can cause the instru-
ment to float above earth ground, posing a shock hazard.
The 8540C is designed for international use with source voltages of 100, 120, 220, or 240 Vac, ±10% at
50 to 400 Hz. The 8540C uses an internationally approved connector that includes voltage selection,
fuse, and filter for RFI protection (see Figure 1-1).
The instrument can be damaged if connected to a source voltage
with the line voltage selector set incorrectly. Before connecting
the instrument to power, make sure that the line voltage selector
is set for the correct source voltage.
1.2.1 Line Voltage and Fuse Selection
The instrument is shipped in an operational condition and no special installation procedures are
required except to check and/or set the operating voltage and fuse selection as described in the
following.
When the instrument is shipped from the factory, it is set for a power line voltage (120 Vac for domestic
destinations). The power line fuse for this setting is 0.50 A Slo-Blo. If the source voltage is to be 220 to
240 Vac, the fuse must be changed to 0.35 A Slo-Blo (see Figure 1-1).
Figure 1-1: Voltage Selector and Fuse Holder
WARNING
CAUTION
110
120
VOLTAGE
SELECTION
WHEEL
COVER
FUSE AND
FUSE HOLDER
AC POWER
INPUT
Introduction
Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 1-5
The voltage selector and fuse holder are both contained in the covered housing directly above the AC
power connector on the rear panel. To gain access to them, use a small screwdriver or similar tool to
snap open the cover and proceed as follows:
1. To change the voltage setting:
Use the same tool to remove the voltage selector (a small barrel-shaped component marked
with voltage settings). Rotate the selector so that the desired voltage faces outward and replace
the selector back in its slot. Close the housing cover; the appropriate voltage should be visible
through the window (see Figure 1-1).
2. To replace the fuse:
Pull out the small drawer on the right side of the housing (marked with an arrow) and remove
the old fuse. Replace with a new fuse, insert the drawer and close the housing cover
(see Figure 1-1).
1.2.2 Power Sensor Precautions
Power sensor safety precautions, selection, specifications, and calibration are detailed in Appendix B to
this manual.
Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
1-6 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000
1.3 8540C System Specifications
1.3.1 Power Meter
Frequency Range: 10 MHz to 40 GHz1
Power Range: -70 dBm to +47 dBm (100 pW to 50 Watt)1
Single Sensor
Dynamic Range:
CW Power Sensors: 90 dB1
Peak Power Sensors: 40 dB Peak, 50 dB CW
Modulation Sensors: 87 dB CW; 80 dB MAP/PAP; 60 dB BAP
Display Resolution: User-selective from 1 dB to 0.001 dB in Log mode and from 1 to 4
digits of display resolution in Linear mode.
1.3.2 Accuracy
Calibrator Power Sweep calibration signal to dynamically linearize the sensors
Frequency: 50 MHz nominal
Settability: The 1 mW (0.0dBm) level in the Power Sweep Calibrator is factory set
to ±0.7% traceable to National Institute of Standards and Technology.
Measure with 15 seconds of setting calibrator to 0.0 dBm.
0.0dBm Accuracy: ±1.2% worst case for one year over a temperature range of 5 to 35 °C
Connector: Type N, 50 Ω
VSWR: <1.05 (Return Loss >33 dB)
System Linearity at 50 MHz
for Standard Sensors: ±0.02 dB over any 20 dB range from -70 to +16 dBm
±0.02 dB ±0.05 dB/dB from +16 to +20 dBm
±0.04 dB from -70 to +16 dBm
Temperature Coefficient of
Linearity: <0.3%/ °C temperature change following Power Sweep
Calibration.
24-hour warm-up required.
Zeroing Accuracy (CW
(Standard Sensors):
Zero Set <±50 pW2 <±100 pW with 80400A and 80600A Series
Modulation Power Sensors
Zero Drift <±100 pW during 1 hour 2, 3
<±200 pW with 80400A and 80600A Series Sensors
Noise <±50 pW measured over any 1 minute interval. Three standard
deviations.2
<±100 pW with 80400A and 80600A Series Sensors
Notes:
1. Depending on sensor used (see Power Sensor details in Appendix B).
2. Specifications applies at -50 dBm for 803XXA Standard sensors. When measuring power levels Po other than -50 dBm,
divide noise and zero specifications by (10 -Po/10)/(10-5). For other 80300 Series CW Sensors, specification applies at 20 dB
above the minimum specified reading level. For Peak Sensors, see Appendix B and the 80350A Series Peak Power Sensor
Data Sheet. Specified performance applies with Maximum averaging and 24 hour warm-up temperature vision <3 °C.
Introduction
Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 1-7
3. Zero Drift Measurement
a. Set the meters Average to 512. Perform Calibration. Connect a 50-ohm load to the sensor after Calibration and
Zero meter.
b. Temperature stabilize at 25 °C for 24 hours.
c. After the 24 hour stabilization at 25 °C, perform a Zero Drift test.
d. Zero meter and take an initial measurement reading.
e. Take one reading every 10 minutes until the one hour period elapses.
f. Plot the 6 readings, Zero Drift should be ±100pW.
1.3.3 Uncertainty Due to Instrument Linearity & Zero Set vs.
Noise
1.3.4 Measurement Rates
Measurement speed increases significantly using the 8540C data storage capabilities. Storing data in the
power meter’s memory for later downloading to your controller reduces GPIB protocol overhead. Up to
128,000 readings can be buffered. Table 1-1 illustrates typical maximum measurement rates for different
measurement collection modes. The rate of measurement depends on several factors including the
controller speed and the number of averages. The Fast Buffered Mode speed does not include bus
communication time.
Figure 1-2: Uncertainty Due to Linearity & Zero Set
Table 1-1: Collection Modes Measurement Rates
Measurement
Collection Mode
Readings per Second
(CW Measurement)
Readings per Second
(MAP, PAP, BAP
Measurement)
Normal (TR3), Continuous Single Readings >30 15
Swift Mode, Continuous or
Buffered, Bus/TTL triggered >175 N/A
Swift Mode, Continuous or
Buffered, Free-run triggered >200 N/A
Fast Buffered Mode, Buffered Data, Time
Interval = 0 2600 N/A
Fast Modulated Mode, Continuous Single
Readings N/A 30
3
2
1
0
-1
-2
-3
80301A
80310A
80320A
80321A
80322A
80325A
80330A
80401A (CW)
80401A (MAP, PAP)
80401 (BAP)
80601 (CW)
80601 (MAP, PAP)
80601 (BAP)
-70
-64
-60
-50
-40
-40
-30
-67
-60
-60
-55
-40 -33 -27 -21 -15 -9 -33 9 15 20
-60
-54
-50
-40
-30
-30
-20
-57
-50
-50
-45
-50
-44
-40
-30
-20
-20
-10
-47
-40
-40
-35
-40
-34
-30
-20
-10
-10
0
-37
-30
-30
-25
-30
-24
-20
-10
0
0
10
-27
-20
-20
-15
-20
-14
-10
0
0
10
20
-17
-10
0
-5
-10
-4
0
10
20
20
-7
0
10
5
0
6
10
20
20
30
3
10
20
15
10
16
20
30
40
40
13
20
2
0
2
6
3
0
4
0
4
4
5
0
Input (dBM)
SENSORS
Typical Error (dB)
-40 -33 -27 -21 -15 -9 -33 9 15 20
Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
1-8 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000
Individual data points are read immediately after measurement in the Normal mode. The Normal mode
and the Swift mode both slow down at low power levels (<-37 dBm for Standard Sensors) to average the
effects of noise. The Swift mode allows triggering of individual data points and can store the data in the
8540C memory. The Fast Buffered mode also buffers measurement data. Measurement timing of
individual data points is controlled by setting the time interval (1 to 5000 ms) between the data points
following a trigger.
1.3.5 Remote Operation
GPIB Interface: All front panel operations and some GPIB-only operations to be
remotely programmed in IEEE 488.2 or IEC-625 formats.
Interrupts: SRQs are generated for the following conditions:
Power Up, Front Panel key actuation, Operation Complete and Illegal
Command and instrument self-test error.
1.3.6 Fast Buffered Mode Controls
Trigger Source: TTL or GPIB
Data Buffer Control: Pre- or Post-measurement data is collected immediately either before
or after receipt of the TTL or GPIB trigger.
Time Interval: TIME ### - controls time interval in milliseconds between
measurements. Accurate to 5%, typical.
1.3.7 Meter Function
Averaging: User-selectable auto-averaging or manual, 1 to 512 readings.
Automatic noise compression in auto averaging mode.
dB Rel and Offset: Allows both relative readings and offset readings. Power Display can
be offset by -99.999 dB to +99.999 dB to account for external loss/
gain.
Configuration Storage
Registers: Allows up to 20 front panel setups plus a last instrument state at
power-down to be stored and recalled from non-volatile memory.
Power Requirements and
Display Configuration: Any two of the following channel configurations simultaneously:
A, B, A/B, B/A, A-B, B-A, DLYA, DLYB (provided that neither
sensor is being used for MAP, BAP, PAP or BAP
measurements).
1.3.8 Remote Inputs/Outputs
VPROPF Input (BNC): Corrects power readings for sensor frequency response using
sweeper voltage output. Input resistance = 50K. Does not operate in
the fast measurement collection modes (normal mode only).
Analog Output (BNC): Provides an output voltage of 0 to 10V from either Channel A or
Channel B in either Log or Lin units. Does not operate in the swift and
fast measurement buffered modes.
Blanking Output (BNC): TTL high during power meter zero. Can be used to shut off RF output
during sensor zero.
Trigger Input (BNC): Accepts a TTL trigger input signal for swift and fast measurement
buffered modes.
GPIB Interface: Interfaces power meter to controller, IEEE 488.2 and IEC-625 remote
programming.
Introduction
Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 1-9
1.3.9 General Specifications
Temperature Range:
Operating: 0 to 50 °C (32 to 122 °F)
Storage: -40° to 70 °C (-40° to 158 °F)
Power Requirements: 100/120/220/240Vac ±10%, 48 to 440 Hz, 20 VA typical
Physical Characteristics:
Dimensions: 215 mm (8.4 in) wide, 89 mm (3.5 in) high, 368 mm (14.5 in) deep
Weight: 4.55 kg (10 lbs)
1.3.10 Accessories Included
1 ea 8540C Operation Manual (P/N 31470)
1 ea Power Cord
1 ea Detachable Sensor Cable (for Model 8541C)
or
2 ea Detachable Sensor Cables (for Model 8542C)
1.3.11 Options
Refer to Appendix C for a full descriptions of options.
OPTION 01: Rack Mount Kit.
OPTION 02: Add 256K buffer for Fast Buffered Power Readings. Stores 128,000 readings.
OPTION 03: 8541C Rear Panel Connections (Sensor & Calibrator - Deletes front panel
connections)
OPTION 04: 8542C Rear Panel Connections (Sensor & Calibrator - Deletes front panel
connections)
OPTION 05: Soft Carrying Case
OPTION 06: Second Analog Output on 8542C (-10 V to +10 V)
OPTION 07: Side Mounted Carrying Handle
OPTION 08: Transit Case (includes Soft Carrying Case)
OPTION 09: Dual Rack Mount Kit (with assembly instructions)
OPTION 10: Dual Rack Mount Kit (factory assembled)
OPTION 11: Time Gating Measurement
OPTION 13: 8541C Rear Panel Connection (Sensor only - Deletes front panel sensor connection)
OPTION 14: 8542C Rear Panel Connections (Sensor only - Deletes front panel sensor
connections)
1.3.12 Power Sensors
See Appendix B for power sensor selection, specifications and calibration data.
Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
1-10 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000
Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 2-1
2
Front Panel Operation
2.1 Introduction
This chapter describes how to operate the Series 8540C Universal Power Meters. It includes
descriptions of the front and rear panels, configuration, display menus, and practical applications.
Section 2.2 describes the front panel; Section 2.3 describes the rear panel; Section 2.4 presents
Configuration procedures; Section 2.5 describes the display submenus, and Section 2.6 offers guidelines
for practical applications.
See Chapter 3 for information on remote operation with the General Purpose Interface Bus (GPIB).
2.2 The Front Panel
Although the 8540C has many modes of operation, the front panel design is very simple. The
instrument is configured and controlled by means of displayed menus, which can be accessed and
controlled with front panel pushbuttons.
The dual-channel Model 8542C front panel is illustrated in Figure 2-1. The single-channel Model
8541C is the same in appearance but does not include Channel B.
Figure 2-1: 8542C Front Panel
8542C Universal Power Meter
MENU
REL
ZERO
CAL FREQ
dB/mW RECALL
LOCAL
CALIBRATE
B
A
E
N
T
E
R
CW
MOD AVG
PEAK
PULSE AVG
BURST AVG
OFFSET
FREQ CORR
AVG
CW
MOD AVG
PEAK
PULSE AVG
BURST AVG
OFFSET
FREQ CORR
AVG
REMOTE
SRQ
TA L K
LISTEN
M
O
D
E
M
O
D
E
GPIB
A
B1
0.
.
d
d
B
B
m
m
5
56
2
P
K
POWER
1
0
A
B
ESCAPE
Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
2-2 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000
2.2.1 Calibrator
The CALIBRATOR connector provides a reference power output for calibrating the amplitude
response of a power sensor. The frequency of the output is fixed at 50 MHz. The level of the output is
programmable. During a calibration run, the output level automatically sweeps from -30 dBm to
+20 dBm in 1-dB steps.
2.2.2 Display Window
A two-line alphanumeric LCD screen displays measurements and configuration data.
2.2.3 LEDs
The LEDs to the right of the display window indicate operating modes and GPIB status. The column of
LEDs can also be configured for use as a peaking meter display.
2.2.4 Power
The push-push power switch turns line power on and off.
2.2.5 Front Panel Keys
The front panel keys are located below the display window, and function as described below:
ZERO/CAL
This key is for zeroing and calibration of a power sensor.
If zeroing and calibration are both required, the sensor must first be connected to the CALIBRA-
TOR output connector. When the ZERO/CAL key is pressed, the sensor is zeroed, and then cali-
brated by an automatic program, which tests the sensor’s response to different reference power levels
and stores the resulting data in the 8540C memory.
For zeroing only, the sensor does need not to be connected to the CALIBRATOR output. If the
ZERO/CAL key is pressed when the sensor is not connected to that output, the 8540C performs the
zeroing function only.
When zeroing a sensor, it is best to connect the sensor to the device under test exactly as it will be
used in measurement, and deactivate the RF output of that device. Zeroing the sensor in place is the
best way to counteract system noise which could significantly effect low-level measurements. The
RF Blanking output signal, which goes low during sensor zeroing, is provided by a BNC on the rear
panel; this can be used as a control signal to turn off the RF source.
All active sensors should be zeroed whenever any sensor (whether it is calibrated or not) is added or
removed.
Front Panel Operation
Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 2-3
FREQ
This key specifies the frequency of an input signal, so that the 8540C can apply the appropriate fre-
quency-specific cal factor to the measurement. These cal factors are retrieved from the sensor
EEPROM.
If the frequency of the input signal changes so often that it is impractical to keep entering the fre-
quency with the FREQ key, the frequency information can be conveyed to the 8540C by the use of
a voltage input that is proportional to frequency (see the VPROPF connector on the rear panel).
When the 8540C is controlled remotely over the GPIB, the frequency information can be sent over
the bus.
REL
This key is for relative measurements (measurement values are not absolute but are expressed in dB
relative to a reference level). The REL key establishes the currently measured power level as the ref-
erence for all subsequent measurements. Press [REL] a second time to disable relative measurement.
MENU/ESCAPE
The MENU key accesses the configuration menus. It also functions as the ESCAPE key because it
exits a configuration menu, abandoning any configuration choices that were made within the menu
up to that point.
dBm/mW
This key toggles between logarithmic measurement units (dBm, which is the default condition) and
linear units (mW). The display can be configured to use both units simultaneously, but this must be
done through the Meas Setup configuration menu).
RECALL
The recall button retrieves a stored configuration of the 8540C (configurations are saved in regis-
ters 1 through 20, using the Save Setup configuration menu). Use the left/right cursor keys to
choose between Preset and Reg#, and the up/down cursor keys to select a register number. Choosing
the Preset configuration restores the 8540C default conditions (it does not undo the calibration of
the sensors, however). Choosing register 0 restores the conditions which existed prior to the last
configuration change.
ENTER/LOCAL
The ENTER key makes menu selections and enters selected option or values. It is also called the
LOCAL key because it switches from remote control to local control.
Cursor Keys
These four keys are arranged in a diamond pattern and move the display vertically through avail-
able submenus, and move the display cursor (underline) horizontally within specific menus.
Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
2-4 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000
2.2.6 Sensor Inputs
The A and B sensor input connectors (located directly below the CALIBRATOR connector) connect
the cables from the power sensors to the power meter. In instruments with Option 03, the sensor inputs
are reloctated to the rear panel.
When connecting sensor cables to these inputs, the cable pins
must be aligned properly. Orient the cable so that the guide on
the end of it aligns with the notch on the sensor input. If the con-
nector does not seem to fit, forcing it will only damage the con-
nector pins.
CAUTION
Front Panel Operation
Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 2-5
2.3 The Rear Panel
The rear panel for the 8541C and 8542C are identical and are illustrated in Figure 2-2.
2.3.1 Inputs & Outputs
BNCs
Five BNC-type connectors provide input and output signals for interfacing the 8540C to other
equipment.
•RF Blanking provides a TTL output that goes high during zeroing of a sensor to send a temporary
RF OFF trigger to a signal source.
•Trigger Input accepts a TTL input for triggering of high speed measurements under GPIB
control.
•Vα
αα
αFIn accepts a voltage input that is proportional to frequency and causes the 8540C to apply
appropriate frequency-related cal factors.
•Analog Output provides an output voltage that is proportional to the measured power level.
•Spare I/O is for a second Analog Output when Option 06 is installed.
Others
•GPIB (a 24-pin connector to connect the 8540C to other equipment over the GPIB).
•Line Voltage Selection houses the ac power connector and includes the fuse and line voltage
selector (see Section 1.2.1 for setting the voltage and fuse).
Figure 2-2: 8540C Rear Panel
120Vac
Fuse
110/120V
~
T250 .5A
220/240V
~
T250V .25A
~
Line
50VA
MAX
U.S. Patent 4,794,325
OPTION 01
WARNING
WARNING
For continued fire protection
replace fuse with same
type and rating
No operator serviceable parts
inside. Refer servicing to
service trained personnel
LINE VOLTAGE
SELECTION GPIB
Contrast
RF
Blanking Spare
I/O
Trigger
Input
Analog Output
VIn
F
∞
48 - 440Hz
Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
2-6 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000
2.4 Configuring the 8540C
The 8540C front panel LCD window normally displays measurement data, but it also displays
configuration menus. To select the menu mode, press [MENU]. While in menu mode, the display can be
returned to the measurement mode by pressing [MENU] again (in this context, the MENU button is the
ESCAPE button).
The 8540C can be password-protected to prevent unauthorized changes in Calibrator and Cal Factor
data stored in EEPROMs in the 8540C or its sensors. It is activated with the front panel menus (see
Section 2.4.3 for a description of the menus and their usage). The 8540C is shipped from the factory
with no password specified.
2.4.1 How the Menus Work
There is a hierarchy of menus; each line on the main menu represents a submenu, and some of the items
on those submenus are further submenus.
Menus are displayed one line at a time, with the word more accompanied by up or down arrows to
indicate whether there are additional lines above or below the line currently displayed. The Up/Down
cursor buttons also browse through the lines of a menu. To select the currently displayed line, press
[ENTER].
When an entry window is reached (that is, when the line that has been selected represents a
configuration choice to be made, not a submenu), the cursor buttons (usually the Left/Right buttons)
are step through the list of choices. If a numeric value is to be entered, a base value is displayed, and the
cursor buttons increment or decrement this value (the Left/Right cursor buttons select a digit, and the
Up/Down cursor buttons then step the value of that digit up or down).
After the desired value is set, or the desired choice selected, press [ENTER].
Entering a selection usually returns the display window to the measurement mode. However, if the
selection you made requires further configuration choices, another menu may be displayed.
The menus are dynamic rather than fixed; the display adapts itself to the current operating mode and
the type of sensor or sensors connected. For example, the DLY measurement options are applicable only
to peak power measurement; therefore, the menu displays these options only if a peak sensor is attached
and is set up to measure peak power.
NOTE: If you leave the menu mode without pressing [ENTER], the selections you
made will not take effect.
☛
☛☛
☛
Front Panel Operation
Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 2-7
2.4.2 Menu Structure
Table 2-1 illustrates the menu structure. For specific information about the individual menu items, see
Section 2.5. The format of these menus, as they are actually displayed, is context-dependent; some
menu options shown here may not be displayed if they are not applicable to the sensors that are
currently connected, or if they are not applicable to the measurement mode that is currently selected.
For example, menu options related to the PAP mode will not be displayed if a CW sensor is attached,
because a CW sensor cannot be used in the PAP mode.
Table 2-1: Configuration Menu Structure
Main Menu Item Subsequent Menus / Entry Windows
A, B, A/B, ..., OFF
Top Line Choose from: OFF, A, B, A/B, B/A, A-B, B-A, DLYA, DLYB
[The format of this entry window is particularly subject to context-dependent
variations; see Section 2.5.1]Bot Line
Meas Setup
Average Avg A
Avg B
Choose from:
Auto, 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128,
256, 512
Offset A (dB)
B (dB)
[increment or decrement the
displayed value]
Resolution Top Line = x.xx
Bot Line = x.xx
[adjust left or right as needed]
Peak Hold Choose from: OFF, ON
Crest Factor Choose from: OFF, ON
Min/Max Choose from: OFF, ON
(and Bottom Line/Top Line if applicable)
Limits Top Line
Bot Line
Choose from: OFF, ON
[if ON is chosen, the limits must be
defined; increment or decrement]
dBm/mW
Setup
Top Line
Bot Line
Choose from:
Lin, Log
Rel Setup Top Line
Bot Line
Choose from:
ON, OFF
Advanced Burst Start Exclude Num. of Samples: A
Num. of Samples: B [increment or
decrement]Burst End Exclude
Burst Dropout Time: A / Time: B
Choose from:
.017, .026, .035, etc
(values in ms).
Sensor Setup:
CW sensor
(No configuration is required if a CW sensor is connected.)
Sensor Setup:
Peak Sensor
[select A or B]
CW (No further configuration is required if CW is selected.)
Int Set Trig Level (dBm) [increment or decrement the
displayed value]
Set Samp Delay (ns)
DLY Offset (ns)
Ext Set Trig Level (V)
Set Samp Delay (ns)
DLY Offset (ns)
Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
2-8 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000
Sensor Setup:
Modulation
Sensor
[80400 Series]
[select A or B]
CW (No further configuration is required if CW is selected.)
Modulated
Avg
(No further configuration is required if Modulated Avg is selected.)
Pulse Avg Duty Cycle [increment or decrement the displayed value]
Burst Avg (No further configuration is required if Burst Avg is selected.)
Ref Power On/Off Choose from: On or Off
Config
Peaking
Meter
Choose from:
Status, PkA, PkB
GPIB Mode Choose from:
8541, 8542, 436A, 437B, 438A
Address Choose from:
0-30 (listen & talk), 40 (listen only)
and 50 (talk only).
Analog Out Std Output
[if Option 06 is installed, there are
two outputs; if so, select OFF in order
to get to the menu for that option]
Choose from:
Off, Bot Line, Top Line
Mode Choose from: Log, Lin
V prop F
[select A or
B]
Choose from: OFF, ON
If ON is selected, two values must be
defined
Freq. at 0 Volts (GHz)
Scale Factor (V/GHz)
[increment or decrement the
displayed values]
Sound Choose from: ON, OFF
Service Sensor ROM
[select A or
B]
Choose from a wide variety of parameters that can be set.
Calibrator Power Choose from: OFF, or a value
in dBm
[increment or decrement the
displayed value].
EEPROM
[data to be entered:
Serial#, Cal Factor, Date, Time,
WRITE ]
WRITE:
CALIB Clear, or
PASSWORD Set
Tes t
Functions
Choose from a wide variety of diagnostic tests.
Software
Version
Displays information about the currently installed software.
Clear All
Memory
Clear RAMs of configuration data.
Save Setup Save to Reg#
[specify a number from 1 to 20]
Table 2-1: Configuration Menu Structure (Continued)
Main Menu Item Subsequent Menus / Entry Windows
Front Panel Operation
Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 2-9
2.4.3 Password Protection
The password feature prevents unauthorized changes in Calibrator and Cal Factor data stored in
EEPROMs in the 8540C or its sensors. It is activated with the front panel menus (see Table 2-1 for a
description of the menus and their usage). The 8540C is shipped from the factory with no password
specified.
To get to PASSWORD set, select the Service menu, then the Calibrator submenu (or the Sensor ROM
submenu to provide password protection of sensor memory). Then select EEPROM, then WRITE. At
WRITE, the choice is between CALIB Clear and PASSWORD Set; select the latter. The password is a
numeric code. To enter it, use the cursor keys to increment or decrement the digits displayed in the
screen and press [ENTER]. Press [ENTER] again to confirm the password. The password is now stored in
the 8540C memory, and EEPROM data cannot be changed without entering the password.
The password can be changed or cleared by repeating the above steps and entering the existing
password, then set a new password by selecting SET. Clear the password by selecting CLEAR, or just
rewrite the data by selecting ON.
If a password was set previously and is not known, you can disable password protection by moving the
A2W1 jumper on the Analog PC board (A2) from the factory-set position A to position B.
Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
2-10 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000
2.5 The Submenus
2.5.1 A, B, A/B, ..., Off
This submenu determines what will be shown on the top and bottom lines of the display window. The
existing measurement setup determines which choices are shown in the menu; options which do not
apply to the power meter and its sensors, as they are currently configured, will not be shown.
The top and bottom lines of the display are configured independently; use the up/down cursor keys to
choose the top or bottom line, then use the right/left cursor keys to choose one of the available display
formats. Any of the options shown below can be selected for either the top line or the bottom line.
A the display line for Sensor A
B the display line for Sensor B (Model 8542C only)
A/B the reading of Sensor A divided by the reading of Sensor B (Model 8542C only)
B/A the reading of Sensor B divided by the reading of Sensor A (Model 8542C only)
A-B the reading of Sensor A less the reading of Sensor B (Model 8542C only)
B-A the reading of Sensor B less the reading of Sensor A (Model 8542C only)
The top and bottom line settings are chosen as a unit for the PEAK mode. One line of the display shows
the measurement, and the other line shows the delay value. The choices in this mode are:
2.5.2 Meas Setup
This submenu is defines conditions of measurement for each sensor. The items on the submenu are:
Avg, Offset, Resolution, Min/Max, Limits, dBm/mW, and Relative. Use the up/down cursor keys to
view these items, and the ENTER key to select one of them.
Average
Measurements can be averaged over a period of time which is referred to as the filter time. Increasing
the filter time increases the stability of the display, at the cost of increased time required for a
measurement. The filter time is equal to 40 ms times the averaging factor (for an averaging factor of 1,
the filter time is equal to 40 ms or the reading update time, whichever is greater). To increase
measurement speed, choose a lower averaging factor. The choices are: AUTO, 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128,
256, and 512. Use the up/down cursor keys to view these choices, and the Enter key to select one of
them. If AUTO is selected, the filter time is automatically adjusted for the ambient noise level.
Display Line Formats for the CW Mode
TOP or BOTTOM: A B A/B B/A A-B B-A OFF
Display Window Formats for the PEAK Mode
TOP:
BOTTOM:
A
DLYA
B
DLYB
DLY
A
A
DLYB
B
Front Panel Operation
Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 2-11
Offset
A specific offset in dB (positive or negative) can be added to the measured power. A beginning value of
0.000 dB is displayed. Use the left/right cursor keys to select a digit, and the up/down cursor keys to
increment or decrement the selected digit. Use the ENTER key to select the adjusted offset value.
Resolution
The display resolution can be set independently for the top line and bottom line of the display. Use the
up/down cursor buttons to select the top line or the bottom line. Use the right/left cursor buttons to
modify the resolution as symbolized by x’s (the range of choices is x through x.xxx). Use the ENTER key
to select the adjusted resolution.
Peak Hold
In modulated measurement modes (MAP, PAP, or BAP), this feature is holds the maximum value
measured since it was enabled. The displayed value changes only when it is rising to a new maximum (or
when it is reset by pressing [ENTER], in which case the displayed value drops to the present measured
value and the process resumes).
Crest Factor
This feature is very similar to the Peak Hold feature described above, except that what is displayed is the
ratio of the held maximum value to the average value, expressed in dB.
Min/Max
The Min/Max feature provides a continuously updated display of the highest and lowest values
measured so far; both are displayed on one line, while the other line displays the current measurement of
the channel being monitored. Use the Up/Down cursor buttons to select OFF, Bottom Line, or Top
Line, and press [ENTER]. The line that is selected represents the channel to be monitored; the other
line displays the minimum and maximum measured values. To reset these values to the current
measurement, return to the Min/Max entry window and press [ENTER] twice.
Limits
High and low limits can be defined for each channel; if the sound function is activated, an audible tone
is generated when a limit is violated. Arrows pointing up or down are displayed during a limit violation,
to indicate whether the upper limit or the lower limit was violated.
dBm/mW
The top and bottom lines of the display can be configured for logarithmic (dBm) or linear (mW) display
modes. Ratio measurements (A/B or B/A), are expressed in dBr (logarithmic) or %r (linear).
Rel Setup
Normally, when [REL] is pressed, each line of the display shows a relative measurement (when the key is
pressed, the present measured value is recorded, and all subsequent measurements are expressed in dB or
% relative to that recorded value). The Rel Setup entry menu provides a means of selectively enabling
or disabling the relative measurement mode for the top line, the bottom line, or both. Use the Up/Down
cursor keys to select the top line or the bottom line; then use the Right/Left cursor keys to select ON or
OFF, and press [ENTER].
Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
2-12 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000
Advanced
This menu includes three special features which may be of use in certain applications of the Burst
Average Power measurement mode.
Burst Start Exclude:
This feature masks a portion of the beginning of a burst to exclude overshoot and other dis-
tortions from the measurement. The number of samples to be excluded must be defined; use
the Up/Down cursor keys to select the desired number of samples, and press [ENTER]
(selecting zero samples effectively disables this feature).
Burst End Exclude:
This feature is masks off a portion of the end of a burst to exclude overshoot and other dis-
tortions from the measurement. The number of samples to be excluded must be defined; use
the Up/Down cursor keys to select the desired number of samples, and press [ENTER]
(selecting zero samples effectively disables this feature).
Burst Dropout:
This feature is modifies the definition of a burst, so that a brief dropout is not interpreted as
the end of a burst. A dropout time must be defined; use the Up/Down cursor keys to select
one of a series of values displayed in ms (.17, .26, .35, etc.), and press [ENTER].
2.5.3 Sensor Setup
This menu is dynamic; its contents are determined by the type of sensor which has been connected to
the selected sensor input port (the 8540C is able to identify the sensor by reading its EEPROM data).
CW Sensor Setup
If a CW sensor is connected, no sensor configuration is needed.
Peak Sensor Setup
The Series 80350A peak sensor can be used in three modes: CW, Internally Triggered and Externally
Triggered. Use the Left/Right cursor buttons to select the desired mode, and press [ENTER].
CW
No further configuration is required if the CW mode is selected.
Int
In the Internally Triggered mode, peak power will be sampled at a point which is defined
by a trigger level, a delay, and a delay offset. The delay offset feature is a convenience in
some applications (for example, when measuring pulse width from a point other than the
trigger level, or when comparing the levels of various pulses within a pulse train). When
Set Trig Level is displayed, use the cursor buttons to adjust the displayed value (in dBm),
and press ENTER. When Set Samp Delay is displayed, use the cursor buttons to adjust the
displayed value (in ns, µs, or ms), and press [ENTER]. When Dly Offset is displayed, use
the cursor buttons to adjust the displayed value (in ns, µs, or ms), and press [ENTER].
Ext
The Externally Triggered mode is very similar to the Internally Triggered mode described
above, except that the basis of triggering is a voltage input from an external source. Con-
figuration of this mode is the same as for the internal mode, except that the trigger level is
specified in volts rather than dBm.
Front Panel Operation
Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 2-13
Modulation Sensor Setup
CW
No further configuration is required if the CW mode is selected.
Modulated Avg
No further configuration is required if the Modulated Average mode is selected.
Pulse Avg
The Pulse Average is similar to the Modulated Average mode, except that the user is able
to specify a duty cycle (for pulse modulated inputs). When Set Duty Cycle is displayed, use
the cursor button to adjust the displayed value (in %), and press [ENTER]. The range is
0.001% to 99.999%.
Burst Avg
No further configuration is required if the Burst Average mode is selected.
2.5.4 RF Power On/Off
This entry window submenu activates and deactivates the front panel CALIBRATOR output (to adjust
the value of the output, see the Service submenu). Use the left/right cursor buttons to select ON or OFF,
and press [ENTER].
2.5.5 Config
Peaking Meter
The 20 status LEDs on the front panel can be configured to serve as a peaking meter (that is, the stack of
the LEDs turn on from the bottom up to give a rough visual indication of changes in the currently
measured power level). The options are Status, PkA, and PkB. If PkA is selected, the LEDs serve as a
peaking meter for Channel A. If PkB is selected, they serve as a peaking meter for Channel B. If Status
is selected, the LEDs revert to their original role as status indicators.
GPIB
This option gives the user an opportunity to specify the IEEE 488 GPIB address and the emulation mode
for the 8540C. The choices of address are 0 through 30 (listen & talk), 40 (listen only), and 50 (talk
only). The choices of emulation mode are 8541, 8542, 436A, 437B and 438A.
Analog Out
The analog output is an output voltage, proportional to measured power, that can be applied to auxiliary
test equipment (such as a data recorder). The choices of output source are Top Line, Bottom Line, and
Off. The choices of mode are Log and Linear. The output source choices are displayed under the
heading Std Output. If Option 06 is installed, there are two outputs to be configured; in that case, select
OFF under Std Output in order to reach the Option 06 configuration menu.
VPROFF
The VPROPF (voltage proportional to frequency) connector accepts a voltage input in the range of 0 to
+10V, which the 8540C uses to determine the frequency of the RF input, so that appropriate correction
factors (stored in the probe’s EEPROM) can be applied. The voltage input is supplied by a V/GHz
output from the signal source. Select ON to activate this function. Two values must be defined for
VPROPF: the frequency at 0 Volts (specified in GHz) and the scale factor (specified in V/GHz). The V/
GHz output connector on the frequency source is usually labeled with the scale factor.
Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
2-14 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000
Sound
A speaker within the chassis produces audible clicks and tones, in order to register keystrokes, and to
draw attention to certain conditions (for example, if a limit has been exceeded, or a calibration process
has been completed). To activate or deactivate this speaker, select ON or OFF.
2.5.6 Service
Sensor ROM
This menu is records data in a power sensor’s EEPROM. Select the sensor (A or B), and a series of entry
windows appears. Normally, this menu is used only at the factory for instrument configuration. It should
not be used in the field except under direction by the Giga-tronics customer service department.
Carefully record all existing settings before changing them, so that they can be restored if necessary.
Calibrator
The CALIBRATOR output produces a reference signal to calibrate power sensors. The reference signal
is at 50 MHz (CW); its level is programmable in 1 dB increments over a range of -30 to +20 dBm. The
level at 0 dBm is factory set to ±0.7%, traceable to the National Institute of Standards Technology
(within 15 seconds of setting a 0.0 dBm level). Output levels are subject to drift over time, and are
considered accurate during a calibration run or within a few minutes of setting a fixed reference level.
Test Functions
This menu makes available a number of diagnostic tests which are normally used only by factory
personnel. If you consult the Giga-tronics customer service department, you may be given instructions
on how to use one or more of these tests.
Software Version
Selecting this menu item causes the window to display the version of software that is installed in the
instrument.
Clear All Memory
Selecting this item causes all configuration data currently stored in the 8540C RAM to be cleared. Data
stored in sensor EEPROMs is not affected.
2.5.7 Save Setup
Up to twenty different configurations can be stored in non-volatile memory. When Save Setup is
selected, the entry window shows Save to Reg# 1. The Up/Down cursor buttons increment or
decrement the number under which the current configuration will be saved. The range of numbers is
1 to 20. A setup that has been saved in memory can be retrieved by means of the RECALL button on
the front panel.
Front Panel Operation
Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 2-15
2.6 Measurement Guide
This section of the manual presents simple guidelines for practical application of the 8540C. See
Section 2.6.10 for mode restrictions.
2.6.1 Using the Power Sweep Calibrator
The Power Sweep Calibrator automatically calibrates the power sensor to the power meter. The power
sweep operates from -30 to +20 dBm (the complete, non-square-law operating region) and transfers the
inherent linearity of an internal, thermal-based detector to the balanced diode sensors. Output is NIST-
traceable at 50 MHz, 0 dBm to an accuracy of ±0.7% (±1.2% over one year).
2.6.2 806XX Sensor Operation
The Series 806XX power sensors are designed for the precise measurement of signals with wide
modulation bandwidths (up to 1.5 MHz). In terms of the various measurement modes (i.e., MAP, BAP,
etc), the 806XX sensors are operated exactly as the Series 804XX sensors described in Section B.1.
There is one distinction regarding the operation of the 806XX sensors. Below 200 MHz, the modulation
bandwidth of the sensor is limited by a filter which is electronically switched in the sensor. This is done
to keep the RF signal out of the base band signal processing circuitry. When a 806XX sensor is calibrated
on the meter for the first time (the meter reads UNCALIBRATED before calibration), the unit is set to
the default setting of MAP mode with frequency correction set to 1 GHz. This allows the sensor to
measure signals with wide-bandwidth modulation. For frequencies of 200 MHz or below, the frequency
correction must be set to the measurement frequency to avoid measurement error.
The Series 806XX sensors are compatible with the 8541C and 8542C and later configurations.
2.6.3 Sensor Calibration
The procedure for calibrating a sensor is:
1. Connect the power sensor to the 8540C power meter with the power sensor cable.
2. Connect the power sensor to the 8540C CALIBRATOR output.
3. Press ZERO/CAL.
The 8540C will automatically verify that a sensor is attached to the CALIBRATOR connector. It will
then zero and calibrate the sensor.
Refer also to the Power Sensor Calibration Procedures in Appendix B of this manual.
NOTE: NIST is the National Institute of Standards and Technology.
☛
☛☛
☛
Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
2-16a Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000
2.6.4 Zeroing at Low Power Levels
The sensor should be zeroed just before recording final readings in the lower 15 dB of the power sensor’s
90 dB dynamic range (that is, for readings below -55 dBm, in the case of standard sensors).
1. Turn off the source output before you zero the sensor. The microwave source must output less
than -74 dBm of total noise power during RF Blanking for proper zeroing. The source signal
power should be less than -90 dBm.
2. Press the ZERO/CAL key to start the zeroing process. If more than one sensor is connected to
the power meter, a channel selection menu will appear.
The sensor should remain connected to the signal source during zeroing. By turning off the source
instead of disconnecting the detector, the zeroing process automatically accounts for ground line
voltages and connector interface EMF.
Sensor diodes can be destroyed by momentary or continuous ex-
posure to excess input power. The maximum power (peak or aver-
age) that can be applied to the detector elements without
resulting damage is printed on the side of the sensor housing. For
standard CW sensors, and peak power sensors, this maximum
level is +23 dBm (200 mW). Standard sensors should not be used
above +20 dBm (100 mW), because this may degrade the sensor’s
performance even if it does not burn out the diodes.
When measuring pulsed signals, it is important to remember that the peak power may be much greater
than the average power (it depends upon the duty cycle). It is possible to overload the sensor with a
pulsed signal, even though the average power of the signal is far below the maximum level.
To measure higher power levels, use a high power sensor, or else reduce the signal amplitude using a
directional coupler or a precision attenuator.
2.6.4.1 Low Level Performance Check
This procedure provides a quick-check list for evaluating meter/sensor performance for low-level
measurements. It is not intended to verify performance of specifications such as Noise, Temperature
Coefficient and Zero Set. For complete verification, please refer to sections one and five in the power
meter operation manual.
1. This test is meant to check the low level performance of the meter and sensor. In order to do so,
the meter and sensor should first be separated from any external amplifiers, test systems, etc. Turn
the meter on and allow stabilization at ambient for a minimum of 30 minutes. Connect the sensor
cable to the meter and the sensor to the calibrator output port.
NOTE: Sufficient time must be allowed for the module to reach thermal equilibrium
with the source. This could be up to 15 minutes for moderate initial temperature
differences.
☛
☛☛
☛
CAUTION
Front Panel Operation
Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 2-17a
2. Calibration.
..
. Calibrate the power meter by pressing the Zero/Cal button.
3. Zeroing. Validation of meter and sensor noise floor will be checked using an attenuator or
termination. Connect the attenuator or termination to the sensor and allow the unit to stabilize for
3 minutes. The sensor must be thermally stabilized for proper zeroing. If the thermal condition of
the sensor varies during the zero procedure, the zero will not be valid.
4. Set averaging to 512 and configure for CW operation. After the unit has thermally stabilized, push
the Cal/Zero button.
5. Immediately after zeroing, confirm that the meter reading is at least 3 dB below the minimum CW
operating range of the sensor. This checks the noise floor and zero set capabilities of the meter and
sensor.
6. Zero Drift. Zero Drift is a measure of the change in noise over time. Each family sensor will
have a specified expectation of drift over a one-hour period. To confirm, set the meter to linear
display (Watts) after verifying noise floor and check that the display does not drift beyond
specification over a one-hour period.
Verification for specifications such as noise, zero drift and temperature coefficient of linearity are
difficult, time consuming tests. This checklist is useful to quickly determine if there is a catastrophic
system failure. Failure to meet the above guidelines is not necessarily an indication of specification
failure. Final confirmation of system specification performance is achieved using the verification
procedures found in the meter operation manual.
2.6.5 Measuring Source Output Power
The procedure is:
1. Connect the power sensor to the RF output of the microwave source.
2. Verify that the microwave source RF output is ON.
3. Press [FREQ]; enter the operating frequency (use the cursor keys to adjust the value), and press
[OK].
4. The 8540C will now display the microwave source output power. Adjust the source amplitude to
the desired level.
The 8540C responds rapidly to amplitude changes. Ranging is automatically performed in real time
through a 90 dB dynamic range using CW or modulated sensors. The peak sensor dynamic range is 40
dB Peak and 50 dB CW. Entering the operating frequency enables the 8540C to automatically apply
frequency calibration factors appropriate to the sensor being used. The operating frequency can be
communicated to the 8540C using the front panel menus, the GPIB, or the VPROPF voltage input. (The
input connector for the VPROPF function is labeled V αF In on the 8540C rear panel.)
NOTE: During calibration an approximate zero is established for calibration purposes only.
This zero is not valid for actual measurements and can limit the measurement range as high
as -50 dBm. For proper low-level measurements, the sensor must be zeroed at the test port
of the system being tested. Zeroing at the test port provides corrections for ground line
voltages and connector interface EMF.
☛
☛☛
☛
Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
2-18a Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000
2.6.6 Using the Peaking Meter
The LEDs on the right side of the 8540C front panel can be configured as a 20-segment bar graph.
1. Press [MENU]. Select the Config menu. Select Peaking meter.
2. Use the cursor to select PkA or PkB, and press [ENTER].
3. Adjust the source’s amplitude control and observe the peaking meter.
The LED bar graph provides a linear display of power level on a decade range basis. For example, a
power level of 3 dBm produces an approximate 50% response on the peaking meter.
2.6.7 High Power Level Measurements
High power amplifiers and transmitters can damage standard sensors. Use only high power sensors to
measure these devices without using attenuators and measurements.
For example, if the output of an RF source is amplified to +30 dBm (1 Watt), this signal cannot be
measured directly using a standard sensor because the sensor’s maximum input level is +23 dBm (and
any level above +20 dBm is potentially harmful to a standard sensor). The signal would have to be
attenuated, and the attenuation would have to be corrected for by means of a measurement offset.
However, if a 5 Watt high power sensor is used, any power level up to +37 dBm can be measured directly
without the use of an attenuator.
2.6.7.1 Calibration and Zeroing for High Power Sensors with Removable
Attenuators
High power sensors must be calibrated to the power meter with the attenuator removed. The power
meter automatically recognizes the sensor type and compensates for the attenuator. Do not enter an
offset factor to account for the attenuator loss.
The sensor frequency calibration factors correct for the combined frequency response for the sensor and
attenuator. Because the sensor and attenuator are a matched set, the serial numbers of the sensor and
attenuator are identical. Do not use attenuators from other high power sensors.
1. Remove the high power attenuator from the sensor.
2. Connect the sensor to be calibrated from Channel A or B to the Calibrator Output.
3. Press the [CAL/ZERO] hardkey. The meter will automatically zero and calibrate the sensor.
4. Reconnect the high power attenuator to the sensor.
NOTE: There are alignment marks (arrows) on the sensor and attenuator. To reduce
measurement uncertainty, align the arrows when reconnecting the attenuator to the sensor.
☛
☛☛
☛
Front Panel Operation
Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 2-19a
2.6.8 Modulated Measurement Modes
The 8540C series of power meters expands upon the capabilities of the previous 8540 power meters in a
number of ways. In the past, power measurements of modulated signals (pulse, multi-tone, AM, etc.)
required that the signals be attenuated to levels less than -20 dBm to avoid errors due to sensor
nonlinearity. The 8540C with a 80401A series sensor, eliminates this restriction, and brings the speed
and accuracy of diode sensors to the power measurement of modulated signals. Basic measurement
procedures are presented below, along with some useful tips on how to get the most out of the modulated
measurement modes.
The new modulated measurement modes are available through the sensor setup menu when the active
sensor a modulated series. The 8540C features three modulated measurement modes:
• Modulated Average Power (MAP)
• Pulse Average Power (PAP)
• Burst Average Power (BAP)
MAP and PAP modes measure the true average power of modulated and pulsed signals. PAP mode
differs from MAP mode only in that it allows you to specify a duty cycle figure, which is automatically
factored into the measurement. In BAP mode, the true average power within the pulse is measured (the
pulse pattern is detected automatically, so there is no need for you to specify the duty cycle).
MAP Mode
The Modulated Average Power (MAP) mode measures RF signals, which are amplitude modulated,
pulse modulated, or both. In the MAP mode the 8540C calculates the average RF power received by the
sensor over a period of time controlled by the time constant of the internal digital filter. The result is
comparable to measurement by a thermal power sensor.
In this mode, the 8540C measures the average power of CW and modulated signals, such as:
•AM
• Two-tone
• Multi-carrier
• Pulse modulation
• Digital modulation (QPSK, QAM, etc...)
For example, if an RF signal pulse modulated at 50 Hz with a 10% duty cycle is measured with the
averaging factor set to 128, the filter setting time will be 5.12 seconds (40 ms times 128) and each
reading will include 256 pules (50 Hz times 5.12 seconds); the measured power reading will be 10% of
the peak power during pulse ON periods. Because the signal is modulated at a low pulse rate (below
about 1 kHz), the 8540C will synchronize the readings precisely with the start of a pulse so that each
displayed reading is averaged over a whole number of pulses (that is, there are no fractional pulses
included in the measurement). This eliminates a significant amount of noise from the readings. It is
important to remember that even though the filter settling time has been set to a long time constant of
5.12 seconds, the update rate of the meter will be much faster, and even the first reading will be very
close to the fully settled value.
Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
2-20a Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000
PAP Mode
The Pulse Average Power (PAP) mode is similar to the MAP mode, but it measures pulse-modulated
signals having a known duty cycle. You can specify this duty cycle and the 8540C will automatically
correct the measurements so that the displayed readings indicate the peak RF power during pulse ON
periods.
For example, when measuring a pulse modulated signal with 50% duty cycle, MAP mode would give a
reading 3 dB lower than the reading that would be given by PAP mode with the duty cycle factor set to
50%.
BAP Mode
The Burst Average Power (BAP) mode measures the average power during an RF burst. This mode is
very useful for measurement of pulse modulated signals which are not flat or have amplitude modulation
during the pulse ON period, as in the case of TDMA (Time Division Multiple Access) communications
signals. In this mode, the 8540C recognizes the beginning and end of a burst of RF power and takes an
average of the power during that burst. The RF level can vary over a wide range during the burst as long
as it remains above a noise threshold, which is automatically calculated by the 8540C. As soon as the
RF power drops below the noise threshold, the RF burst is complete and all further readings are
discarded until the next burst starts.
In BAP mode, the 8540C automatically determines which portions of the signal are in the pulse and
which are not. In computing the average power, the 8540C uses only those portions that are within the
pulse. The result is that, independent of the signal’s pulse duty cycle, the meter always reads the average
power in the pulse or burst. As with the PAP mode, when measuring a pulse modulated signal with 50%
duty cycle, the reading in the BAP mode would be 3 dB higher than in the MAP mode. However, in the
BAP mode, the signal’s duty cycle can change dynamically in time without affecting the meter reading.
In the PAP mode, the duty cycle factor must be entered to match the duty cycle of the pulsed signal.
NOTE: The duty cycle correction presumes a perfectly rectangular profile for the RF
pulse shape. Any abnormality such as overshoot, undershoot, slow rise time or fall
time, inaccuracy of the duty cycle, or deviation from a flat pulse response will cause
errors in the indicated reading.
Figure 2-3: Burst Measurement
☛
☛☛
☛
Start of Burst End of Burst
Noise Threshold
Power
Time
Front Panel Operation
Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 2-21
2.6.9 Measurement Collection Modes
Using a wide range of CW and Peak Power Sensors and the GPIB fast measurement collection modes,
the Series 8540C meters provide typical reading speeds of >200 readings per second in the free-run Swift
mode, 800 readings per second in the Fast Modulated mode, and >2,000 readings per second in the Fast
Buffered mode. Three Swift mode triggering controls are available: Fast free-run, bus triggered, and TTL
triggered modes. Bus and TTL allow triggering control of individual measurement points. Data can be
stored in an internal data buffer or read immediately.
Fast buffered power readings are internally buffered for readout at the completion of the fast buffered
interval. Maximum measurement rate is about 2,600 readings per second. Data conversion and GPIB
communication time are not included in this figure. The maximum buffer size is 5000 readings, or about
2.1 seconds at the maximum reading rate. Option 02 buffer increases this to 128,000 readings.
CW Mode
This mode is for measuring an unmodulated Continuous Wave (CW) signal. In this mode the RF signal
level must be constant for accurate readings to be made. If the signal level changes, a settling time for
the internal digital filter is required in order for measurements to be made to the specified accuracy.
The settling time (the time required for a measurement based on an averaging of samples to adapt to a
changed condition and become accurate again) is affected by various factors. The maximum settling
time is equal to 20 ms multiplied by the averaging factor (for example, if the averaging factor is 128, the
maximum settling time is 2.56 seconds). In most situations the actual settling time is well below the
maximum.
PEAK Mode (80350A Peak Power Sensor)
The Peak mode is for instantaneous peak measurements of the RF power level of a pulse modulated
signal during pulse ON periods. The measurement is based on an instantaneous sample taken at a
particular point in time. Sampling is triggered by a pulse rising edge either in the modulated signal itself
or in a supplied trigger input signal, followed by a programmable delay. The trigger/delay combination
makes it possible for you to specify exactly what part of the pulse is sampled.
In the peak mode, each displayed reading can consist of a single sample or of an average of multiple
samples, each taken at the exact same time relative to the pulse’s rising edge. If the averaging factor is
set to 1, single samples are used. If it is other than 1, the averaging factor will determine the filter
settling time over which the multiple samples will be taken and averaged.
Because the peak mode measures the RF power instantaneously (at the top of the pulse, provided that
the delay has been set correctly), no assumptions are made about the pulse shape or duty cycle. In fact, it
is possible to profile the pulse by sweeping the delay time over a range of values to reveal the pulse shape
from start to finish.
Peak power measurements are made by sampling the RF input at a point which is defined by a trigger
level, a delay, and a delay offset (see Figure 2-4). The initial triggering event occurs when the power
input (or in the case of external triggering, a voltage input) reaches a threshold, which you have defined
as the trigger level. The sample is then taken after a delay, which you have defined. To this delay can be
added a positive or negative delay offset.
NOTE: In the peak mode the 8540C does not know where the peak is. It samples the
pulse where it is told to sample the pulse whether or not the point sampled is really the
peak point. This mode is therefore less intelligent than the BAP mode and must be used
carefully, but its flexibility makes it a powerful tool for studying modulated signals.
☛
☛☛
☛
Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
2-22 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000
The delay offset is not necessary for peak measurement, but in some applications it is a convenience. For
example, a small offset (even a negative offset) might compensate for the difference between the trigger
point and some other point of interest (such as the half-power point) especially in applications where
pulse width is being measured. Or if it is necessary to measure the levels of various pulses within a pulse
train, the pulses can be sampled successively by changing the delay offset. A fixed delay insures that
each pulse is sampled at the same point in its cycle.
Figure 2-4: Delay and Delay Offsets
Peak Power, Sampled After a 120 ns Delay
Sample Sample
120 ns
Delay
120 ns
Delay
Trigger
Point
Trigger
Point
Time
Time (Microseconds)
Time
Trigger
Level
Trigger
Level
Power
Power
Power
10 ns
Delay
Offset
Half-Power
Point
Peak Power, Sampled After a 120 ns Delay
and a 10 ns Delay Offset
Peak Power, Sampled With a Fixed Delay
But Various Delay Offsets
Trigger
Sample
(No Offset)
Delay Offset
Delay Offset
Sample Sample
2.8 s
Offset
µ
0246810
12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32
(22 µ s Offset)
(11 µ s Offset)
Front Panel Operation
Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 2-23
2.6.10 Mode Restrictions
In certain modes the 8540C has highly specific restrictions on its operation:
•In the fast measurement collection modes (swift and fast buffered), it is not possible to make
measurements which compare the two channels. In other words, it is possible to make
measurements using sensor A, or B, or both, but measurements such as A/B and A-B are not
permitted.
•In GPIB remote operation, only one reading can be sent over the bus (it can be A, or B, or a
comparative measurement such as A/B, but it is not possible for separate measurements of A and
B to be sent over the bus). The exception is that in the swift and fast buffered measurement
collection modes, it is possible for both A and B to be sent over the bus.
2.6.11 When to use CW, MAP and BAP
For measuring signals with any kind of modulation, MAP mode should be used. In this mode, the 8540C
makes use of its digital signal processing algorithms to ensure that the reading is the correct average
power level regardless of modulation type (see Section B.2.2 for limits on modulation rate, etc.).
Of course, CW signals may also be accurately measured in MAP mode. This raises the question, why use
CW mode? CW mode offers a few more dB of dynamic range at low power levels when using a CW
power sensor, such as the 80301A. In addition, in CW mode the 8540C is form, fit, and function
compatible with its predecessor, Model 8540.
BAP mode should be used only for the measurement of signals which are pulse modulated. In this mode
the meter will accurately measure the average power of the signal during the on-time of the pulse. This
mode works equally well regardless of whether the signal is modulated during the pulse on time.
2.6.12 Multi-Tone Tests
Multi-tone testing refers to more than one RF carrier combined into one signal to be measured. Two-
tone intermodulation testing, for example, is a common test performed on a wide variety of RF
components and subsystems. MAP mode should be selected for these applications. The 8540C test
procedure is as follows:
1. Calibrate the sensor according to the procedure outlined earlier in this section.
2. From the Main Menu press [Sensor Setup]. From the Sensor Setup menu, press [Modulated Sensor]
and then select the MAP mode by pressing [MAP].
3. Press [FREQ] and enter the operating carrier frequency.
4. Connect the sensor to the multi-tone source and record the power level.
For two-tone testing, small errors in the measurement will result when the carriers are separated by more
than about 50 kHz. The amount of error is also a function of average power level. For average power less
than about -20 dBm, there is no modulation-induced measurement error at any tone separation. Consult
the error charts found in Section B.2.2.
Multi-carrier testing usually refers to more than two carriers combined into one signal. Common multi-
carrier tests combine 10 to 20 carriers. In determining expected measurement error for these types of
signals, the maximum difference in frequency between any two carriers should be used as the tone
separation when applying the error charts in the manual.
Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
2-24 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000
Another important feature of multi-carrier signals is that they can have a high peak-to-average power
ratio. This ratio can be as high as 10 dB for ten carriers. The significance of this in terms of making
power measurements is two-fold. First, care should be taken to keep the peak power level applied to the
sensor below the maximum recommended level. Second, when trying to minimize modulation-induced
measurement error for carriers separated by more than 50 kHz, it is the peak power level that should be
kept below about -20 dBm.
2.6.13 Peak Hold
When the Peak Hold feature is selected, the 8540C displays the highest instantaneous power measured
from the time the feature is enabled until it is reset by the user. In other words, the displayed value
tracks the measured value only when the measured value is rising to a new maximum. When the
measured value falls, the displayed value holds at the maximum. When the peak hold feature is reset,
the displayed value falls to the current measured value and the process begins again.
The Peak Hold feature is available in the MAP, PAP, and BAP measurement modes; it may be enabled
from the front panel under the Display Data Line Configuration setup menu, or over the GPIB. Peak
Hold is reset by pressing [Reset Line n] (or, in remote control, by sending the command which activates
the Peak Hold feature.
The reset function controls the time resolution of the reading (that is, for finer resolution, reset more
frequently).
NOTE: [Reset Line n] for Peak Hold also resets the Crest Factor
Figure 2-5: Peak Hold
☛
☛☛
☛
Hold
Hold
Hold
Hold
Hold
Peak Hold
(Reset) (Reset)
Peak
Hold
Instantaneous
Time
Power
Front Panel Operation
Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 2-25
2.6.14 Crest Factor
The Crest Factor feature is very similar to the peak hold feature, in that it holds on to the maximum
level until a reset occurs, but in this case the displayed value is expressed (in dB) as a ratio of the held
maximum power to the average power.
The Crest Factor feature is available in the CW, MAP, PAP, or BAP modes only. It can be enabled
from the front panel under the Display Data Line Configuration setup menu, or over the GPIB. The
Crest Factor feature is reset by pressing [Reset Line n] of the appropriate line or, in remote control, by
sending the GPIB command which activates the Crest Factor feature (see Section 3.9).
In Figure 2-6, the same power input trace is used in two graphs to illustrate the effect of a drop in average
power, with and without a reset. In the top graph, the power drop is followed by a reset. The held value
drops to the current measured value, and the crest factor represents the ratio between the new maximum
level and the new average level. In the bottom graph, there is no reset after the power drop, and the
crest factor represents the ratio between the old maximum level and the new average level. For this
reason, the crest factor feature should be reset after an input power level change.
NOTE: [Reset Line n] for the Crest Factor also resets Peak Hold.
Figure 2-6: Crest Factor
☛
☛☛
☛
Crest Factor With a Power Drop Followed by a Reset
Crest Factor With a Power Drop But No Reset
Hold Hold
Hold
Hold Hold
Hold
Crest
Factor (dB)
Crest
Factor (dB)
(Reset)
Time
Power
Avg.
Avg.
Hold
Hold Hold
Hold Crest
Factor (dB)
Crest
Factor (dB)
Time
Power
Avg.
Avg.
Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
2-26 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000
2.6.15 Burst Signal Measurements
In a burst signal, the RF is pulsed on and off (i.e., pulse modulated). Often, the RF is modulated during
the pulse on time. Typical examples are TDMA digital cellular telephone formats such as NADC, JDC,
and GSM. These formats and many others produce amplitude modulation of the RF during bursts.
Two types of power measurement can be made on these types of signals. If the total average power is
desired, MAP mode should be used. Total average power includes both the off and on time of the pulses
in the averaging. Often it is desired to know the average power just during the bursts. BAP mode makes
this type of measurement very easy. The procedure is as follows:
1. Calibrate the sensor according to the procedure outlined earlier in this section.
2. Press [MENU] and select Sensor Setup. Select Burst Avg. and press [ENTER].
3. Press [FREQ] and enter the operating carrier frequency.
4. Connect the sensor to the burst signal source and record the power level.
The 8540C will automatically find the portions of the signal which are in the burst and include only
those portions in the average.
Burst signals can have a high peak power-to-average power ratio depending on duty cycle. This ratio is
proportional to the duty cycle and is given by:
This assumes no modulation during the burst. Modulation during the burst will increase this ratio by its
own peak-to-average ratio. Due to this characteristic of burst signals, care must be taken to keep the
peak power below the maximum rated input power of the sensor.
NOTE: If the burst average power is too low or if the bursts are too narrow, the 8540C may
lose sync with the bursts and fail to display the burst average power. When this happens, the
BAP mode indicator on the front panel will flash and the meter will display total average power
as in MAP Mode. The conditions under which the 8540C may lose sync are listed in Section
B.2.2.
10
log
Duty Cycle [%]
100
(
)
●
☛
☛☛
☛
Front Panel Operation
Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 2-27
2.6.16 Burst Start Exclude, Burst End Exclude
When measuring burst signals, it is sometimes desirable to mask the beginning or the end of a burst so
that overshoot and other distortions do not affect the reading. For example, the GSM test specification
for burst power measurements requires exclusion of the first 5% of the burst.
The Burst Start Exclude and Burst End Exclude features make it possible for BAP mode measurements
to exclude the beginning or the end of a burst in this way. Both features can be used simultaneously, but
this requires caution: if the excluded periods overlap, there is nothing left of the burst to be measured. If
the entire burst is excluded, the BURST AVG LED on the front panel will flash on the screen to the
right of the sensor power units, and the meter will revert to average measurement in the style of the
MAP mode.
The duration of the excluded period is not specified directly; instead, the number of samples to be
excluded is specified, which yields a guaranteed minimum exclude time of 90 µs × (n + .5) where n is
the number of samples. The actual amount of time excluded may substantially exceed this minimum.
In typical applications, it is sufficient to exclude one sample, which yields a guaranteed minimum
exclude time of 135 µs.
Figure 2-7: Burst Start Exclude & Burst End Exclude
Power
Time
Burst Start Exclude
Burst End Exclude
Burst Width
Include
Exclude
Exclude
Include
Burst Width
Power
Time
Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
2-28 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000
2.6.17 Burst Dropout
In the BAP mode, average power is measured only during bursts. Because, in this mode, the bursts are
automatically detected by the power meter, the user need not be aware of the burst repetition rate in
order to make the measurement.
However, the BAP measurement algorithm defines bursts in a way which may be considered undesirable
in some applications. In the example illustrated below, a 3.5 ms burst is followed by an OFF period of the
same duration. During the burst, two brief dropouts occur. Normally, in BAP mode, each dropout would
be interpreted as the end of a burst; the BAP algorithm would interpret the burst as three separate
bursts, and the dropouts would be excluded from the average power measurement. As a result, the
average power reading would be artificially raised.
When the Burst Dropout feature is enabled, the BAP algorithm is modified so that a dropout of
sufficiently brief duration is not interpreted as the end of a burst. In the example below, dropout time is
specified at 350 µs. The two dropouts, which occur during the burst have a duration of less than 350 µs;
therefore the entire burst is interpreted as a single burst, and the dropouts are included in the average
power measurement. The 3.5 ms OFF period following the burst is interpreted as the end of the burst,
because it exceeds 350 µs in duration.
This feature must be configured and interpreted with care. The dropout time is selected from a series of
discrete values (.17 ms, .26 ms, .35 ms, and so on up to 31.96 ms); however, these are only the
guaranteed minimum values. In practice, the BAP algorithm may tolerate dropouts up to 2.15 times as
long as the minimum value. Therefore, the time between bursts must be at least 2.2 times as long as the
selected dropout time (because, if the time between bursts is less than the tolerated dropout time, the
BAP algorithm never recognizes the end of a burst, and the signal is simply averaged, as if the MAP
mode had been selected). Also, dropouts occurring at the end of a burst are a problem, because the BAP
algorithm cannot distinguish them from the end of the burst itself; there should be at least 250 µs of
burst remaining after the last dropout within that burst.
Figure 2-8: Burst Dropout
Burst Dropout
(Dropped Time = 350 µs)
350
(dropout time)
245 µs
Dropout
280
Dropout
Time
Power
Burst definition covers this
entire time period, including
the two dropouts because
they are <350 µs
Burst definition does not
cover this 3.5 ms period
because it exceeds 350 µs
µs
µs
Front Panel Operation
Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 2-29
2.6.18 Optimizing Measurement Speed
In many power measurement situations, measurement speed is defined in terms of settling time
following a step change in average power. In other words, it is desired to know the average power level
within some specified tolerance as quickly as possible following a power level change. This is often
accomplished by setting up the power meter in free-run mode over the GPIB and monitoring the
collected measurement data with the host computer until it falls within the predetermined tolerance
window.
The Auto average feature of the 8540C eliminates the need for the host computer to do any data
monitoring and can be set up to automatically output measurement data when it has settled to within
the specified tolerance. This is done by triggering each measurement with a TR2 command and waiting
for the meter to signal the host with an SRQ. The SRQ is asserted and the data is put on the bus as soon
as the power measurement has averaged long enough to be within the specified tolerance.
The tolerance is specified by including the measurement settling tolerance parameter with an FA
command (Auto average on). This parameter is specified in terms of percentage. For example, if a
measurement settling tolerance of 1% is specified, the 8540C Auto average algorithm will specify an
averaging time just long enough so that the result put on the bus is within ±0.5% (that is, ±0.02 dB) of
the average power. Thus, the settled measurement data is available on the bus in the minimum time
necessary to be within the specified tolerance.
The tolerance specified in the FA command is a target tolerance. For example, it is possible that the
peak-to-peak power variation of the signal being measured is so great that the maximum averaging time
of 20 seconds is not long enough to reduce the variation to within the specified tolerance. It is also
possible that the rate of power variation is so slow that more than 20 seconds of averaging is required. In
these cases, further averaging would have to be done by the host computer.
The following example program shows how to set up a triggered measurement, optimized for speed using
the auto averaging feature:
Tr2: ! Read using TR2 command
ON INTR 7 GOSUB Srq_interrupt ! Set up SRQ interrupt
ENABLE INTR 7 ! Enable SRQ interrupt
OUTPUT 713;*SRE41 ! Set service request mask
OUTPUT 713;CS ! Clear status byte
OUTPUT 713;TR2 ! Trigger measurement
Data_ready=0 ! Clear flag
WHILE Data_ready=0 ! Wait for data ready
END WHILE
RETURN
Srq_interrupt: ! SRQ jumps here
State=SPOLL(713) ! Get status byte
IF BIT(State,0) THEN ! If the Data Ready bit is set...
Data_ready=1 ! Set the flag
ENTER 713;Tr2_reading ! Read the measurement
OUTPUT 713;CS ! Clear the status byte
OUTPUT 713;*SRE0 ! Clear the service request mask
END IF
RETURN
Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
2-30 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000
2.6.19 Peak Power Measurements
Peak power sensors directly measure the amplitude of pulsed microwave signals. The direct sampling
technique is more accurate than traditional duty cycle correction methods. The sample position can be
displayed on an oscilloscope.
1. Calibrate a peak power sensor and connect it to a pulsed microwave source.
2. Press [MENU]. Go to Sensor Setup, and select internal, external, or CW triggering.
3. Select the desired trigger level (for internal or external triggering).
4. Select the desired sample delay (for internal or external triggering).
5. Optionally, set the desired delay offset (for internal or external triggering).
6. Connect the peak power sensor’s Detector Out to an oscilloscope to view the sample position.
For 80350A Peak Power Sensors, also connect the sensor’s Sample Delay output to the
oscilloscope and trigger on that channel.
2.6.20 Measuring an Attenuator (Single Channel Method)
Attenuators are useful for many applications. With the 8540C, attenuators can be calibrated quickly
and accurately. The single channel calibration procedure outlined below is efficient for calibrating at a
single frequency or at a limited number of frequencies.
1. Connect the power sensor to the signal source through a 6 dB attenuator (a matching pad) and
adjust the source output power to about 0 dBm. Verify that the source output is stable.
2. Press [FREQ] and enter the operating frequency (this step is optional).
3. From the Main menu, press [Rel] to set the reference level.
4. Insert the attenuator to be calibrated between the matching pad and the power sensor.
5. Record the attenuator value.
Front Panel Operation
Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 2-31
2.6.21 Improving Accuracy
Mismatch uncertainty is the largest source of error in power measurement. The 6 dB pad that is used in
the attenuator calibration procedure above reduces mismatch uncertainty by effectively improving the
return loss (or reducing the SWR) of the source. Mismatch uncertainty is large when a device has a
poor impedance match relative to 50 Ω.
Poorly matched devices reflect a large proportion of incident signals and create standing waves along
the transmission line. At various points along the transmission line, the standing wave will be at
maximum or minimum amplitude. Mismatch uncertainty is a measure of the deviation between these
amplitude levels.
Inserting an attenuator into the transmission line reduces mismatch uncertainty by reducing the
amplitude of the reflected signal, thereby reducing the difference between a standing wave’s maximum
and minimum levels.
Compared to an attenuator, most microwave sources have poor impedance matching. Using the 6 dB
attenuator during the calibration has the effect of lowering the SWR of the microwave source. The only
compromise is a corresponding 6 dB reduction in the source’s dynamic range when the 6 dB attenuator
is attached.
Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
2-32 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000
2.6.22 Performance Verification
Verifying accuracy and calibrating test equipment are essential to microwave engineers and technicians.
Accurate, repeatable measurements are required for validating designs, certifying calibrations, making
engineering decisions, approving product components, certifying standards, and verifying performance
specifications.
1. A 6 dB attenuator is placed at the input port of a power splitter to provide a good impedance match
from the source. This effectively reduces the VSWR of the source. Depending on the signal quality
of your source over frequency, additional attenuation may be desirable. A two-resistor power splitter
provides consistently matched power levels at its output ports, X and Y. The largest sources of error
are power splitter tracking errors and mismatch uncertainty.
2. Connect the reference standard power meter to power splitter output X, and the power meter to be
verified to splitter output Y.
3. Adjust the source frequency to a standard reference frequency (50 MHz for most power meters).
4. Enter the operating frequency or frequency cal factors into the power meters.
5. Adjust the source amplitude to the maximum sensor operating level (+20 dBm for standard
sensors).
6. Zero each power meter and record the measurement values immediately after settling.
7. Adjust the source for +19 dBm output level and repeat Step 6.
8. Continue testing at 1 dB increments through the rest of the standard sensor’s 90 dB dynamic range.
9. Calculate measurement uncertainty and compare the measured results to the specified tolerances.
At low power levels, be sure to zero the sensor prior to taking measurements. At levels below -55 dBm,
the measurements should be recorded just after zeroing is completed. The zeroing process must be
repeated periodically, depending on the operating level, due to drift characteristics.
Front Panel Operation
Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 2-33
2.6.23 Sources of Error
In the previous accuracy verification procedure, there are four sources of error:
•Source output level variation
•Power splitter output tracking
•Power meter X total measurement uncertainty
•Power meter Y total measurement uncertainty
Worst case uncertainty, which should be used for calibration purposes, is the arithmetic sum of all four
of these sources of error.
Source output level variation occurs in all microwave sources. This happens when the signal source
output level changes during the time it takes to record the displayed value on power meter X and then
to read the displayed value on power meter Y. This source of error can be minimized by using a
laboratory grade signal source.
Power splitter output tracking errors are the maximum signal level variation at the splitter X output as
compared to the splitter Y output.
Total measurement uncertainty for each of the power meters is the worst case combination of mismatch
uncertainty, instrument accuracy, and sensor accuracy.
Mismatch uncertainty is calculated from the reflection coefficients of the sensor and the splitter
(source) according to the following formula:
For a source mismatch specified in terms of return loss (RL), the equation should be modified according
to:
The following factors affect instrument accuracy:
•Instrument linearity or instrumentation uncertainty
•Reference calibrator setability or power reference uncertainty
The following factors affect sensor accuracy:
•Calibration factor uncertainty
•Calibrator to sensor (or power reference to sensor) mismatch uncertainty
•Noise
•Zero set
•Calibration pad uncertainty (for thermal-based power meters only)
•Sensor linearity
M (dB) = 20 log 10 [1+ (ρ
SENSOR
) (ρ
SOURCE
)]
where ρ =VSWR
-
1
VSWR
+
1
_
ρ
SOURCE=
10
where ρ =
-
RL (dB)
20
r
Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
2-34 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000
Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 3-1
3
Remote Operation
3.1 Introduction
The Series 8540C can be operated from a remote host over the General Purpose Interface Bus (GPIB)
using either Standard Commands for Programmable Instruments (SCPI) or IEEE Standard 488-1978
(Digital Interface for Programmable Instruments)commands.
Table 3-1 shows which functions of the IEEE 488 standards are implemented in the 8540C.
3.1.1 Sending Commands to the 8540C
The 8540C power meter uses standard protocols for communication over the GPIB. Commands
conform to IEEE 488.1 or IEEE 488.2 guidelines. Three emulation modes (HP436, HP437, and HP438)
are available for users of power meters who cannot rewrite their application software.
The program examples in this chapter are written in HTBasic™ format (HTBasic is a trademark of
TransEra Corporation). Other languages would use different commands but the string that is sent or
received will always be the same. In HTBasic, the OUTPUT command sends a string to the GPIB. The
number after OUTPUT is the GPIB address of the instrument.
The factory-set default address of the 8540C is 13 and the address of the GPIB is assumed to be 7;
therefore, examples of command strings in this manual are preceded by OUTPUT 713;.
Table 3-1: Implemented IEEE Standards
Function 8540C Implementation
Source Handshake SH1 (complete capability)
Acceptor Handshake AH1 (complete capability)
Talker T5 (basic talker, serial poll, talk only mode, unaddressed if MLA)
Extended Talker TE0 (no capability)
Listener L3 (basic listener, listen only mode, unaddressed if MTA)
Extended Listener LE0 (no capability)
Service Request SR1 (complete capability)
Remote/Local RL1 (complete capability)
Parallel Poll PP1 (remote configuration)
Device Clear DC1 (complete capability)
Device Trigger DT1 (complete capability)
Controller C0 (no capability)
Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
3-2 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000
The GPIB address can be set from the front panel to any number from 0 to 30. GPIB address 40 will set
the instrument to the listen only mode. Address 50 sets the instrument to the talk only mode. To
change the GPIB operating mode or address, enter the menu system with the MENU key. Select the
SETUP menu using the up/down arrow keys. ENTER this sub menu system and select the GPIB setup
menu key. The operating mode and GPIB address can be set in the GPIB setup menu using the arrow
keys. Press ENTER to save your selection or press ESCAPE (the menu key) to exit without saving.
3.1.2 Clear Device
The interface command CLEAR 713 resets the GPIB and sets the 8540C to its preset condition.
3.1.3 Clear Interface
The interface command ABORT 7 resets the GPIB without resetting the 8540C to its preset condition.
The 8540C will not be addressed after the abort.
3.1.4 Local and Remote Control
The interface command LOCAL 713 places the 8540C into the local control mode.
The interface command REMOTE 713 places the 8540C into the remote control mode. Enter LOCAL
713 to return the instrument to local mode.
The interface command LOCAL LOCKOUT 7 places the 8540C in the local lockout mode. This is a
remote control mode in which all of the 8540C front panel keys are disabled. The GPIB LOCAL
command must be issued to return the 8540C to local mode (disconnecting the GPIB cable will also
return the instrument to local mode).
3.1.5 Sensor Selection and Calibration
Power sensor selection data, specifications, and calibration (local and remote) are contained in
Appendix B of this manual.
Remote Operation
Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 3-3
3.1.6 Polling
The GPIB supports parallel and serial polling. The example programs below show how to use the
parallel and serial poll capabilities of the 8540C to determine when a requested zeroing operation is
completed.
Parallel Polling
Ppoll_zero ! zero using parallel poll
PRINT entering parallel poll zero routine
PPOLL CONFIGURE 713;8 ! configure response on bit zero
OUTPUT 713;CS AEZE ! clear status byte, zero channel A
State=0 ! initialize variable
WHILE State 1 ! stay here until zero done
State=PPOLL(7) ! read the poll
END WHILE PPOLL UNCONFIGURE 713 ! cancel parallel poll mode
PRINT parallel zero done RETURN
Serial Polling
Srq_zero: ! zero with an srq interrupt
PRINT entering SRQ interrupt zero routine
ON INTR 7 GOSUB Srq_interrupt
OUTPUT 713;CS ! clear status byte
ENABLE INTR 7;2 ! enable srq interrupts
OUTPUT 713;@1;CHR$(2) ! enable srq handshake
OUTPUT 713;AEZE ! execute zero command
Flag=0 ! test flag reset to false
WHILE Flag=0 ! stay here until test flag set true
WAIT 1
PRINT Still inside while loop
END WHILE
PRINT SRQ interrupt zero done
RETURN
Srq_interrupt: ! SRQ interrupts jump here
PRINT an SRQ interrupt has occurred
Example:OUTPUT 713;CS ! clear status byte
Flag=1 ! set control flag true
RETURN
Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
3-4 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000
3.1.7 Data Output Formats (Standard Measurement Collection
Mode)
The data output format for the standard measurement collection mode is:
±
±±
±D.DDDDE±
±±
±NNCRLF
±: Sign of the Mantissa
D.DDDD: Mantissa (5 digits)
E: Exponent (indicates that an exponent follows)
±: Sign of the Exponent
NN: Magnitude of the Exponent
CR: Carriage Return
LF: Line Feed
3.1.8 Data Output Formats (Fast Measurement Collection
Modes)
Data output formats for the swift and fast buffered modes are expressed in the form of a signed five-digit
number with two digits to the right of the decimal and no exponents. In some cases multiple values are
sent:
One sensor swift mode: ±DDD.DD CRLF
Two sensor swift mode: ±DDD.DD,±DDD.DD CRLF
Fast buffered mode: ±DDD.DD, . . . . .±DDD.DD CRLF
3.1.9 Power-On Default Conditions
The interface wake-up state is:
GPIB Local Mode
Unaddressed, Service Request Mask Cleared
Status Byte Cleared
TR3 Free Run Trigger Mode Set
GT2 Group Execute Trigger Mode Set
Parallel Poll Data Line Unassigned
Display Enabled
Service Request Mask Cleared
Event Status Register = 128
Event Status Mask Clear
Remote Operation
Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 3-5
3.2 Command Syntax
The elements of the 8540C interface commands are introduced below. The discussion is general.
Because some commands are included for the sake of compatibility with earlier models, there are some
variations in syntax from one command to another which must be carefully accommodated.
3.2.1 Functions
At a minimum, the interface command includes a function code. The function indicates the nature and
purpose of the command. Some commands contain a function code and nothing else. For example, the
function AP, which causes the 8540C to measure power using the A sensor, stands alone as a command.
Commands which consist only of a function code are referred to in this manual as simple commands.
However, most commands consist of a function code combined with other elements.
Functions are listed alphabetically in the Command Set tables (see Section 3.3).
3.2.2 Prefixes
Some commands must begin with a prefix that identifies the sensor to which the command applies. For
example, function code ZE (which causes a sensor to be zeroed) must be combined with a prefix in order
to specify which sensor is zeroed. The full command is either AE ZE (for sensor A) or BE ZE (for
sensor B).
Many of the commands described in this chapter are stated to require an AE or BE prefix, which
specifies the sensor that will be affected by the command. In some situations, the prefix can be omitted.
When the 8540C receives a command containing a sensor-specific prefix, it assumes that all subsequent
commands refer to the same sensor until a command is received which specifies the other sensor.
Therefore, if a command prefixed by AE is received, subsequent commands can omit the prefix provided
that they are intended for Sensor A.
Because Model 8541C supports only one sensor, the AE and BE prefixes can be omitted from any
command issued to that model.
It does no harm to include the prefix even when it is superfluous; some users may find that the most
convenient approach is to include the prefix in all applicable commands.
Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
3-6 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000
3.2.3 Variables
Some commands must include one or more variables to specify quantities or options for the command.
For example, the function code ANALOG (which is used in commands that configure the analog
output) is combined with many different variables to specify different aspects of the analog output. In
the command
ANALOG STD TOP LOG -80.0, 20.0, 0.0, 10.0
the variables are interpreted as follows:
STD Specifies the standard analog output (as opposed to the optional second output).
TOP Specifies the top line of the display.
LOG Specifies that power is to be measured in logarithmic units (that is, dB or dBm).
-80.0 Specifies that the low end of the analog output voltage range represents -80 dBm in.
+20.0 Specifies that the high end of the analog output voltage range represents +20 dBm in.
0.00 Specifies that the low end of the analog output range is 0 volts.
10.0 Specifies that the high end of the analog output range is 10 volts.
In the above example, the numeric variables are strung together, with separator characters between
them (see Separators below). However, in some commands, numeric variables are preceded in the
command string by the variable name. For example, in the command FBUF PRE TTL BUFFER 200
TIME 1300, the numeric variables known as buffer and time are identified by name within the string.
Many variables are qualitative rather than quantitative; they select from among the various modes or
options available for a particular function.
3.2.4 Suffixes
Some commands require a terminating suffix. For example, the function code DY specifies a duty cycle.
It requires an AE or BE prefix (to indicate which channel is meant), and a numeric variable (to indicate
the duty cycle as a percentage). Finally, the command must include a terminating suffix (the choices of
suffix in this case are EN, PCT, and %). The command AE DY 50 % sets the duty cycle for channel A
to 50 percent.
NOTE: Some commands that include numeric variables require a terminating suffix. However,
many other commands do not require terminating suffixes, and interface problems will occur if
the suffixes are used in commands which don’t need them. Each command must be used so
that its particular syntax requirements are met.
☛
☛☛
☛
Remote Operation
Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 3-7
3.2.5 Separators
Spaces, commas, colons, and semicolons can be used as separators between the various elements of a
command (function codes, variables, etc.). Commands are usually spelled out in this manual with spaces
inserted between the elements (for example, SWIFT PRE GET BUFFER 100), for the sake of
readability. Although separators within a command are permitted, they are usually not required; in the
command descriptions in this chapter (beginning with Section 3.4), required separators are noted.
3.2.6 Command Format Illustrations
A command format is used in this chapter to show the possible elements of a command, as shown below:
[AE or BE] DY [n] [EN or PCT or %]
Variables are shown within brackets. In this example, the prefix can be AE or BE, the function is
DY, a numerical variable [n] follows the function, and the suffix at the end can be EN, PCT, or %.
Possible commands which use this example format include AE DY 42 % and BE DY 29.5 EN.
Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
3-8 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000
3.3 Series 8540C Command Codes
3.3.1 IEEE 488.2 Common Commands
Table 3-2 lists the IEE 488.2 common commands that are implemented in the 8540C. For further
information refer to the manual section cited in Table 3-2.
Table 3-2: IEEE 488.2 Command Set
Command Description Section
*CLS Clear status byte 3.30.1
*ESE Set Event Status Enable Register 3.30.2
*ESE? Ask for current status of Event Status Enable Register 3.30.2
*ESR? Ask for and clear Event Status Register bits 3.30.2
*IDN? Ask for instrument ID 3.14
*RST Software reset1 3.26
*SRE Set the service request mask 3.30.1
*SRE? Ask for service request mask 3.30.1
*STB? Ask for status byte 3.30.1
Remote Operation
Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 3-9
3.3.2 8540C Function Codes
Table 3-3 lists the function codes that are applicable when the instrument is in the 8541C mode or the
8542C mode. Most of these codes do not stand alone; commands; prefixes, variables, and suffixes must
be combined with them. For further information refer to the sections cited in Table 3-3.
Table 3-3: 8540C Function Codes
Command Description Section
@1 Set service request mask 3.30.1
@2 Set learn mode 2 data 3.15.2
?ID Ask for instrument ID 3.14
AD Measure A-B 3.29
ANALOG Configure analog output 3.4
AP Measure sensor A 3.29
AR Measure A/B 3.29
BAP BAP mode 3.19.4
BD Measure B-A 3.29
BP Measure sensor B 3.29
BR Measure B/A 3.29
BSPE Burst end exclude 3.20
BSTE Burst start exclude 3.20
BTDP Burst dropout 3.20.3
CH Select active measurement line for subsequent commands 3.4.1
CL Calibrate sensor 3.7
CRF Ask for crest factor value 3.9
CR Crest factor 3.9
CS Clear status byte 3.30.1
CW CW mode 3.19
DA Test LCD display 3.10
DC0 Duty cycle disable 3.11
DC1 Duty cycle enable 3.11
DD Display disable 3.10
DE Display enable 3.10
DU Display user message 3.10
DY Set duty cycle 3.11
EEPROM Sensor EEPROM query 3.12
FA Auto averaging 3.5
FBUF Fast buffered mode 3.18.3
FH Hold current averaging number 3.5.1
FM Set averaging number 3.5.2
FMOD Fast modulated mode 3.18.5
FR Frequency 3.13
GT0 Cancel GET 3.17.2
GT1 GET single measurement 3.17.2
GT2 GET full measurement with settling 3.17.2
Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
3-10 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000
ID Ask for instrument ID 3.14
KB Enter cal factor 3.6
LG Log units (dB or dBm) 3.32
LH Set high limit 3.16
LL Set low limit 3.16
LM0 Disable limit checking 3.16
LM1 Enable limit checking 3.16
LN Linear units (Watts or %) 3.32
LP1 Ask for learn mode #1 string 3.15.1
LP2 Ask for learn mode #2 output 3.15.2
MAP MAP mode 3.19
MAX Ask for max value 3.21
MEAS Ask for measurement mode 3.19.6
MIN Ask for minimum value 3.21
MN0 Min/max disable 3.21
MN1 Min/max enable 3.21
OC0 Disable calibrator source 3.8
OC1 Enable calibrator source 3.8
OF0 Offset disable 3.22
OF1 Offset enable 3.22
OS Set offset value 3.22 & 3.22.3
PAP PAP mode 3.19
PEAK Peak sensor settings 3.24 & 3.25
PH Peak hold 3.23
PKH Ask for peak hold value 3.23
PR Preset the 8540C1 3.26
RC Recall a saved instrument state 3.31
RE Display resolution 3.28
RL0 Disable relative measurement 3.27
RL1 Enable relative measurement 3.27
RL2 Use old reference for relative measurement 3.27
RV Ask for service request mask 3.30.1
SM Ask for status message 3.30.3
ST Store instrument state 3.31
SWIFT Swift mode 3.18.4
TR0 Trigger hold mode 3.17
TR1 Trigger single measurement 3.17
TR2 Trigger full measure with settling 3.17
TR3 Free run trigger mode 3.17
VPROPF Configure VPROPF feature 3.33
ZE Sensor zeroing 3.34
Table 3-3: 8540C Function Codes (Continued)
Command Description Section
Remote Operation
Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 3-11
3.3.3 HP437 Emulation GPIB Command Set
The GPIB commands that are available when the instrument is placed in the HP437 emulation mode.
Footnotes appear at the end of Table 3-4.
Table 3-4: 8540C Command Set for HP437 Emulation
Command Description
*CLS Clear all Status Registers2
*ESE set the event status enable mask3
*ESE? event status register enable mask query3
*ESR? event status register query3
*IDN? GPIB identification query2
*RST Software reset
*SRE Set the Service Request Mask value2
*SRE? Service Request Mask query
*STB? Read the Status Byte
*TST? Self test query
@1 Prefix for Status Mask
@2 Learn mode prefix
CL CAL1
CS Clear the Status Byte
CT0 - CT9 clear sensor data tables 0 thru 9 [ignored]
DA All display segments on
DC0 Duty Cycle on
DC1 Duty Cycle off
DD Display disable
DE Display enable
DN down arrow emulation [ignored]
DU Display user message
DY Duty Cycle (enter duty cycle value)
ERR? device error query
ET0 - ET9 edit sensor cal factor table 0 thru 9 [ignored]
EX exit [ignored]
FA automatic filter selection
FM manual filter selection1
FR frequency entry
GT0 ignore Group Execute Trigger (GET) bus command
GT1 trigger immediate response to GET command
GT2 trigger with Delay response to GET command
ID GPIB identification query
KB Cal Factor1
LG Log display
LH High limit1
LL Low limit1
LM0 Disable limits checking function
LM1 Enable limits checking function
LN Linear display
Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
3-12 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000
Notes:
1. A numeric entry is required by these GPIB codes, followed by the code EN (ENTER).
2. This GPIB code uses the next 6 characters (0-9, A-Z, or an underscore) as input data.
3. The asterisk (*) must be included as part of the GPIB command string.
4. The 8540C can always measure over its entire dynamic range; there is no need to specify the range. Therefore, range-related
commands have no effect on the measurement capability of the 8540C. The auto range, range hold, and set range commands
only offset the analog output voltage, and only in HP436, HP437, or HP438 GPIB emulation modes. In these emulation
modes (when using a single sensor, and not measuring in a relative mode), the power will be scaled to a range of 0 to 1 volts,
representing the relative power within the current 10 dB range of the 8540C. The range hold and set range commands will
simulate locking the range of power represented by the output voltage.
LP2 HP437 learn mode
LT Left arrow [ignored]
OC0 Reference oscillator off
OC1 Reference oscillator on
OD Output display text [ignored]
OF0 Offset off - Local
OF1 Offset on - Local
OS Offset (enter offset value)
PR Preset
RA Auto range4
RC Recall1
RE Resolution1
RF0 - RF9 Enter sensor ref cal factor [ignored]
RH Range hold4
RL0 Exit REL mode
RL1 Enter REL mode using REL value
RL2 Use old ref number
RM Set range1, 4
RT Right arrow [ignored]
RV Read Service Request Mask value
SE Sensor [ignored]
SM Status Message
SN0 - SN9 enter sensor serial number [ignored]
ST Store instrument state
TR0 Trigger hold
TR1 Trigger immediate
TR2 Trigger with delay
TR3 Trigger - free run
UP Up arrow [up arrow]
ZE Zero
Table 3-4: 8540C Command Set for HP437 Emulation (Continued)
Command Description
Remote Operation
Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 3-13
3.3.4 HP438 Emulation GPIB Command Set
These are the GPIB commands that are available when the instrument is placed in the HP438
emulation mode. Footnotes appear at the end of Table 3-5.
Table 3-5: 8540C Command Set for HP438 Emulation
Command Description
?ID Ask for ID (the old way)
@1 Prefix for Service Request Mask
@1;CHR$(4) Set Service Request Mask to 4
AD Measure A-B
AE Specifies the A sensor
AP Measure sensor A
AR Measure A/B
BD Measure B-A
BE Specifies the B sensor
BP Measure sensor B
BR Measure B/A
CL1Calibrate sensor (precede with AE or BE)
CS Clear status byte
DA Test LCD display
DD Display disable
DE Display enable
FA Set auto average filtering (precede with AE or BE)
FH Hold preset average number (precede with AE or BE)
FM Set averaging number
GT0 Group execute trigger cancel
GT1 Group execute trigger single measurement
GT2 Group execute trigger full measurement with settling
KB Cal Factor
LG Set Log units (dB or dBm)
LH High limit
LL Low limit
LM0 Disable limit checking
LM1 Enable limit checking
LN Set linear units (Watts or %)
LP1 Set learn mode #1
LP2 Set learn mode #2
OC0 Turn off calibrator source
OC1 Turn on calibrator source
OS Offset
PR Preset the instrument to a known state
RA2Resume autorange [not supported]
Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
3-14 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000
Notes:
1. A numeric entry is required by these GPIB codes, followed by the EN suffix.
2. The 8540C is always able to measure over its entire dynamic range; there is no need to specify the range. Therefore, range-
related commands have no effect on the measurement capability of the 8540C. The auto range, range hold, and set range
commands only offset the analog output voltage, and only in HP436, HP437, or HP438 GPIB emulation modes. In these
emulation modes (when using a single sensor, and not measuring in a relative mode), the power will be scaled to a range of
0 to 1 volts, representing the relative power within the current 10 dB range of the 8540C. The range hold and set range
commands will simulate locking the range of power represented by the output voltage.
RC Recall previous instrument state
RH2Do a range hold
RL0 Turn off rel mode
RL1 Turn on rel mode
RM2Set manual range
RV Ask for status request mask
SM Ask for status message
ST Store instrument state
TR0 Trigger hold mode
TR1 Trigger single measurement
TR2 Trigger full measurement with settling
TR3 Free run trigger mode
ZE Zero sensor (precede with AE or BE)
Table 3-5: 8540C Command Set for HP438 Emulation (Continued)
Command Description
Remote Operation
Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 3-15
3.3.5 HP436 Emulation GBIP Command Set
Table 3-6 lists the GPIB commands that are available when the instrument is placed in the HP436
emulation mode:
Notes:
1. The 8540C is always able to measure over its entire dynamic range; there is no need to specify the range. Therefore, range-
related commands have no effect on the measurement capability of the 8540C. The auto range, range hold, and set range
commands only offset the analog output voltage, and only in HP436, HP437, or HP438 GPIB emulation modes. In these
emulation modes (when using a single sensor, and not measuring in a relative mode), the power will be scaled to a range of
0 to 1 volts, representing the relative power within the current 10 dB range of the 8540C. The range hold and set range
commands will simulate locking the range of power represented by the output voltage.
In HP436 emulation, the specified range is also indicated in the power data strings returned to the host.
Table 3-6: 8540C Command Set for HP436 Emulation
Command Description
51Set range 5
41Set range 4
31Set range 3
21Set range 2
11Set range 1
91Set auto range
A Set linear units (Watts)
B Set relative mode
C Set relative value
D Set Log units (dBm)
Z Zero sensor
+ Enable cal factors
- Disable cal factors (ignored)
H Set TR0 mode
T Set TR2 mode
I Set TR1 mode
R Set TR3 mode
V Set TR3 mode
Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
3-16 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000
3.4 Analog Output
3.4.1 Standard Output
Commands relating to the standard analog output (that is, the rear panel analog output which is
installed in all instruments, not the optional second output) are based on the ANALOG function code,
as described below.
Enabling and Disabling the Output
The ANALOG function can enable or disable the analog outputs. The command format for this
purpose is:
Syntax: ANALOG STD STATE [ON or OFF]
STD indicates that the standard analog output (not the optional output) is being config-
ured.
STATE indicates that the analog output ON/OFF status is being configured.
The variables ON and OFF indicate whether the analog output is to be enabled or
disabled.
Example: OUTPUT 713;ANALOG STD STATE ON ! Enable analog output
OUTPUT 713;ANALOG OPT STATE OFF ! Disable analog output
Setting Options for the Output
The ANALOG function can also configure various aspects of the analog output. The command format
is:
Syntax: ANALOG STD [TOP or BOT] [LG or LN] [a b c d]
STD indicates the standard analog output (not the optional output) is being configured.
[TOP or BOT] specifies the top or bottom line of the display.
[LG or LN] specifies logarithmic (dBm) or linear (Watts) measurement.
The command string ends with four numeric variables (with at least one separator charac-
ter between each pair of them), which define the relationship between the input power
range and the output voltage range:
a: power level represented by the minimum output voltage,
b: power level represented by the maximum output voltage,
c: minimum output voltage,
d: maximum output voltage.
Valid power range numbers are -100 to +100 [dBm] for LOG, or 0 to 1E15 [Watts] for LIN. Valid
voltage range numbers are 0.00 to +10.00 [VDC].
Examples: OUTPUT 713;ANALOG STD TOP LOG -80.0, 20.0, 0.0, 10.0
! Configure the analog output top line display channel as follows:
! logarithmic units, -80 to +20 dBm input, 0 to 10 volt output
OUTPUT 713;ANALOG STD BOT LIN 0.00, 1.00E-3, 0.0, 1.0
! Configure the analog output bottom as follows
! linear units, 0 to 1.00 mW, 0 to 1 volt output
Remote Operation
Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 3-17
3.4.2 Optional Speed Count
Commands relating to the optional second analog output (also see Option 06 in Appendix C) are based
on the ANALOG function code, as described below.
Enabling and Disabling the Output
The ANALOG function can enable or disable the optional analog output. The command format for
this purpose is:
Syntax: ANALOG OPT STATE [ON or OFF]
OPT indicates that the standard analog output (not the optional output) is being config-
ured.
STATE indicates that the analog output ON/OFF status is being configured.
The variables ON and OFF indicate whether the analog output is to be enabled or
disabled.
Example: OUTPUT 713;ANALOG OPT STATE ON ! Enable second analog output
OUTPUT 713;ANALOG OPT STATE OFF ! Disable second analog output
Setting Options for the Output
The ANALOG function can also configure various aspects of the analog output. The command format
is:
Syntax: ANALOG OPT [TOP or BOT] [LG or LN] [a b c d]
OPT indicates the standard analog output (not the optional output) is being configured.
[TOP or BOT] specifies the top or bottom line of the display.
[LG or LN] specifies logarithmic (dBm) or linear (Watts) measurement.
The command string ends with four numeric variables (with at least one separator charac-
ter between each pair of them), which define the relationship between the input power
range and the output voltage range:
a: power level represented by the minimum output voltage,
b: power level represented by the maximum output voltage,
c: minimum output voltage,
d: maximum output voltage.
Valid power range numbers are -100 to +100 [dBm] for LOG, or 0 to 1E15 [Watts] for LIN. Valid
voltage range numbers are 0.00 to +10.00 [VDC] (or -10.00 to +10.00, depending on Option 06
configuration).
Examples: OUTPUT 713;ANALOG OPT TOP LOG -80.0, 20.0, 0.0, 10.0
! Configure the second analog output top line display channel
! as follows:
! logarithmic units, -80 to +20 dBm input, 0 to 10 volt output
OUTPUT 713;ANALOG OPT BOT LIN 0.00, 1.00E-3, 0.0, 1.0
! Configure the second analog output bottom line display
! channel as follows:
! logarithmic units, -80 to +20 dBm input, 0 to 10 volt output
Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
3-18 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000
3.5 Averaging
3.5.1 Auto Averaging
The 8540C is normally used in the auto averaging mode. The power meter chooses an averaging factor
that is appropriate for the ambient noise level.
Activating the Auto Filter Mode
The command which activates auto averaging for a sensor is based on the FA function. The command
format is:
Syntax: [AE or BE] FA
[AE or BE] prefix specifies Sensor A or Sensor B.
FA activates the auto filter mode for the selected sensor.
Example: OUTPUT 713;AE FA ! activate auto averaging filtering for sensor A
Setting the Measurement Settling Target
In the auto averaging mode, the 8540C chooses the lowest averaging factor that will yield a stable
measurement at the present resolution setting. Stability is defined in terms of peak to peak variation in
the measurement; the variation target value is expressed as a percentage of average power. Default
values for this Measurement Settling Target are:
Because the target value affects the speed of measurement, it is possible to increase measurement speed
by increasing the target value (a small increase in the target value can result in a large increase in
speed). If the auto averaging mode is selected using the front panel menus, or the AE FA or BE FA
commands as described above, the default target values shown in the table are used. However, it is
possible to add a numeric variable after FA in order to specify a different target value:
Syntax: [AE or BE] FA [t] [EN % or PCT]
[t] represents the measurement settling target value in per cent, and has a valid range of
0.10 to 100.00.
Example: OUTPUT 713;BE FA .8 % ! activate auto averaging filtering for sensor B, with
! a measurement settling target of .8%
Table 3-7: Measurement Setting Target Default Values
Resolution Peak to Peak Variation
xx. 25% (∼1 dB)
xx.x 4.7% (∼.2 dB)
xx.xx 0.46% (∼.02 dB)
xx.xxx 0.10% (∼.004 dB)
Remote Operation
Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 3-19
Freezing the Present Averaging Number
The command which causes auto filtering to hold its present averaging number is based on the FH
function. The command format is:
Syntax: [AE or BE] FH
[AE or BE] prefix specifies sensor A or Sensor B.
FH causes the 8540C to hold its present averaging number; auto averaging is deactivated.
Example: OUTPUT 713;BE FH ! hold present average number for sensor B
3.5.2 Manual Averaging
The averaging number can be specified directly. The commands for this purpose are based on the FM
function. The command format is:
Syntax:[AE or BE] FM [v] EN
[AE or BE] prefix specifies Sensor A or Sensor B.
FM specifies manual averaging.
[v] has allowable values of 0 through 9. Each value represents a particular averaging number. The
numbers are shown in Table 3-8.
A terminating suffix is required (EN).
Examples: OUTPUT 713;AE FM 2 EN ! set averaging number to 4
OUTPUT 713;AE FM 8 EN ! set averaging number to 256
Table 3-8: Numbering Averaging
Value of v Averaging Number Value of v Averaging Number
01532
12664
247128
388256
4169512
Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
3-20 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000
3.6 Cal Factors
You should not need to employ the command described below with the 8540C; it is included here for
the sake of compatibility with remote programs written for older power meters.
When a sensor is attached to the 8540C, the power meter automatically loads calibration factors from
an EEPROM in the sensor. This data is frequency related, and in order for the 8540C to make use of it,
the user must supply frequency information to the power meter, either by means of the front panel
FREQ key, by means of the GPIB FR command (see FREQUENCY, Section 3.13), or by means of the
VPROPF input. Once the frequency has been specified, the 8540C automatically applies the appropriate
cal factor to each reading.
The KB function code specifies a cal factor which is to be used in place of the cal factors stored in the
sensor EEPROM. The command format is:
Syntax: [AE or BE] KB [n] EN
[AE or BE] prefix specifies Sensor A or Sensor B.
[n] specifies a cal factor, expressed as a percentage with a valid range of 1.0 to 150.0.
A terminating suffix is required (EN).
Examples: OUTPUT 713;AE KB 96 EN ! enter a 96% cal factor for sensor A
OUTPUT 713;BE KB 102 EN ! enter 102% cal factor for sensor B
Remote Operation
Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 3-21
3.7 Calibration
Commands which cause the 8540C to calibrate a sensor are based on the CL function code. The
command format is:
Syntax: [AE or BE] CL [n] [EN or PCT or %]
[AE or BE] prefix specifies Sensor A or Sensor B.
[n] represents a reference calibration factor of n%. The 8540C makes no use of this
variable; instead it reads cal factors from the sensor EEPROM. The variable is included in
the command format only for compatibility with power meters which require it. Any value
between 50 and 120 can be entered for n.
A terminating suffix is required (EN, PCT, or %).
Examples: OUTPUT 713;AE CL 100 EN ! Calibrate sensor A
OUTPUT 713;BE CL 100 EN ! Calibrate sensor B
The appropriate sensor must be attached to the calibrator output for the calibration process to function.
If the sensor is not attached, the calibration will fail, and operation will continue as before.
Calibration Routine
The following is an example of a GPIB program to calibrate a sensor. It is strongly recommended that
this format be followed for remote calibration. Note that the service request feature is used to determine
when the calibration has completed; this will result in the fastest calibration routine.
Calibrate: ! calibration routine
ON INTR 7 GOSUB Srq_interrupt ! setup serial poll interrupt
! jump location
ENABLE INTR 7;2 ! enable SRQ interrupts
OUTPUT 713;*SRE010 ! set service request mask to 2
OUTPUt 713;CS ! clear status byte
OUTPUT 713;CL100EN ! start calibration
Flag=0 reset control flag
WHILE Flag=0 ! wait while calibrating
END WHILE
RETURN
Srq_interrupt: ! SRQ interrupts jump here
OUTPUT 713;*STB?
ENTER 713;State
IF BIT(State, 1) THEN
PRINT GOOD CAL
ELSE
IF BIT(State, 3) THEN
PRINT BAD CAL
ENDIF
ENDIF
OUTPUT 713;CS ! clear status byte
Flag=1 ! set control flag true
RETURN
Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
3-22 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000
3.8 Calibrator Source
The 8540C Calibrator output (a fixed 50 MHz signal at 0 dBm) is activated and deactivated by means of
two simple commands:
Syntax: [OC1 or OC0]
Examples: OUTPUT 713;OC ! turn on calibrator source
OUTPUT 713;OC0 ! turn off calibrator source
NOTE: This command is needed for test purposes only. The calibrator source is enabled
automatically during calibration of a sensor.
☛
☛☛
☛
Remote Operation
Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 3-23
3.9 Crest Factor
The Crest Factor feature holds on to the highest instantaneous power measured from the time the
feature is enabled until it is reset; it is similar to the Peak Hold feature, except that the measurement is
expressed as a ratio in relation to average power.
3.9.1 Enabling the Crest Factor Feature
The Crest Factor feature is enabled or disabled by one of two function codes:
Syntax: [CR0 or CR1]
Examples: OUTPUT 713;CR1 ! Enable the Crest Factor feature
OUTPUT 713;CR0 ! Disable the Crest Factor feature
3.9.2 Reading the Crest Factor Value
The Crest Factor value is read over the bus using a simple command:
Syntax: CRF
Example: OUTPUT 713;CRF ! Send the crest factor value
The Crest Factor feature monitors the maximum power as it is measured, but does not provide any
feedback to the controller until a CRF command is received. To monitor for a limit violation, the Limits
feature may be more useful (see Section 3.1.6).
The Crest Factor feature returns the current ratio between held power and average power, as displayed
on the front panel. A CRF command does not initiate data collection in same manner as a trigger
command, such as TR1. To get a good reading of the Peak Hold value, the procedure is:
1. Set up the signal being measured, and send CR1 to reset the Crest Factor measurement.
2. Send TR2.
3. Read the TR2 data, or wait for the data ready service request (this allows for settling).
4. Send CRF.
5. Read the Crest Factor value.
NOTE: The Crest Factor feature can only be used in the standard measurement collections
modes (not in the fast modes), and only in a modulated measurement mode (MAP, PAP, or
BAP). Crest Factor is not recommended for use in combination with the VPROPF function.
NOTE: Like the PH0 and MN0 commands, the CR0 command will disable Peak Hold and
Min/Max measurements.
☛
☛☛
☛
Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
3-24 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000
3.10 Display Control
Testing the Displays
The LCD display window and status LEDs on the 8540C front panel can be tested remotely, by means of
three simple commands:
Syntax: DE (Enable the display)
DA (Test the display)
DD (Disable the display)
Examples: OUTPUT 713;DE ! activate the LCD display
! (this has the effect of canceling a DA or DD command)
OUTPUT 713:DA ! Performs a test of the display
OUTPUT713;DD ! Disable the display
Displaying a Message
The DU function can show a test message in the LCD display window. The command format for this
purpose is:
Syntax: DU [string]
The test message string can contain up to 32 characters; the first sixteen characters will
be shown on the top line of the LCD display window, and the remaining characters will be
shown on the bottom line.
Example: OUTPUT 713;DU THIS IS A TEST ! show the message THIS IS A TEST on the
! LCD display window
Remote Operation
Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 3-25
3.11 Duty Cycle Commands
3.11.1 Activating or Deactivating a Duty Cycle
The commands which activate or deactivate a duty cycle are based on the DC0 and DC1 functions. The
command format is:
Syntax: [AE or BE] [DC0 or DC1]
[AE or BE] prefix specifies Sensor A or Sensor B.
[DC0] turns the duty cycle off (for the specified sensor); if the sensor is in Pulse Average
Power measurement mode, this command will change the sensor measurement mode to
Modulated Average Power. If the sensor is not measuring Pulse Average Power at the time
this command is received, then this command will have no effect.
[DC1] turns the duty cycle on. This is equivalent to the PAP command (see Measurement
Mode Commands in Section 3.19).
Examples: OUTPUT 713;AE DC0 ! turn off the duty cycle for sensor A
OUTPUT 713;BE DC1 ! turn on the duty cycle for sensor B
3.11.2 Specifying a Duty Cycle
The commands which specify a duty cycle are based on the DY function. The command format is:
Syntax: [AE or BE] DY [n] [EN or PCT or %]
[AE or BE] prefix specifies Sensor A or Sensor B.
DY specifies a duty cycle value; it also configures the sensor to Pulse Average Power
mode. Therefore, this function includes the capabilities (and entry error reporting) of the
PAP function (see Measurement Mode Commands in Section 3.19).
[n] species the duty cycle value in percent with a valid range of .001 to 99.999).
A terminating suffix is required (EN, PCT, or %).
Examples: OUTPUT 713;AE DY 50 % ! set 50% duty cycle for sensor A
OUTPUT 713;BE DY 25.000 EN ! set 25% duty cycle for sensor B
OUTPUT 713;BE DY 40.412 PCT ! set 40.412% duty cycle for sensor B
3.11.3 Reading Duty Cycle Status
The status message bit O indicates whether the duty cycle function is active for the selected sensor.
0 indicates OFF; 1 indicates ON.
Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
3-26 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000
3.12 EEPROM
The EEPROM command is used to query the cal factor data in the sensor EEPROM. The cal factor data
is typically stored in the EEPROM at 1 GHz steps over the frequency range of the sensor. Additional cal
factors may also be stored at additional special frequencies. When a measurement frequency is specified
which does not exactly match the frequencies at which cal factors have been stored, the power meter
determines the appropriate cal factor via interpolation.
Commands to read EEPROM cal factor data are based on the EEPROM function code. The command
format is:
Syntax: EEPROM [A or B] [CALF? or FREQ?]
[A or B] specifies Sensor A or Sensor B.
[CALF?] queries the cal factors. The cal factor data is output as a table of cal factors
expressed in dB, separated by commas.
[FREQ?] queries the frequencies which correspond to the cal factors. The frequency data
is output as a table of frequencies expressed in Hz, separated by commas.
Examples: OUTPUT 713;EEPROM A CALF? ! Query sensor A EEPROM whole cal factor
! table
! (This example is from an 80301A sensor)
Response: 0.00, 0.00, 0.00, 0.00, 0.00, 0.00, 0.00, 0.00, 0.00, 0.00, 0.00, 0.00, 0.00, 0.00, 0.00, 0.00,
0.00, 0.00
OUTPUT 713;EEPROM A FREQ? ! Query sensor A EEPROM whole
! frequency table
! (This example is from an 80301A sensor)
Response: 5.000e7, 2.000e9, 3.000e9, 4.000e9, 5.000e9, 6.000e9, 7.000e9, 8.000e9, 9.000e9,
1.000e10, 1.100e10, 1.200e10, 1.300e10, 1.400e10, 1.500e10, 1.600e10, 1.700e10,
1.800e10
Remote Operation
Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 3-27
3.13 Frequency
Cal factors are stored in the sensor’s EEPROM by frequency. Specifying a frequency causes the 8540C to
apply the cal factor appropriate to that frequency. To cancel the use of cal factors, specify a frequency of
50 MHz (this is the frequency of the front panel Calibrator reference output, and has a cal factor of
zero).
Commands which specify a frequency are based on the FR function. The command format is:
Syntax: [AE or BE] FR [n] [HZ or KZ or MZ or GZ]
[AE or BE] prefix specifies Sensor A or Sensor B.
FR specifies a frequency value.
[n] specifies the frequency value (the units are Hz, kHz, MHz, or GHz, depending on the
terminating suffix used).
A terminating suffix is required (HZ, KZ, MZ, or GZ).
Examples: OUTPUT 713;AE FR 5.67 GZ ! frequency for sensor A is 5.7 GHz
OUTPUT 713;AE FR 1.0E9 HZ ! frequency for sensor A is 1E9 Hz (1 GHz)
OUTPUT 713;BE FR 84.6 MZ ! frequency for sensor B is 84.6 MHz
OUTPUT 713;BE FR 4E6 KZ ! frequency for sensor B is 4E6 kHz (4 GHz)
Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
3-28 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000
3.14 Instrument Identification
The 8540C can be queried over the GPIB for purposes of identification; user application programs make
use of such queries in order to verify that the appropriate equipment is connected. The 8540C will reply
to an ID query by sending back an identification string.
The simple commands which query the instrument ID consist of any of three function codes:
Syntax: [ID or ?ID or *IDN?]
Example: OUTPUT 713;*IDN? ! ask for ID string
ENTER 713; Name ! read ID into string variable Name
Identification Strings
The ID string is determined by the configuration choices that were made (from the front panel) under
the Config/GPIB menu. In the 8541 or 8542 mode, the ID string consists of four fields separated by
commas:
Field 1 is the manufacturer (GIGA-TRONICS).
Field 2 is the model (8541C or 8542C).
Field 3 is the serial number field (it displays the serial number of the calibrator EEPROM)
Field 4 is the software version number.
Example strings:
8451C mode Name = GIGA-TRONICS,8451C,9544112,3.00
8452C mode Name = GIGA-TRONICS,8452C,9548024,3.00
However, the ID strings for the following emulation modes are fixed, as follows:
HP437B mode Name = HEWLETT-PACKARD,437B,1.8
HP438A mode Name = HP438A,VER1.10
HP436A mode Not Applicable
HP and Hewlett Packard are registered trademarks of the Hewlett Packard Company.
Remote Operation
Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 3-29
3.15 Learn Modes
The 8540C has the ability to send information regarding its current configuration to the controller. The
controller requests this information by sending a learn mode command. At a later time, the controller
can send the configuration information back to the power meter in order to reconfigure the 8540C to
the same state it was in when it received the learn mode command.
Conceptually this feature is similar to the store and recall capability of the 8540C but with several
important differences:
•The configuration information is stored in the controller’s memory and not in the 8540C
memory.
•Learn Mode #1 returns information regarding the current GPIB operational configuration
(such as the trigger mode) which would not be covered by the store/recall function.
•The learn modes do not support many of the advanced features of the 8540C.
•The learn modes involve transmission of long strings of data between the controller and the
8540C. These strings must be transmitted without interruption; transmissions cannot be
considered complete until EOI is read.
The two learn modes are discussed under separate headings on the following pages.
The learn modes are provided for the sake of compatibility with remote programs written for older
power meters. The configuration information returned to the host is not as complete as the information
that would be stored in the 8540C memory using the store/recall function; the configuration data for
many features of the 8540C are not included in the learn mode data.
Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
3-30 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000
3.15.1 Learn Mode #1
Learn Mode #1 is used to return the configuration of the 8540C to the controller in the form of a
sequence of GPIB commands.
Requesting the String
The simple command which requests the Learn Mode #1 string has the following format:
Syntax:LP1
Example: OUTPUT 713;LP1 ! requests learn mode #1 string
After receiving the LP1 command, the 8540C will return the Learn Mode #1 string the next time it is
addressed to talk. The string will consist of up to 128 ASCII characters. The last character is sent with
EOI true. Table 3-9 shows the information contained in the Learn Mode #1 string, and the order in
which it is sent.
Sending the String
The power meter can be restored to the configuration described in the Learn Mode #1 string, by sending
the string to the 8540C.
Table 3-9: Learn Mode #1 Output Format
Parameter Output from the Power Meter1
Trigger Mode TRd
Measurement Mode AP, BP, AR, BR, AD, or BD
SENSOR A PARAMETERS
Cal Factor
Offset
Range
Filter
Low Limit
High Limit
AE
KB ddd.d EN
OS±dd.dd EN
RA d EN
FA or FM d EN
LL ±ddd.ddd EN
LH ±ddd.ddd EN
SENSOR B PARAMETERS
Cal Factor
Offset
Range
Filter
Low Limit
High Limit
BE
KB ddd.d EN
OS ±dd.dd EN
RA d EN
FA or FM d EN
LL ±ddd.ddd EN
LH ±ddd.ddd EN
Active Entry Channel AE or BE
Measurement Units LG or LN
Reference Oscillator Status OC0 or OC1
Group Trigger Mode GTd
Limits Checking Status LM0 or LM1
Carriage Return Line Feed EOI
1± indicates sign; d indicates a single digit.
Remote Operation
Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 3-31
3.15.2 Learn Mode #2
Learn Mode #2 is used to return the 8540C configuration information to the controller in the form of a
series of binary values.
Requesting the String
The simple command which requests the Learn Mode #2 string has the following format:
Syntax: LP2
Example: OUTPUT 713;LP2 ! requests learn mode #2 string
After receiving the LP2 command, the 8540C will return the Learn Mode #2 string the next time it is
addressed to talk. The string starts with two ASCII characters, @ and 2, followed by a string of 28 (58 for
the 437 emulation mode) 8-bit binary bytes. The last byte is sent with EOI true. Learn Mode #2 requires
a controller that can receive and send information in binary form.
The Learn Mode #2 string contains the following information:
•Measurement mode
•REL mode status (on or off)
•Reference oscillator status (on or off)
•Current reference value if in REL mode
•Measurement units (Log or Lin)
•Cal Factor for each sensor
•Offset for each sensor
•Range for each sensor
•Filter for each sensor
Sending the String
The command that sends the Learn Mode #2 data to the 8540C is based on the @2 function. The
command format is:
binary bytes
The 8540C will change its configuration to match the configuration defined by the Learn Mode #2
string.
Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
3-32 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000
3.16 Limits
3.16.1 Setting Limits
Commands which set limits are based on the LH and LL function codes. The command format is:
Syntax: [AE or BE] [LH or LL] [n] EN
For limit commands, the [AE or BE] prefix specifies a line of the display rather than a
sensor.
[AE] specifies the top line of the display.
[BE] specifies the bottom line.
[LH] specifies the high limit; LL specifies the low limit.
[n] is a limit value, expressed in dBm or dB as appropriate.
A terminating suffix is required (EN).
Examples: OUTPUT 713;AE LH 12.34 EN ! set top line high limit to +12.34 dB
OUTPUT 713;AE LL -2.58 EN ! set top line low limit to -2.58 dB
OUTPUT 713;BE LH 2.34 EN ! set bottom high limit to +2.34 dB
OUTPUT 713;BE LL -100.00 EN ! set bottom line low limit to -100.00 dB
3.16.2 Activating Limits
Limit-checking is activated or deactivated by simple commands consisting of one of two function codes:
Syntax: [AE or BE] [LM0 or LM1]
For line commands, the [AE or BE] prefix specifies a line of the display rather than a
sensor.
[AE] specifies the top line of the display.
[BE] specifies the bottom line.
[LM0] disables limit checking.
[LM1] enables limit checking.
Examples: OUTPUT 713; AE LM0 ! disable limit checking for the top line
OUTPUT 713; BE LM1 ! enable limit checking for the bottom line
Before enabling limit checking (LM1), you must set the high and low limits (LH and LL). Once
enabled, the Status Byte (bit 4) will signal a too high or too low condition. The status message AA bytes
will indicate a too high condition (error code 21), or a too low condition (error code 23). Status
Message bytes L or M contains the limit status for the top line display and the bottom line display
respectively . 0 indicates within limits, 1 indicates too high, and 2 indicates too low.
The LCD display will indicate a too high condition with an up arrow displayed to the left of the reading,
and a down arrow displayed to the left of the reading for a too low condition. If the sound mode is
enabled, a high or low pitched sound will be generated. Sound can be disabled using the Config menu.
NOTE: These commands must be preceded by CH [n] EN command.
NOTE: These commands must be preceded by CH [n] EN command.
☛
☛☛
☛
☛
☛☛
☛
Remote Operation
Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 3-33
3.16.3 Measuring with Limits
For Sensor A or B, measurements with limits are enabled by the command
Syntax:LM1.
Example: OUTPUT 713; AP LM1 ! Measure sensor A and enable limit checking
This measures Sensor A with the previously set AE, LL and LH limits.
Example: OUTPUT 713; BP LM1 ! Measure sensor B and enable limit checking
This measures Sensor B with previously set BE, LL and LH limits.
To measure Sensor A and B simultaneously (Model 8542C only) with limits enabled (LM1),
1. Press [ENTER]
2. Press [MENU]
3. Enter the menu format (A, B, A/B..., OFF).
4. Select Top Line and press the left/right cursor keys until A appears.
5. Select Bottom Line and press the left/right cursor keys until B appears.
6. Press [ENTER].
Example: OUTPUT 713; AE LM1 ! Enable limit checking for the top line
OUTPUT 713; BE LM1 ! Enable limit checking for the bottom line
This allow the power meter to display both sensor readings and enables both of the previously set AE
and BE, LL and LH limits for Sensors A and B.
Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
3-34 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000
3.17 Measurement Collection Modes (Standard)
3.17.1 Measurement Triggering
Trigger modes determine when a measurement will be made. Four simple commands consisting of one of
four function codes select the desired mode:
Syntax: [TR0 or TR1 or TR2 or TR3]
All four modes discussed here are standard measurement collection modes (as opposed to the fast modes
described in Section 3.18), and use the standard data output format.
Trigger Hold (TR0)
This command places the instrument in standby mode. The LCD display is frozen at the current values.
The display will be updated when the instrument receives a TR1 or TR2 command. To resume the
normal free run mode of the instrument and display, use the TR3 command. During the standby mode,
the instrument continues to make measurements and update the internal digital filter, but does not
update the display or the GPIB buffer.
Example: OUTPUT 713;TR0 ! Select the trigger hold mode
Trigger Immediate (TR1)
This command triggers a single reading; the reading is added to the internal digital filter. An ENTER
statement will return the updated filter power level. After a TR1 command, the instrument returns to
the standby mode.
Example: OUTPUT 713;TR1 ! Trigger a single measurement
Trigger Immediate with Full Averaging (TR2)
This mode triggers a new series of readings; enough to update the digital filter for a noise free reading at
the current power level. An ENTER statement will return the fully updated filter power level. After a
TR2 command, the instrument returns to the standby mode.
Example: OUTPUT 713;TR2 ! Trigger a full measurement, with settling
Free Run (TR3)
This free run trigger mode (which is the default mode) allows the user to read the power at any time
with an ENTER statement. There is no need to send the TR3 command again. Multiple ENTER
statements can be executed. The power meter will return the present power level just as if you had
looked at the LCD display.
Example: OUTPUT 713;TR3 ! Free run trigger mode
Remote Operation
Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 3-35
3.17.2 Group Execute Trigger
The GPIB GET command (group execute trigger) causes all the devices on the interface which are
currently addressed to listen to start a device dependent operation (usually a measurement). Three
simple commands (consisting of one of three function codes) regulate the 8540C response to a GET
command:
Syntax: [GT0 or GT1 or GT2]
Group Trigger Cancel (GT0)
This command disables the response of the 8540C to a GPIB GET command.
Example: OUTPUT 713;GT0 ! Group execute trigger cancel
Group Trigger Immediate (GT1)
This mode is similar to the mode specified by the TR1 command (trigger immediate), except that the
GT1 command causes the 8540C to wait for a GPIB GET command. When the GET command is
received, it triggers a single reading which is added to the internal digital filter. An ENTER statement
will return the updated filter power level. After a GT1 command, the instrument is placed in the
standby mode.
Example: OUTPUT 713;GT1 ! Group execute trigger single measurement
Group Trigger Immediate with Full Averaging (GT2)
This mode is similar to the mode specified by the TR2 command (trigger immediate with full
averaging), except that the GT2 command causes the 8540C to wait for a GPIB GET command. When
the GET command is received, it triggers a new series of readings; enough to update the digital filter for
a noise free reading at the current power level. An ENTER statement will return the fully updated filter
power level. After a GT2 command, the instrument is placed in the standby mode.
Example: OUTPUT 713;GT2 ! Group execute trigger full measurement with settling
Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
3-36 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000
3.18 Measurement Collection Modes (Fast)
3.18.1 General
The 8540C offers three special fast measurement collection modes which are available only during
remote operation over the GPIB. These fast modes make it possible to take more measurements per
second, but at the cost of limited functionality compared to the standard measurement collection mode.
The fast modes operate differently from the standard measurement collection mode in several important
ways. The three fast modes are called Swift, Fast Buffered, and Fast Modulated.
Sensor Measurements Supported
One restriction on the 8540C functionality in the fast modes is that it cannot perform comparative
measurements (that is, measurements consisting of a comparison between the two sensors, such as A/B
or A-B). However, when the 8540C operates in the Swift and Fast Buffered modes, it does have an
added capability which is not otherwise available: measurements from both sensors can be returned to
the host. In the Fast Modulated mode, only one sensor measurement can be performed and returned to
the host.
Averaging
The averaging feature has a unique implementation in the Swift and Fast Buffered modes. Note that in
standard measurement collection modes, and in the Fast Modulated modes, the averaging factor is taken
to indicate the amount of filtering desired. Each measurement which is returned to the host is a true
running average for a period of time which is derived from the averaging factor.
In the Swift and Fast Buffered modes, the averaging indicates the exact number of samples to be taken
for each returned measurement, with the proviso that a minimum of four samples are taken (even if a
number below four is requested). Note that four samples are also taken if auto averaging is selected. Each
measurement returned to the host reflects all new data. Therefore, operation will be much faster with an
averaging number of four than with a higher number.
Disabled Features
The following features are disabled during operation in any of the three fast modes: over-range alert,
limit checking, min/max power, relative measurements, peaking meter, analog output, and VPROPF
(voltage proportional to frequency) correction.
Measurement Changes
Other changes to the operation of the instrument during fast operation include the following: the
temperature of the sensors is not read and updated, so the temperature correction will become
inaccurate over time if the temperature of the sensor changes.
Remote Operation
Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 3-37
Warning Regarding Interruption and Reconfiguration
Another important consideration is that, while any of the three fast measurement modes is running, it
should not be interrupted, and the measurement setup should not be changed. The measurement setup
must be thoroughly configured before the command is sent to start the fast measurement mode. To
reconfigure the instrument, or to zero a sensor, it is necessary to exit the fast mode and then restart it. If
a measurement setup command is sent after a fast mode command, the results are undefined.
Fast Mode Setup
Prior to initiating a fast measurement collection mode, the host should select the measurement (i.e., AP
or BP), select the measurement mode (i.e., CW, MAP, PAP, PEAK, or BAP), define the frequency
correction (via the FR or KB command, but not via the VPROPF function), define the offset (if any),
define the averaging (via the FA or FM command), and define the duty cycle (if applicable). When a
fast mode is initiated, the display will blank and a message will display indicating the fast mode selected.
Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
3-38 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000
3.18.2 Data Output Formats for Fast Modes
The data output formats for fast measurement collection are illustrated below. Fast mode data is always
returned in units of dBm. Each A or B represents a single digit (0 to 9).
For the Swift Free-Run Mode
If one sensor is used, the format is:
±AAA.AA CR LF
±AAA.AA CR LF etc.
or:
±BBB.BB CR LF
±BBB.BB CR LF etc.
If two sensors are used, the format is:
±AAA.AA,±BBB.BB CR LF
±AAA.AA,±BBB.BB CR LF etc.
For The Swift Triggered & Fast Buffered Modes
If one sensor is used, the format is:
±AAA.AA, ±AAA.AA, etc. CR LF
or:
±BBB.BB, ±BBB.BB, etc. CR LF
If two sensors are used, the format is:
±AAA.AA, ±AAA.AA, etc. [until the specified number of readings has been sent]
±BBB.BB, ±BBB.BB, etc. [until the specified number of readings has been sent],
CR LF
For the Fast Modulated Mode
In this mode, only one sensor can be used; the format is:
±AAA.AA CR LF
±AAA.AA CR LF etc.
or:
±BBB.BB CR LF
±BBB.BB CR LF, etc.
NOTE: If BAP is unable to sync, 200.00 is added to the actual value in order to flag this error
condition.
☛
☛☛
☛
Remote Operation
Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 3-39
3.18.3 Fast Buffered Mode
Fast Buffered Mode is a fast measurement collection mode, which makes it possible for a series of
measurements to be taken and buffered rapidly, without external triggering of each measurement. The
measurement collection can consist of a buffer-load of measurements taken after a trigger, or a buffer-
load of measurements taken prior to a trigger (that is, the trigger marks the beginning or the end of the
measurement period, depending on the option selected). This mode also makes it possible to buffer a
very large number of data points. For the sake of speed, no chopped measurements are taken in the fast
buffered mode.
The fast buffered mode cannot be entered if a modulated measurement (MAP, PAP, or BAP) is being
performed.
Commands related to the fast buffered mode are based on the FBUF command. (For the sake of
backward compatibility with earlier Giga-tronics power meter designs, the command BURST is
accepted as a substitute for FBUF. However, this command has nothing to do with the burst average
power measurement mode; it is a vestige of the terminology applicable to previous models.) For the
FBUF commands, the command format is:
Syntax: FBUF [PRE or POST] [GET or TTL] BUFFER [b] TIME [t]
[PRE or POST] define the relationship between the measurement period and the trigger:
[PRE] the trigger marks the end of the measurement period. The 8540C will continuously
take measurements and buffer them until a trigger is received. At that point, it will stop
collecting data and output all of the previously collected data in a continuous data stream
the next time it is addressed to talk.
[POST] the trigger marks the beginning of the measurement period. The 8540C will wait
for a trigger before taking and buffering the measurements. After the requested number of
measurement have been taken and buffered, it will be ready to output all of the data in a
continuous stream the next time it is addressed to talk. If the GPIB GET command is
specified as the trigger, the 8540C will assert a service request at this time.
[GET or TTL] define the trigger:
[GET] the expected trigger is a GPIB GET command.
[TTL] the expected trigger is a TTL high at the rear panel trigger input.
The buffer value (numeric variable [b]) specifies the number of measurements to be taken
and stored in the buffer. The minimum value is one. The maximum value is 5,000.
The time value (numeric variable [t]) is an optional variable which specifies a fixed delay
between measurements. The time value specifies the time (in ms) to wait between
measurements; the minimum value is zero. The maximum value is 5000 ms (five
seconds).
Examples: OUTPUT 713;FBUF PRE GET BUFFER 200
! take measurements (as fast as possible) until GET is received
! then output the last 200 measurements taken
NOTE: This delay is in addition to the relatively short time it takes to
perform each measurement. If no time value is specified, [t] is assumed to
be zero, and the measurements are taken as fast as possible.
☛
☛☛
☛
Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
3-40 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000
OUTPUT 713;FBUF POST TTL BUFFER 100 TIME 2
! wait for a TTL trigger, then take readings at intervals of 2 ms
! until a total of 100 measurements have been taken
Two simpler commands are also based on the FBUF function code:
Syntax: FBUF [DUMP or OFF]
[DUMP] stops the data measurement and buffering, and prepares to return the data taken
so far to the host, even if fewer than the requested number of measurements have been
taken. The requested number of measurements are still returned to the host (the extra
measurements beyond those actually taken are represented by the number -300.00).
[OFF] causes the 8540C to exit the fast buffered mode. All unread data is lost.
Examples: OUTPUT 713;FBUF DUMP ! Stop measurement and buffering
OUTPUT 713;FBUF OFF ! Exit the fast buffered mode
Notes on Speed in the Fast Buffered Mode
The fast buffered mode is the fastest method of collecting measurement data. Top speed in the fast
buffered mode is achieved by using a low averaging number (≤4), the POST trigger mode, and no time
delay between measurements.
The POST trigger mode is faster than the PRE trigger mode because in the latter mode the 8540C must
check for a trigger between each measurement. In the POST mode, the 8540C is in freerun operation
after the trigger is received.
Remote Operation
Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 3-41
3.18.4 Swift Mode
Swift mode is a fast mode which allows for fast continuous data taking and return of each measurement
to the host as it is taken (the freerun mode). Swift mode also allows for triggered buffered measurements,
in which a host or external trigger indicates when to take each measurement.
The swift mode cannot be entered if a modulated measurement (MAP, PAP, or BAP) is being
performed.
Commands related to the swift mode are based on the SWIFT function code:
Syntax: SWIFT [FREERUN or OFF]
[FREERUN] initiates the freerun mode (continuous taking and returning of measure-
ments).
[OFF] causes the 8540C to exit the swift mode; all unread data is lost.
Examples: OUTPUT 713;SWIFT FREERUN ! Initiate swift freerun mode
OUTPUT 713;SWIFT OFF ! Exit the swift mode
For commands which set up triggered measurements, the command format is:
Syntax: SWIFT [GET or TTL] BUFFER [b]
[GET or TTL] define the trigger:
[GET] the expected trigger is a GPIB GET command. The 8540C signals the host by
asserting SRQ every time it is ready to take a measurement.
[TTL] the expected trigger is a TTL high at the rear panel trigger input.
For triggered measurements, the 8540C signals the host every time it is ready to take a
measurement (consisting of a set of samples equal to the averaging number). The 8540C
then waits for the trigger; when the trigger is received, the 8540C de-asserts the signal to
the host, measures the data, and buffers the data. When the instrument is again ready to
measure data, it again asserts the signal to the host. After the specified number of
measurements, the 8540C is ready to output data.
BUFFER (followed by the numeric variable [b]) specifies the number of measurements to
be taken and stored in the buffer. The minimum value is one. The maximum value is 5000.
Examples: OUTPUT 713;SWIFT PRE GET BUFFER 200
! take measurements until GET is received
! then output the last 200 measurements taken
OUTPUT 713;SWIFT POST TTL BUFFER 100
! wait for a TTL trigger, then take 100 measurements
Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
3-42 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000
Example Programs
The following program can measure, buffer, and print 30 readings on one sensor:
REAL Data(30)7
OUTPUT 713;SWIFT GET BUFFER 30WAIT 0.5
! wait for instrument configuration
FOR I=1 to 30
Srq_flag=0 ! wait for ready condition
TRIGGER 713
! trigger measurement
WHILE Srq_flag=0
Srq_flag=SPOLL(713)
END WHILE
NEXT I
ENTER 713;Data(*)
FOR I=1 TO 30
PRINT I,Data(I)
NEXT I
The following program can be used to perform 20 measurements on two sensors in swift freerun mode:
OUTPUT 713;APBP
OUTPUT 713;SWIFT FREERUN
WAIT 0.5
FOR I=1 to 20
ENTER 713;ReadA,ReadB
PRINT ReadA,ReadB
NEXT I
OUTPUT 713;SWIFT OFF
The following program can be used to measure, buffer, and print 30 readings on each of two sensors:
REAL DataA(30),DataB(30)
OUTPUT 713;SWIFT GET BUFFER 30
WAIT 0.5
FOR I=1 to 30
srq_flag=0
TRIGGER 713 ! send group execute trigger
WHILE srq_flag=0
srq_flag=SPOLL (713)
END WHILE
NEXT I
ENTER 713;DataA(*),DataB(*) ! read the buffer
FOR I=1 to 30
PRINT I,DataA(I),DataB(I)
NEXT I
NOTE: If your computer does not support matrix reads, you can read the entire buffer into a
string and parse the data. Multiple ENTER commands will not work.
☛
☛☛
☛
Remote Operation
Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 3-43
3.18.5 Fast Modulated Mode
This is a fast mode which permits more frequent return of measurement data to the host, during
operation in the modulated measurement modes (MAP, PAP, or BAP). The commands which activate
or deactivate this mode are based on the FMOD function code:
Syntax: FMOD [ON or OFF]
[ON or OFF] enables or disables the fast modulated mode.
When the fast modulated mode is enabled, data will be taken and returned continuously.
This is analogous to the swift freerun mode.
The fast modulated mode cannot be initiated unless a modulated measurement (MAP,
PAP or BAP) is being performed.
Examples: OUTPUT 713;FMOD ON ! Enable fast modulated mode
OUTPUT 713;FMOD OFF ! Disable fast modulated mode
Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
3-44 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000
3.19 Measurement Mode Commands
3.19.1 CW Mode
Commands which specify the CW measurement mode are based on the CW function code:
Syntax:CW [A or B]
[AE or BE] specifies Sensor A or Sensor B.
These commands can be used with any sensor (although it is superfluous in the case of a CW sensor).
Possible GPIB entry errors: 60 (uncalibrated sensor), 61 (missing sensor).
Examples: OUTPUT 713;CW A ! select CW mode for sensor A
OUTPUT 713;CW B ! select CW mode for sensor B
3.19.2 MAP Mode
Commands which specify the modulated average power measurement mode are based on the MAP
function code:
Syntax: MAP [A or B]
[AE or BE] specifies Sensor A or Sensor B.
These commands will work only with a modulated sensor. Possible GPIB entry errors: 60/61
(uncalibrated or missing sensor A/B), 62/63 (not a modulated sensor, or two sensor operation active, A/B).
Examples: OUTPUT 713;MAP A ! select MAP mode for sensor A
OUTPUT 713;MAP B ! select MAP mode for sensor B
If an irregularly modulated signal is measured in MAP mode, measurement settling time will vary as the
power meter attempts to synchronize to the modulation. In such a situation, it may be desirable to
disable synchronization for faster measurement. The commands which disable synchronization are based
on the MAP function code.
Syntax: MAP [A or B] 0
[AE or BE] specifies Sensor A or Sensor B.
0 specifies that synchronization is to be disabled.
Examples: OUTPUT 713;MAP A 0 ! disable MAP mode synchronization for sensor A
OUTPUT 713;MAP B 0 ! disable MAP mode synchronization for sensor B
NOTE: To reactivate synchronization, send the MAP A or MAP B command again.
☛
☛☛
☛
Remote Operation
Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 3-45
3.19.3 PAP Mode
Commands which specify the pulse average power measurement mode are based on the PAP function
code:
Syntax: PAP [A or B]
[A or B] specifies Sensor A or Sensor B.
These commands will work only with a modulated sensor. Possible GPIB entry errors: 60/61 (uncali-
brated or missing sensor A/B), 62/63 (not a modulated sensor, or two sensor operation active, A/B).
Examples: OUTPUT 713;PAP A ! select PAP mode for sensor A
OUTPUT 713;PAP B ! select PAP mode for sensor B
3.19.4 BAP Mode
Commands which specify the burst average power measurement mode are based on the BAP function
code:
Syntax: BAP [A or B]
[A or BE] specifies Sensor A or Sensor B.
These commands will work only with a modulated sensor. Possible GPIB entry errors: 60/61 (uncali-
brated or missing sensor A/B), 62/63 (not a modulated sensor, or two sensor operation active, A/B).
Examples: OUTPUT 713;BAP A ! select BAP mode for sensor A
OUTPUT 713;BAP B ! select BAP mode for sensor B
3.19.5 Peak Mode
The commands for Peak mode are discussed under separate headings for the 80350A and 80340A
sensors (see Sections 3.24 and 3.25 respectively).
Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
3-46 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000
3.19.6 Measurement Mode Query
It is possible to query the 8540C over the bus to determine what measurement mode has been selected
for a particular sensor. The 8540C will respond to a measurement mode query by returning one of the
following strings to the controller:
NO SENSOR
UNCAL
CW
MAP (or MAP SYNC OFF)1
PA P
PEAK
BAP (or BAP a b c)2
Measurement mode query commands are based on the MEAS function code:
Notes:
1. MAP SYNC OFF will be returned if MAP mode synchronization has been disabled.
2. BAP a b c will be returned if any of the advanced features have been enabled. In this message, a represents the burst start
exclude time in ms, b represents the burst end exclude time in ms, and c represents burst dropout time in ms. The value
ranges are 0 ≤a≤512;0≤b≤512;0.00 ≤c≤31.96
Syntax: MEAS [A? or B?]
[A? or B?] specifies Sensor A or Sensor B.
Examples: OUTPUT 713;MEAS A? ! queries the measurement mode setting for sensor A
OUTPUT 713;MEAS B? ! queries the measurement mode setting for sensor B
Remote Operation
Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 3-47
3.20 Advanced Features
3.20.1 Burst Start Exclude
Commands which cause the beginning of a burst to be excluded from measurement are based on the
BSTE function code (this feature is available only in the BAP mode):
Syntax: [AE or BE] BSTE [a] EN
[AE or BE] prefix specifies Sensor A or Sensor B.
[a] specifies the number of samples to be excluded; it has an integer value in the range of
0 to 512 (Selecting a value of zero samples effectively disables this function).
A terminating suffix is required (EN).
Examples: OUTPUT 713;AE BSTE 1 EN
! exclude one sample from start of burst, for BAP
! measurements on sensor A
OUTPUT 713;BE BSTE 3 EN
! exclude three samples from start of burst, for BAP
! measurements on sensor B
3.20.2 Burst End Exclude
Commands which cause the end of a burst to be excluded from measurement are based on the BSPE
function code (this feature is available only in BAP mode):
Syntax: [AE or BE] BSPE [a] EN
[AE or BE] prefix specifies Sensor A or Sensor B.
[a] specifies the number of samples to be excluded; it has an integer value in the range of
0 to 512 (Selecting a value of zero samples effectively disables this function).
A terminating suffix is required (EN).
Examples: OUTPUT 713;AE BSPE 1 EN
! exclude one sample from end of burst, for BAP
! measurements on sensor A
OUTPUT 713;BE BSPE 3 EN
! exclude three samples from end ofburst, for BAP
! measurements on sensor B
Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
3-48 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000
3.20.3 Burst Dropout Tolerance
Commands which define a tolerated burst dropout time are based on the BTDP function code (this
feature is available only in BAP mode):
Syntax: [AE or BE] BTDP [a] EN
[AE or BE] prefix specifies Sensor A or Sensor B.
[a] specifies the dropout time in milliseconds with a range of 0 to 31.96, and a resolution of
.01 ms. However, the value entered will be rounded to the nearest one of a series of
discrete values (.017, .026, .035); the actual value can be checked by means of a MEAS
query. The dropout time represents a guaranteed minimum time; the time actually
tolerated will usually be greater, and can be up to 2.125 times greater (Selecting a value of
zero effectively disables this function). A terminating suffix is required (EN).
Examples: OUTPUT 713;AE BTDP .02 EN
! set dropout time to .02 ms or next high discrete
! value, for BAP measurements on sensor A
OUTPUT 713;BE BTDP .03 EN
! set dropout time to .03 ms or next highest discrete
! value, for BAP measurements on sensor B
Remote Operation
Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 3-49
3.21 Min/Max Power Value
The Min/Max feature monitors the measurements being taken, and maintains a continuously updated
record of the highest and lowest values measured so far.
3.21.1 Enabling the Min/Max Feature
The Min/Max feature is enabled or disabled by simple commands consisting of one of two function
codes:
Syntax: [MN0 or MN1]
Examples: OUTPUT 713;MN ! Enable the Min/Max feature
OUTPUT 713;MN0 ! Disable the Min/Max feature
The MN1 command, like the LG command, has the effect of specifying logarithmic measurement units
(dB or dBm). Like the PH0 and CR0 commands, this command will disable crest factor and peak hold
measurements.
3.21.2 Reading the Min/Max Values
Min/Max values are read over the bus using simple commands consisting of one of two function codes:
Syntax: [MIN or MAX]
MIN specifies that the current minimum measured value should be sent.
MAX specifies that the current maximum value should be sent.
Examples: OUTPUT 713;MIN ! Send the minimum measured value
OUTPUT 713;MAX ! Send the maximum measured value
The Min/Max feature monitors the minimum and maximum powers as they are measured and displayed
on the front panel. Transient drop-outs or spikes in the power may not be captured by this feature. If it is
necessary to examine transient or unusual events, the triggering capability of the peak power sensor, the
fast measurement modes, or the Peak Hold feature may provide a better way to characterize the signal in
question. The Min/Max feature monitors for the minimum and maximum power, but does not provide
any feedback to the controller until a MIN or MAX command is received. To monitor for a limit
violation, the Limits feature may be more useful (see Section 3.16).
NOTE: The Min/Max feature can only be used in the standard measurement collections
modes (not in the fast modes).
NOTE: These commands must be preceded by CH [n] EN command.
☛
☛☛
☛
☛
☛☛
☛
Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
3-50 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000
The Min/Max feature returns the current Min/Max values as displayed on the front panel. A Min or
Max commands does not initiate data collection in same manner as a trigger command, such as TR1. To
get a good reading of Min/Max values, the procedure is:
1. Set up the signal being measured, and send MN1 to reset the Min/Max measurements.
2. Send TR2.
3. Read the TR2 data, or wait for the data ready service request (this allows for settling).
4. Send MIN or MAX.
5. Read the Min or Max value.
Remote Operation
Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 3-51
3.22 Offset Commands
Power offsets (in dB) can be specified, in order to provide a fixed correction for loss or gain in the test
setup. The offset is added to, not a replacement of, the sensor’s cal factors. All measurement data
returned by the 8540C over the bus is corrected for the offset that has been specified (even in the fast
measurement collection modes).
Be careful with offsets when you are using the analog outputs. The offset value is reflected in the analog
output voltage. A change in the offset value may result in a measurement which is outside of the power
range represented by the voltage range of the analog output.
3.22.1 Enabling/Disabling an Offset
The commands which enable and disable the offset function are based on the function codes OF0 and
OF1:
Syntax: [AE or BE] [OF0 or OF1]
[AE or BE] prefix specifies Sensor A or Sensor B.
[OF0] deactivates the offset; [OF1] activates the offset.
Examples: OUTPUT 713;AE OF0 ! Disable offset for sensor A
OUTPUT 713;BE OF1 ! Enable offset for sensor B
3.22.2 Setting an Offset Value
The commands which specify the offset value are based on the OS function code:
Syntax: [AE or BE] OS [n] EN
[AE or BE] specifies Sensor A or Sensor B.
[OS] indicates that an offset is being specified for the sensor.
[n] specifies the offset in dB. The value of n can range from -99.999 dB to +99.999.
A terminating suffix (EN) is required.
Example: OUTPUT 713;AE OS 20.00 EN ! Set +20 dB offset for sensor A
OUTPUT 713;BE OS -15.12 EN ! Set -15.12 dB offset for sensor B
NOTE: A change to the offset of a sensor will reset any Peak Hold or Crest Factor
measurement involving that sensor.
Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
3-52 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000
3.22.3 Measured Offset Entry
A measurement can be saved and used as an offset. The command format for this purpose is:
Syntax: [AP, BP, AR, BR, AD, or BD] OS DO EN
The command begins with a function code which describes the measurement that is to be
stored as an offset value. There are six possible function codes; they are interpreted as
follows:
AP:A
BP:B
AR:A/B
BR:B/A
AD:A-B
BD:B-A
OS followed by DO indicates that the difference between the current offset and the current
value of the measurement described in the prefix, is to be saved as an offset value.
A terminating suffix (EN) is required.
Examples: OUTPUT 713;AP OS DO EN ! Save measurement A as an offset
OUTPUT 713;BP OS DO EN ! Save measurement B as an offset
OUTPUT 713;AR OS DO EN ! Save measurement A/B as an offset
OUTPUT 713;BR OS DO EN ! Save measurement B/A as an offset
OUTPUT 713;AD OS DO EN ! Save measurement A-B as an offset
OUTPUT 713;BD OS DO EN ! Save measurement B-A as an offset
Remote Operation
Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 3-53
3.23 Peak Hold
The Peak Hold feature causes the measured value to hold at the highest instantaneous power measured
from the time the feature is enabled until it is reset (the measured value changes only when it is rising to
a new maximum, or when it is reset).
The Peak Hold feature can only be used in the standard measurement collections modes (not in the fast
modes), and only in a modulated measurement mode (MAP, PAP, or BAP). Peak Hold is not
recommended for use in combination with the VPROPF function.
3.23.1 Enabling the Peak Hold Feature
The Peak Hold feature is enabled or disabled by simple commands consisting of one of two function
codes:
Syntax: [AE or BE] [PH0 or PH1]
Examples: OUTPUT 713;AE PH1 ! Enable the Peak Hold feature for sensor A
OUTPUT 713;BE PH0 ! Disable the Peak Hold feature for sensor B
Description: Like the MN0 and CR0 commands, the PH0 command will disable Crest Factor and Min/
Max measurements. Sending the PH1 command after Peak Hold is enabled will reset it.
Peak Hold will also reset when you send a CR1 command (see Section 3.9).
3.23.2 Reading the Peak Hold Value
The Peak Hold value is read over the bus using a simple command:
Syntax: [AE or BE] PKH
Example: OUTPUT 713;AE PKH ! Send the peak hold value for sensor A
Description: The Peak Hold feature monitors the maximum power as it is measured, but does not
provide any feedback to the controller until a PKH command is received. To monitor for a
limit violation, the Limits feature may be more useful (see Section 3.16).
The Peak Hold feature returns the current held value as displayed on the front panel. A PKH command
does not initiate data collection in same manner as a trigger command, such as TR1. To get a good
reading of the Peak Hold value, the procedure is:
1. Set up the signal being measured, and send PH1 to reset the Peak Hold measurement.
2. Send TR2.
3. Read the TR2 data, or wait for the data ready service request (this allows for settling).
4. Send PKH.
5. Read the Peak Hold value.
Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
3-54 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000
3.24 Peak Power Sensor Commands (80350A
Series)
Commands related to the peak power sensor are based on the function code PEAK.
3.24.1 Setting the Trigger Mode & Trigger Level
The command format for setting trigger modes and levels is:
Syntax: PEAK [A or B] [INT or EXT] TRIG [n]
A or B specifies Sensor A or Sensor B.
[INT or EXT] specifies internal or external triggering.
TRIG indicates that a trigger level is being set.
[n] specifies the trigger level in units of dBm in the case of internal triggering, or volts in the
case of external triggering.
Examples: OUTPUT 713:PEAK A INT TRIG -10.00 ! Configure sensor A for internal triggering at
! a trigger level of -10.00 dBm
OUTPUT 713:PEAK B EXT TRIG 1.50 ! Configure sensor B for external triggering
! at a trigger level of 1.50 Vdc
The command format for selecting the CW mode is:
Syntax: PEAK [A or B] CW
[A or B] specifies Sensor A or Sensor B.
CW specifies the CW mode.
Example: OUTPUT 713:PEAK A CW ! Configure sensor A for CW measurements
3.24.2 Setting the Delay
A delay between the trigger and the actual measurement can be specified (in the CW mode, delay
settings have no effect). The command format for setting the delay is:
Syntax: PEAK [A or B] DELAY [n]
[A or B] specifies Sensor A or Sensor B.
DELAY indicates that a delay value is being set.
[n] is a numerical variable which specifies the delay in seconds. It has a range of -20E-9
(-20 ns) to 104E-3 (104 ms).
Examples: OUTPUT 713;PEAK A DELAY 1.20E-6 ! Configure sensor A for a delay of 120 µs
OUTPUT 713;PEAK B DELAY 33.5E-9 ! Configure sensor B for a delay of 33.5 ns
NOTE: The actual duration of the delay is the sum of this setting and the delay offset setting.
☛
☛☛
☛
Remote Operation
Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 3-55
3.24.3 Setting the Delay Offset
An offset to the trigger delay can be specified (in the CW mode, delay settings have no effect). The
command format for setting the delay offset is:
Syntax: PEAK [A or B] OFFSET [n]
[A or B] specifies Sensor A or Sensor B.
OFFSET indicates that a delay offset value is being set.
[n] is a numerical variable which specifies the offset in seconds. It has a range of -20E-9
(-20 ns) to 104E-3 (104 ms). The default value of the offset is 0.
Example: OUTPUT 713;PEAK A OFFSET 1.20E-6 ! Configure sensor A for a delay offset of
! 120 µs
3.24.4 Reading Values
Trigger
The query format for trigger settings is:
Syntax: PEAK [A? or B?]
[A? or B?] Sensor A or Sensor B.
Example: OUTPUT 713;PEAK A? ! Query the current sensor A trigger setting
OUTPUT 713;TRIG$ ! Enter the returned string into the string variable TRIG
The possible replies to the query are CW, INT_TRIG, and EXT_TRIG.
Delay and Delay Offset
The query format for delay and delay offset settings is:
Syntax: PEAK [A or B] [DELAY? or OFFSET?]
[A or B] specifies Sensor A or sensor B.
[DELAY?] indicates that delay is being queried.
[OFFSET?] indicates that delay offset is being queried.
Examples: OUTPUT 713;PEAK A DELAY? ! Query the current delay setting for sensor A
ENTER 713;Delay ! Enter the returned number into the variable Delay
OUTPUT 713;PEAK B OFFSET?! Query the current delay offset setting for sensor B
ENTER 713;Offset ! Enter the returned number into the variable Offset
Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
3-56 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000
3.25 Peak Power Sensor Commands (80340A
Series)
Commands related to the peak power sensor are based on the function code PEAK. (For the sake of
backward compatibility with earlier Giga-tronics power meter designs, the command PULSE is accepted
as a substitute for PEAK). The command format for setting the trigger mode is:
Syntax: PEAK [A or B] [INT or EXT] [TRIG or DLYTRIG]
[A or B] specifies Sensor A or Sensor B.
[INT or EXT] specifies internal or external triggering.
[TRIG] indicates the immediate triggering mode.
[DLYTRIG] indicates the delayed triggering mode.
Examples: OUTPUT 713;PEAK A INT TRIG ! Configure sensor A for internal triggering
! in the immediate triggering mode
OUTPUT 713;PEAK B EXT DLYTRIG ! Configure sensor B for external triggering
! in the delayed triggering mode
The command format for selecting the CW mode is:
Syntax: PEAK [A or B] CW
[A or B] specifies Sensor A or Sensor B.
CW specifies the CW mode.
Examples: OUTPUT 713;PEAK A CW ! Configure sensor A for CW measurements
Remote Operation
Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 3-57
3.26 Preset
The PR command resets the 8540C to its default settings, leaving the user settings intact as Previous
Settings if they were different from the default settings. This command does not function while in the
SWIFT, FMOD or CM modes.
Alternatively, the IEEE 488.2 command *RST also resets the 8540C to it’s default settings, and
functions in the SWIFT, FMOD and CM modes. These modes must be re-entered either over the GPIB
or from the front panel.
The preset conditions of the instrument are outlined in Table 3-10.
Notes:
1. The default measurement mode depends on the sensor type. For a CW sensor, the default is CW. For an 80401 sensor, the
default is MAP. For a peak sensor, the default is INT TRIG. Regardless of the sensor type, all advanced features are turned
off.
2. There is a slight difference between the preset conditions as set by a remote command, and as set from the front panel
menus. This difference has to do with measurement units. If the 8540C is preset from the front panel, this sets the
measurement units to dBm in all cases. If the 8540C is preset over the bus, this sets the measurement units to Watts in the
case of HP438 emulation, and has no effect at all in the case of HP436 emulation; otherwise, it sets the measurement units
to dBm.
This distinction is made to accommodate differences between emulations for remote programming purposes without
affecting the benchtop user.
Table 3-10: Preset (Default) Conditions
Sensors
(All parameters apply
to sensor A & sensor B)
General
Parameter Condition Parameter Condition
Cal Factor 100.0% Sensor Selection Sensor A
Offset 0.00 dB Calibrator Off
Filter AUTO Default Sensor Prefix Sensor A
Range AUTO Resolution 2 (0.01 dB)
Low Limit 0.000 dBm Limits Checking Off
High Limit 0.000 dBm Max/Min Off
Frequency 50 MHz REL Off
Duty Cycle OFF, 1.000% Trigger Mode TR3
Measurement Mode See Note 1 Group Execute Trigger Mode GT2
Display Function Display
Enable
Peaking Meter Mode Status
Pulse Sensor Mode Internal
Tr i g ge r
Measurement Units See Note 2
Sound On
Analog Output Off
Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
3-58 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000
3.27 Relative Measurements
In the relative measurement mode, the 8540C saves the current measured power level as a reference.
Subsequent measurements will be expressed relative to this reference level; the measurement units
become dBr (for logarithmic measurement) or % (for linear measurement).
The simple commands associated with relative measurement modes consist of one of three function
codes:
Syntax: RL0 or RL1 or RL2
[RL0] deactivates the relative measurement mode.
[RL1] activates the relative mode, and causes the current measured level to be
recorded as the reference level.
[RL2] activates the relative mode and causes the reference level that was saved under
a prior RL1 command to be used as the reference level. That is, if the relative mode is
activated by an RL1 command, and then deactivated by an RL0 command, the effect
of RL2 is to restore the reference level that was saved in response to the RL1 command.
Examples: OUTPUT 713;RL0 ! Disable the relative mode
OUTPUT 713;RL1 ! Enable the relative mode
! save the current level as a reference
OUTPUT 713;RL2 ! Replace the current reference level
! with the previous level
NOTE: These commands must be preceded by the CH [n] EN command.
☛
☛☛
☛
Remote Operation
Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 3-59
3.28 Resolution
Commands which specify measurement resolution are based on the function code RE. The command
format is:
Syntax: RE [a] EN
RE indicates that resolution is being set.
[a] indicates the resolution with four values allowed (0, 1, 2, and 3). These specify the
number of digits to the right of the decimal point.
A terminating suffix (EN) is required.
Examples: OUTPUT 713;RE 0 EN ! Set the display resolution to xx.
OUTPUT 713;RE 1 EN ! Set the display resolution to xx.x
OUTPUT 713;RE 2 EN ! Set the display resolution to xx.xx
OUTPUT 713;RE 3 EN ! Set the display resolution to xx.xxx
3.29 Sensor Selection
Six simple commands (consisting of one of six function codes) specify how the sensors are used:
Syntax: [AP BP AR BR AD BD]
Examples: OUTPUT 713;AP ! Measure sensor A
OUTPUT 713;BP ! Measure sensor B
OUTPUT 713;AR ! Measure A divided by B
OUTPUT 713;BR ! Measure B divided by A
OUTPUT 713;AD ! Measure A less B
OUTPUT 713;BD ! Measure B less A
These commands, like the prefixes AE and BE, are sensor-specific, and cause the 8540C to assume that
subsequent commands are intended for the same sensor unless they specify otherwise. Also, these
commands (like the MN0, CR0, and PH0 command) have the effect of disabling Min/Max monitoring,
Crest Factor, and Peak Hold.
NOTE: These commands must be preceded by CH [n] EN command.
NOTE: This command affect measurements shown on both lines of the display.
☛
☛☛
☛
☛
☛☛
☛
Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
3-60 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000
3.30 Status
3.30.1 Status Byte Message
The power meter responds to a Serial Poll Enable (SPE) bus command by sending an 8-bit byte when
addressed to talk. If the instrument is holding the SRQ bus control line true (issuing the Require Service
message), bit position 6 in the Status Byte and the bit representing the condition causing the Require
Service message to be issued will both be true. The bits in the Status Byte are latched, but can be cleared
by sending the Clear Status (CS) program code.
The condition indicated in Bits 1-5 must be enabled by the Service Request Mask to cause a Service
Request Condition. The mask is set with the @1 program code followed by an 8-bit byte, or the *SRE
program code followed by three ASCII characters. The value of the byte is determined by summing the
weight of each bit to be checked (the three ASCII characters are the value of the byte in decimal). The
RQS (bit 6) is true when any of the conditions of bits 1-5 are enabled and occur. Bits remain set until
the Status Byte is cleared.
OUTPUT 713;CS ! clear SRQ and status byte
or
OUTPUT 713;*CLS ! clear SRQ and status byte (488.2)
State = SPOLL(713) ! read status byte
or
OUTPUT 713;*STB? ! ask for status byte (488.2)
ENTER 713;State ! read status byte with 3 ASCII digit numbers
OUTPUT 713;@1;CHR$(4) ! set service request mask to 4
or
OUTPUT 713;*SRE004 ! set service request mask to 4
OUTPUT 713;RV ! ask for service request mask
or
OUTPUT 713;*SRE? ! ask for service request mask (488.2)
Table 3-11: Status Byte and Service Request Mark
Bit Weight Service Request Condition
71280
6 64 RQS bit Require Service
5 32 Event Status
4 16 Over/Under Limit
3 8 Measurement or Cal Zero Error
2 4 Entry Error
1 2 Cal/Zero Complete
0 1 Data Ready
Remote Operation
Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 3-61
3.30.2 Event Status Register
The Event Status Register (ESR) is essentially a second status byte; it is an 8-bit byte, described in the
table below. When a specified event occurs, the ESR bits are set true; they can be read by sending an
*ESR? command. When the command is received, the 8540C responds by sending an ASCII 3 digit
value (from 0 to 255) that describes the present state of the register. This ASCII value is arrived at by
summing the weighted values of the transmitted bits.
The ESR bits consist of the following:
Power On This bit will always be set.
Command Error This bit is set when an improper GPIB code is sent to the instrument.
The command WT would be considered a command error, for
example.
Execution Error When incorrect data is sent to the instrument, this bit will be set. For
example, the command FR-1.0MZ would be considered an execution
error.
Device Dependent Error Errors 1 through 49 are measurement errors, and will set this bit true
whenever they occur.
If an ESR bit is set true, this causes bit 5 of the Status Byte to be set only when a corresponding bit in
the Event Status Enable Register is enabled. This register is similar to the Service Request Mask, in that
it can be used to specify which bits in the ESR register will set bit 5 of the Status Byte.
The Event Status Enable Register is set by sending the program code *ESE, followed by an ASCII 3 digit
value (the value is determined by summing the weights of the bits to be checked). To read the current
setting of the Event Status Register, send the command *ESE?. The 8540C sends an ASCII 3 digit value
that describes the current state of the register (the value is determined by summing the weights of the
bits that are set).
Table 3-12: Event Status & Event Status Enable Register
Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
Power On 0 Command
Error
Execution
Error
Device
Dependent Error
00 0
Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
3-62 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000
3.30.3 Status Message
Examples: OUTPUT 713;SM ! ask for status message
ENTER 713;Statusmess$ ! read status message
Status Message Output Format
The output format is as follows:
AAaaBBCCccDDddEFGHIJKLMNOP<CR><LF>
AA Measurement Error Code
aa Entry Error Code
BB Operating Mode
CC Sensor A Range
cc Sensor B Range
DD Sensor A Filter
dd Sensor B Filter
E Measurement Units
F Active Entry Channel
G Oscillator Status
H REL Mode Status
I Trigger Mode
J Group Trigger Mode
K Limits Checking Status
L Limits Status
MNA
N Offset Status
O Duty Cycle Units/Status
P Measurement Units
<CR>Carriage Return
<LF> Line Feed
Each letter in the Status Message Output Format denotes a single ASCII character. See the list of codes
in Tables 3-13 through 3-15 on the following pages for expanded definitions of the individual elements
in this format.
Remote Operation
Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 3-63
Elements of the Status Message Output Format
Table 3-13: Error Code Returned in Position AA
Error Code Message Notes
00 All OK.
01 Cannot zero sensor A. Ensure no RF power to sensor A.
02 Cannot zero sensor B. Ensure no RF power to sensor B.
03 Sensor A not connected to Calibrator. Connect sensor A to Calibrator.
04 Sensor B not connected to Calibrator. Connect sensor B to Calibrator.
05 Cannot Cal Sensor A. Check sensor A connection to
Calibrator; reference must be 1.00 mW.
06 Cannot Cal sensor B. Check sensor B connection to
Calibrator; reference must be 1.00 mW.
21 Over limit. An over-limit condition has occurred (for either
the top or bottom line of the display).
23 Under limit. An under-limit condition has occurred (for either
the top or bottom line of the display).
26 Sensor A unable to synchronize burst average
power measurements to a pulse stream.
Check measurement setup and RF signal.
27 Sensor B unable to synchronize burst average
power measurements to a pulse stream.
Check measurement setup and RF signal.
31 No sensor on Channel A. Connect sensor A, or change channels if B is
connected.
32 No sensor on Channel B. Connect sensor B, or change channels if A is
connected.
Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
3-64 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000
Table 3-14: Error Code Returned in Position aa
Error
Code Message Notes
00 All OK.
50 Entered Cal Factor out of range. Enter value between 1.0% and 150.0%
51 Entered Offset out of range. Enter value between
-99.999 dB and +99.999 dB
53 Entered average number out of range. Enter valid average number.
54 Entered recall memory number out of range. Enter valid recall memory number between 0 and 20.
55 Entered store memory number out of range. Enter valid store memory number between 1 and 20.
60 Unable to set requested measurement mode or
sensor measurement because sensor A is
unattached or uncalibrated.
This may be due to receipt of a MAP, PAP, BAP, DC1,
or DY command.
61 Same as Error 60 above, but for sensor B.
62 Unable to set up sensor A to perform a modulated
measurement (MAP, PAP, or BAP), because the
sensor is not a modulated sensor. OR: Unable to
modify a BAP measurement because the sensor
is not a modulated sensor.
This may be set due to receipt of a MAP, BAP, DC1,
DY, BSTE, BSPE, or BTDP command.
63 Same as Error 62, but for sensor B.
67 Unable to activate Peak Hold or Crest Factor
features.
This may be set due to receipt of a CR1 or PH1
command. Peak Hold and Crest Factor can be
enabled only in MAP, PAP, or BAP modes.
68 Unable to initiate fast measurement collection
mode.
Verify using modulation sensor and measurement
mode selections.
70 Entered peak sensor A data error. Check entered data.
71 Entered peak sensor B data error. Check entered data.
72 Entered peak sensor A delay out of range. Check entered delay.
73 Entered peak sensor B delay out of range. Check entered delay.
74 Entered peak sensor A trigger out of range. Check entered trigger value.
75 Entered peak sensor B trigger out of range. Check entered trigger value.
76 Sensor EEPROM data entry has error. Check entry data.
77 Sensor A does not exist. Check sensor A. This error code refers only to the
EEPROM command.
78 Sensor B does not exist. Check sensor B. This error code refers only to the
EEPROM command.
79 Measurement settling target for auto-average
mode is out of range.
Value must be 0.10% to 100.00%.
81 Duty cycle out of range. Value must be between 0.001% and 99.999%.
82 Frequency value out of range. Value must be between 0 Hz and 100 GHz.
85 Resolution value out of range. Value must be between 0 and 3.
90 GPIB data parameter error. Check, then enter with valid prefix.
91 Invalid GPIB code. Check, then enter with correct code.
Remote Operation
Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 3-65
Table 3-15: Other Codes in the Status Message
Position Significance Codes
BB Operating Mode 00 = Sensor A 08 = Cal A
01 = Sensor B 09 = Cal B
02 = A/B 10 = Ext Cal A
03 = B/A 11 = Ext Cal B
04 = A-B 20 = Peak A delay
05 = B-A 21 = Peak B delay
06 = Zeroing A
07 = Zeroing B
CC & cc Sensor A range
& Sensor B range
Manual Range:
01 = 1
02 = 2
03 = 3
04 = 4
05 = 5
Auto Range:
11 = 1
12 = 2
13 = 3
14 = 4
15 = 5
DD & dd Sensor A filter
& Sensor B filter
Manual Filter:
00 = 0
01 = 1
02 = 2
03 = 3
04 = 4
05 = 5
06 = 6
07 = 7
08 = 8
09 = 9
Auto Filter:
10 = 0
11 = 1
12 = 2
13 = 3
14 = 4
15 = 5
16 = 6
17 = 7
18 = 8
19 = 9
E Measurement Units 0 = Watts, 1 = dBm
F Active Entry Channel A = A, B = B
G Calibrator Output Status 0 = Off, 1 = On
H REL Mode Status 0 = Off, 1 = On
I Trigger Mode 0 = Freerun, 1 = Hold
J Group Trigger Mode 0 = GTO, 1 = GT1, 2 = GT2
K Limits Checking Status 0 = Disabled, 1 = Enabled
L Limits Status 0 = In limits
1 = Over high limit
2 = Under low limit
M Bottom Line Limits Status
N Offset Status 0 = Off, 1 = On
O Duty Cycle 0 = Off, 1 = On
P Measurement Units 0 = Watts, 1 = dBm, 2 = %, 3 = dB
Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
3-66 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000
3.31 Store and Recall
The instrument’s current configuration can be saved in a register for later recall.
3.31.1 Saving a Configuration
The commands for saving the instrument state are based on the ST function code:
Syntax:ST [r] EN
ST is the Save function code.
[r] identifies the register in which the instrument’s configuration is to be saved (and from
which it can later be retrieved). The value of [r] can be any number from 1 through 20.
A terminating suffix (EN) is required.
Example: OUTPUT 713;ST12EN ! Save the current instrument configuration in register 12
3.31.2 Retrieving a Configuration
The commands for recalling a configuration from a register are based on the RC function code:
Syntax: RC [r] EN
RC is the Recall function code.
[r] identifies the register in which the instrument’s prior configuration has been
saved and from which it is now to be retrieved. The value of [r] can be any number
from 0 through 20. A terminating suffix (EN) is required.
Examples: OUTPUT 713;RC3EN ! Recall the configuration that was saved in register 3
OUTPUT 713;RC0EN ! Recall the prior configuration (this command recovers
! from configuration errors)
NOTE: Register 0 contains the previous state of the instrument; to recover from an
accidental preset, recall the configuration from that register.
☛
☛☛
☛
Remote Operation
Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 3-67
3.32 Units
Logarithmic or linear measurement units are specified by simple commands consisting of the function
codes LG and LN.
Syntax: LG or LN
Examples: OUTPUT 713;LG ! set Log units (dB or dBm)
OUTPUT 713;LN ! set Linear units (Watts or %)
These commands affect all types of measurements, except for the fast measurement collection modes.
These modes always return measurement readings in dBm.
NOTE: These commands must be preceded by CH [n] EN command.
Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
3-68 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000
3.33 VPROP
PROPPROP
PROPF Feature
The VPROPF feature (voltage proportional to frequency) provides a means of indicating to the 8540C the
approximate frequency of the signal that it is measuring, so that the appropriate cal factor can be
applied. The frequency is indicated by means of a variable voltage input. The 8540C reads the voltage as
an expression of frequency, and applies the proper cal factor from the table stored in the sensor
EEPROM (interpolating for frequencies that fall between the stored values).
In order for the 8540C to interpret the input voltage input correctly, it is necessary to specify the
starting point (that is, the frequency at zero volts) and the slope (the rate at which voltage increases
with frequency).
3.33.1 Enabling & Disabling VPROP
PROPPROP
PROPF
Commands related to the VPROPF function are based on the function code VPROPF. The command
format, for purposes of activating or deactivating the VPROPF feature, is as follows:
Syntax: VPROPF [A or B] STATE [ON or OFF]
[A or B] specifies Sensor A or Sensor B.
STATE indicates that the VPROPF feature is being enabled or disabled.
[ON or OFF] enable or disable the VPROPF function.
Examples: OUTPUT 713;VPROPF A STATE ON ! Enable VPROPF for sensor A
OUTPUT 713;VPROPF B STATE OFF ! Disable VPROPF for sensor B
3.33.2 Configuring VPROP
PROPPROP
PROPF
The command format, for purposes of configuring the VPROPF feature, is as follows:
Syntax: VPROPF [A or B] MODE [f] [s]
[A or B] specifies Sensor A and Sensor B.
MODE indicates that the VPROPF feature is being configured (that is, the start
frequency and slope are being specified).
[f] indicates the start frequency (the frequency at zero volts), expressed in Hz.
The start frequency must be less than the upper frequency limit of the sensor.
[s] indicates the slope of the VPROPF(the ratio of input voltage to input frequency),
expressed in V/Hz. The value must be between 1E-12 and 1E-8.
Example: OUTPUT 713;VPROPF A MODE 2.00E9 1.00E-9
! Configure the VPROPF feature for sensor A
! as follows:
! 2.00 GHz start frequency
! 1.00 Volt per GHz slope
Remote Operation
Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 3-69
3.34 Zeroing
The commands used for zeroing of a sensor are based on the function code ZE. The command format is:
Syntax: [AE or BE] ZE
[AE or BE] prefix specifies Sensor A or Sensor B.
Examples: OUTPUT 713;AE ZE ! Zero sensor A
OUTPUT 713;BE ZE ! Zero sensor B
The following is an example of how to zero a sensor with the GPIB program. The service request feature
determines when the zero has completed; this results in the quickest zeroing routine.
Zero: ! zero routine
ON INTR 7 GOSUB Srq_interrupt ! setup serial poll interrupt jump location
ENABLE INTR 7;2 ! enable SRQ interrupts
OUTPUT 713;*SRE010 ! set service request mask to 2
OUTPUT 713;CS ! clear status byte
OUTPUT 713;ZE ! start zero
Flag=0 ! reset control flag
WHILE Flag=0 ! wait while zeroing
END WHILE
RETURN
Srq_interrupt: ! SRQ interrupts jump here
OUTPUT 713;*STB?
ENTER 713;State
IF BIT(State, 1) THEN
PRINT GOOD ZERO
ELSE
IF BIT(State, 3) THEN
PRINT BAD ZERO
ENDIF
ENDIF
OUTPUT 713;CS ! clear status byte
Flag=1 ! set control flag true
RETURN
NOTE: If the sensor is attached to an RF source, the source must be turned off prior to
zeroing. Zeroing before calibration is not necessary; zeroing of the sensor is part of the
sensor calibration process.
☛
☛☛
☛
Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
3-70 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000
Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 4-1
4
Theory of Operation
1
4.1 General
This chapter provides a functional description of the circuits used in Series 8540C power meters. The
circuits are contained in the four printed circuit boards listed in Table 4-1:
The 8540C Interconnection Diagram (see drawing no. 30161) on page 8-3 shows how the assemblies
are connected to one another. Also see Figure 4-1 for a block diagram of the CPU board
interconnection. Most of the electrical circuitry resides on the CPU PC Board (A1) and the Analog PC
Board (A2). The CPU interfaces with the Analog assembly through connection A1J1/A2P1. The CPU
also connects to the Front Panel assembly (A3) that provides the keyboard interface and the LED status
indicators, and to the LCD display assembly (A4).
Various cable connections are provided on the 8540C rear panel. The GPIB connector communicates
with the CPU board through connector J3. Three rear panel BNCs connect to the CPU board, and two
rear panel BNCs connect to the Analog board. J8 on the CPU assembly is used for in-house
development and testing, and for the Time Gating (Option 11) PC board.
The LCD Display (A4) is an OEM purchased part and does not include a circuit schematic in this
manual.
Table 4-1: 8540C Circuit Board Assemblies
Reference
Designation Title
Assembly
Drawing Part #
Schematic
Part #
A1 CPU PC Bd Assembly 21693 21694
A2 8541C Analog PC Bd Assembly 30164 30165
A2 8542C Analog PC Bd Assembly 30173 30165
A3 Front Panel PC Bd Assembly 21229 21230
A4 LCD Display Assembly 21240 NA
Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
4-2 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000
4.2 CPU PC Board (A1)
4.2.1 Power Supply
As shown in the Interconnection Diagram in Chapter 8, ac main power (110 or 220 V) is applied to
transformer T1. One 8.4 Vac and 19 Vac outputs from T1 are supplied to the dc power supply on the
CPU board. The dc power supply produces the +5 Vdc and +15/-15 Vdc required by various circuits in
the meter.
The T1 transformer’s 8.4 Vac and 33 Vac enter the dc supply through J9. CR6 rectifies the 8.4 Vac to
an unregulated 8 Vdc. C54 and C6 provide filtering, and the unregulated voltage is applied to regulators
U37 and U38. The U37 regulator supplies 5 V (at 0.5 A) required by the front panel LCD display’s
backlight. U38 supplies 5 V required by all of the digital circuitry. TP12 and TP13 are available to test
the level of the 5 V supply. CR7 rectifies the unregulated voltage of the +16.5/-16.5 V filters which is
applied to U39 and U40 through C9 and C12. U39 is the +15 V regulator, and U40 is the -15 V
regulator. TP14 and TP15 are available to test these voltages.
4.2.2 Battery Back-Up
A 3.6V lithium battery is used for non-volatile RAM backup for system configuration storage registers.
TP16 & TP17 and R29 are used as a current draw monitor for the battery. If the battery is supplying too
much current, it will be shown as the voltage drop across R29. Typically, the non-volatile RAMs should
draw about 3 mA from the battery. This will produce 3 mV across TP16 & 17.
Figure 4-1: CPU Block Diagram
GPIB
RAM BANK 0
RAM BANK 1
ROM BANK 0
ROM BANK 1
ROM BANK 2
BUFFERS
8255
8279
68000
CPU
INTERR UPTS
TO FRONT
PANEL KEYS
TO FRONT
PANEL LEDs
TO FRONT
PANEL LCD
IEEE 488
BATTERY
TO ANALOG
PC BOARD
12 MHz
CLOCK
POWER
SUPPLY
+5V
+15V
-15V
AC
Theory of Operation
Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 4-3
4.2.3 Circuit Description
Y1 (shown in the upper left corner of page 8-9) is a 24 MHz crystal oscillator that provides the main
clock signals for the circuitry. U1A is a divide-by-two counter that outputs 12 MHz. This 12 MHz is
used by the 68000 microprocessor, U9, so that U9 is running at a 12 MHz clock speed. The clock is
further divided down for other uses at U2. U2 also provides wait states when accessing peripherals.
U17D/E/F and U16C&D provide U9 with decoding of the status lines for auto vector interrupts. U16A
provides an upper data byte write signal, and U16B furnishes the lower data byte write signal.
The 68000 microprocessor (U9) is a 16-bit component with a high 8 bits and a low 8 bits. Most 8 bit
peripherals operate using the low 8 bits with only those devices requiring more than 8 bits using the
high 8 bit data. (e.g. the ROM and RAM use both upper and lower).
U4 is a PAL (Programmable Logic Device) that provides address decoding for RAM Banks 0 and 1, and
ROM banks 0, 1, and 2. U4 pin 15 is a chip select for all peripherals. The signal from U4 goes to U18
which further decodes address signals into various port chip selects. The U4 and U2 ICs provide the
wait state function. When U4 decodes ROM or RAM it immediately passes back DTAK via pin 12 of
U9. When it encounters a peripheral device address (when pin 15 is low for the chip select), DTAK is
held off until a signal is received on pin 1. The pin 1 signal comes from the wait state generation of U2.
The sequence is: The address strobe comes on, U4 looks at the address lines and detects that it is a
peripheral being addressed, and the chip select from U4 pin 15 goes to pin 2 of U2. U2A then starts
counting down until pin 6 comes true (through jumper D) which happens 8 clock cycles later (a wait
state of 8). The signal gets passed to pin 1, and then U4 passes DTAK (pin 12) to the U9 processor. By
this method, various wait states can be generated with jumpers A, B, C, and D (1, 2, 3, and 4 wait
states). (ROM and RAM are always 0 wait states so DTAK passes right through.)
The RAM 1 chip select is passed through U10 which is a nonvolatile RAM controller. This chip will
only chip select to pass through from pin 5 to pin 6 if pin 8 has a valid 5 V of power supplied to it. When
the power supply is off and pin 8 no longer has 5 V applied to it, U10 will automatically stop chip selects
from passing through. It automatically routes pin 2’s power (instead of routing pin 8’s power) from the
backup battery to pin 1 which is the battery voltage for RAM Bank 1. This means that when power is
turned off, no memory is lost and chip select is disabled to stop any memory writes from occurring that
could corrupt the data.
U22 provides the reset for the processor, U9. When the power is turned on U9 asserts the reset line,
pin 5, for 250 ms. That signal is buffered by U20A&B (open collector drivers) that cause the reset of
U9. When U9 is reset it reasserts pin 18, buffered by U17A, which provides the reset signal. This can be
tested at TP8.
R2 and R3 divide down the unregulated supply voltage and provide pin 1 of U22 with a threshold
voltage. When the power supply has been turned off, U22 will detect this by seeing a voltage change in
the pin 1 voltage. When the voltage drops, it will assert the interrupt, pin 7 of U22. This tells U9 that
the power is being turned off, and that it should complete any current operations before the power is
removed.
U21 provides encoding of the interrupt signals by an 8 line to 3 line encoding routine. Interrupt 0 is not
used. Interrupts 1 through 7 can be enabled or disabled by removing or replacing jumpers A through G.
Jumper H disables all interrupts so that it is not necessary to remove A through G if this is desired.
Interrupt 1 occurs when a sensor is connected or disconnected. Interrupt 2 is used with the rear panel
BNC trigger. Interrupt 3 occurs when any GPIB bus activity is in progress. Interrupt 4 occurs when a
front panel key is depressed, and interrupts 5 and 6 are available for programmable timing provided by
U26 (currently not used). Interrupt 7 is used when the power supply is shut down.
U26 is one of three programmable times in the system. These timers divide down the supply clock,
clock 0, 1, and 2, which are all 0.75 MHz clocks that can be programmed to provide different clock
signals. Presently, U26 is not used (for future development).
Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
4-4 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000
U8 (a Texas Instrument 9914 GPIB controller) is a peripheral chip used for GPIB affectivity. U6 and
U7 provide buffering of GPIB signals before they are sent over the bus. Pin 1 of U7 programs the GPIB
bus to be a master controller or a talker/listener device. Presently, only talker/listener modes are used in
the 8540C Series meters. U23 is an 8279 keyboard controller that provides keyboard scanning and key
press detection. It also provides an 8-key buffer. U19 is a 3 to 8 line decoder used for column and row
scanning which are detected by pins 1, 2, 38, 39, and U23. When U23 detects a key press, it asserts
interrupt 4 from U24A. U22, U23, U24, and U25 provide pull ups for the keyboard matrix. U25 is a
PIA (Peripheral Interface Adapter) used to program the 20 front panel LEDs.
Pin 10 of U25 provides drive for the single LED on the CPU board, DS1, that is used for internal
testing. Pins 11, 12, and 13 are auxiliary signals which are presently not used. The battery interfaces
with U27 and U28. Each of these devices typically draw 1 µA, for a total battery dissipation of
approximately 3 µA.
There are additional signals present at U3. Pin 4 drives Q1 which, in turn, drives a piezo-electric beeper
for front panel audio signals. U3-3 resets the trigger latch, U1-2 is an output buffered by U24E which is
the RF blanking signal used to turn off the source RF during zeroing. This is done automatically through
J7. Pin 18 is the trigger latch input from U1B.
The following is the normal sequence of operation for the external trigger signal: The trigger input
signal is applied through the TRIGGER INPUT BNC connector, J4, on the rear panel. R11, R12, CR2,
and CR13 provide input protection for U24B which buffers the trigger signal and acts as a Schmitt
trigger. The trigger can either assert Interrupt 2 to provide edge detection, or be latched by U1B for
level detection. U1B can be set by asserting pin 13, and then unasserting pin 13 which sets the latch
ready for a new trigger signal, which is read by pin 9. U3-19 is an input from U24D which is for future
use. R11, R14, CR4, and CR5 also provide input protection.
The CPU Board connects to the Analog Board via J1. Bus signals are buffered by U12 and U13 which
are bidirectional devices that buffer the 16 data lines, D0-D15. These tri-state buffers are only active
when the Analog Board is chip selected via CS Analog (pin 12 of U18). All 16 data lines are sent to the
Analog Board, but only 4 addresses (A0 - A3) are buffered by U14A. Reset, not read/write, read/not
write, and the lower data write signals are also buffered.
The Chip Select Analog is further decoded into 8 additional chip selects for the Analog Board by U15
which then outputs ACS0 through ACS1.
Referring to Sheet 2 of the A1 Circuit Schematic (drawing #21694), the DIP sockets that the ROMs
and RAMs are mounted in are configured to accept either 512K or 1M devices. 512K devices are 28
pin components that have to go into 32 pin sockets. When this is done, pins 1, 2, 31, and 32 are not
used, which means that the 512K device is occupying pins 3 through 30 of the socket. The difference in
address decoding between 512K and 1M devices is provided by PAL U4.
The ROM and RAM banks are word addressed. The necessary reads and writes are done in 16 bit words.
Each chip in the bank provides 8 bits (or 1/2 of the word). For example, ROM Bank 0 is composed of
U35 and U36. U35 is the lower 8 bits, and U36 is the upper 8 bits of data. U33 and U34 are ROM
Bank 1, and U31 and U32 are ROM Bank 2.
RAM Bank 0 is only loaded if Option 02 (128K Buffer) is specified. This option provides more memory
buffer for the fast measurement collection. RAM Bank 0 is volatile RAM (loses memory when power is
turned off). RAM Bank 1 is composed of U27 and U28 which are non-volatile because they are
connected to the backup battery.
Connection J6 interfaces the LCD display with the CPU Board. R26, R27, and R28 provide current
limiting for the LED backlight of the display (draws approximately 1/2 Amp). The resistor divider
network, R16, is used to provide contrast adjustment for the LCD display. U11B buffered by U24F
provides a decoded data strobe.
Theory of Operation
Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 4-5
4.3 Analog PC Board (A2)
4.3.1 Circuit Description
Sheet 1 of the Analog Circuit Schematic (drawing #30165) shows the Channel A sensor amplifier used
with both the 8541C and 8542C. Sheet 2 of Analog Circuit Schematic covers the Channel B sensor
amplifier circuits used with the 8542C only. Also see Figure 4-2 for a block diagram of the Analog board
interconnection. Since these are essentially duplicate circuits (the differences will be described), this
discussion will mainly focus on the Sheet 1 components. The sensors are connected from the front panel
through W6J1 which enters the Analog Board through J1 for sensor A and J2 for sensor B. The detected
dc voltage from the sensor is a differential voltage applied to pins 3 and 4 of J1. This differential voltage
goes to U25, which is a FET chopping circuit. The outputs are pins 7,10 and 2,15 of U25. An incoming
signal can either be fed straight through or inverted. The signal is fed straight through when
CHAMCHP is high; it is fed through in the inverted mode when CHAMCHP is low. This provides
chopper stabilized amplification when low power signals are being received by switching the FET switch
from the inverting to non-inverting mode and back again at a rate of 300 times per second.
Figure 4-2: Analog PC Block Diagram
-24V
-24V
A/D BIAS
A/D BIAS
+24V
+24V
A/D
A/D
LOW
PASS
LOW
PASS
10 kHz
10 kHz
AMP
X1,8
AMP
X1,8
AMP
X1,8
AMP
X1,8
AMP
X1,8
64, 512
AMP
X1,8
64, 512
CHOPPER
CHOPPER
OFFSET
DAC
OFFSET
DAC
CHANNEL A
CHANNEL B
THERMIST OR
POWER
SENSOR
ATTENU ATOR
0, -10
-20, -30, -40
OSCILLA TOR
+10 TO +20 dBm
CONTR OL
CIRCUIT
CAL
Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
4-6 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000
There are three stages of gain in the analog processing chain. All three stages are gain programmable
and fully differential. Stage 1 is made up of two identical composite amplifiers. The positive half of stage
1 is composed of amplifiers U29, U46, U48 and RF JFETs Q13-16. U29 is a precision amplifier, which
handles the dc and low frequency portion of the signal. The high frequencies are handled by U48, which
is buffered by the two JFET source follower stages and ac coupled at about 30 Hz by C94 and C98.
The outputs of U29 and U48 are combined in U46, a high speed unity-gain buffer. The gain of the stage
is selected by feeding the output back through different points on the resistor ladders. Analog switch
U31 connects different points on the resistor ladders back to the inverting input of the composite
amplifier. The resistor ladder consisting of R12, R25, R26, R36 and R270 is used for gains of 1, 8, and
64. The ladder made up of R21, R112 and R190 is used for the 512 gain setting.
The U47 analog switch performs two functions. For low bandwidth sensors such as 80300 or 80400, the
high amplifier is switched out to reduce noise and achieve good pulse response at high gain. The other
half of U47 switches in band-limiting resistor R42 when the high-speed amplifier is switched in and it is
set for unity gain.
Stages 2 and 3 are identical differential amplifiers. Each can be set for gains of 1 and 8. For stage 2,
analog switch U62 selects one of two points on the resistor ladder consisting of R43, R243 and R145.
C231 and C246 on stage 3 limit the bandwidth when that stage is set to a gain of 8.
An offset voltage from DAC, U17 (sheet 3) is injected into the amplifier chain at two different points.
For all but the highest gain setting of stage 1, the offset is injected at the input of stage 2. When stage 1
is set for a gain of 512, the offset is injected at the input to stage 1. Analog switch U56 routes the offset
voltage tot he proper path. U54C and B buffer the offset voltage path to stage 2 input. U54A and D
buffer the path to stage 1 input. U56 switches the deselected path to analog ground so that no offset or
noise is injected at that point.
Sheet 6 of the A2 Circuit Schematic shows the last stage in the analog chain and the analog-to-digital
converter. U26 is a unity gain differential-to-single-ended stage, which drives the input of the A/D
converter, U91. A bias voltage from amplifier U25 is also summed into U26. This bias voltage sets the
A/D input at -2.4V. The A/D input voltage range is -2.5 V to +2.5 V. The bias voltage allows negative
excursions in voltage due to noise. When the chopper is enabled, analog switch U90 synchronously
alternates the bias voltage between -2.4V and +2.4V. This allows the A/D to measure the inverted
signals during chopping. The bias voltage is derived from the A/D 2.5 V reference voltage using resistive
dividers R63 and R68, and R73 and R261 in the non-inverted and inverted modes respectively.
Refer to Sheet 2 (Channel B) of the A2 Circuit Schematic (drawing #30165) which is exactly the same
as Channel A (with different component numbers).
Each detector has a thermistor included in its housing so that the power meter can read the temperature
of the sensor. The voltage from that thermistor is applied through J1-J6 (for channel A) and amplified
by a gain of 2 by U39D. Channel B sensor voltage comes through J2-J6 and is amplified by U39A. The
amplified versions of the thermistor voltages are applied to different inputs of the multiplexed A/D, U22
(sheet 3). The software continuously monitors those inputs to check for the presence of a sensor. When
a sensor is present, the software uses the thermistor voltage in a temperature compensation algorithm.
U22 also reads the voltage from the J3 VPROPF connector. CR15 provides input protection and U38A is
a unity-gain buffer. The output of U38A is applied to the U22 A/D through voltage divider R51 and
R52. This attenuates the maximum VPROPF voltage of 10V down to the 2.5 V that the A/D requires.
U23 is a 5 volt regulator and supplies U22 with Vdd.
The sensors also have EEPROMs that connect to the system through a serial interface. Channel A uses
J1-13 for the clock and J1-12 for the data. This is a bidirectional device wherein data needs to be written
to the sensor and also read to the sensor. U41:2 buffers incoming data, and U41:3 buffers outgoing data.
Q2 provides the necessary open collector interface. U18 supplies the clock during a read or write action.
Theory of Operation
Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 4-7
The clock signal is buffered by U41:1. Channel B has a duplicate circuit consisting of U41:3,4,5 and Q3.
DC supplies of +5 V and ±12V are also routed to the sensors. The 12V supplies are routed through RT3
and RT4 which are used to provide solid state fusing in case of any shorts. These are resettable solid state
fuses which do not need to be replaced. The +5 V can be switched on and off. This is buffered by Q8
which can enable or disable Q1. U113:1 and :2 buffer sensor control lines for gain and chop
respectively. U113:3 and :4 perform the same function on channel B.
4.3.2 Analog Board Control Lines
This section describes the various control lines on the analog board. The names of the control lines are
identical for channels A and B except for the letter B, which is shown in parenthesis.
Stage 1 Gain
Control of stage 1 gain requires setting two sets of switches. One set of switches sets the gain. The
control lines are CHA(B)MX1A1 and CHA(B)MX!A0 and come from U104. The other set of switches
adjusts the frequency compensation for the amplifier in unity gain to keep it reliably stable, and
disconnects the high speed amplifier for low bandwidth sensors. The control line CHA(B)COMP
controls the compensation of stage 1. CHA(B)WBWR controls the connectivity of the high speed
amplifier. These control lines come from U21. The following defines the settings and gain of Stage 1.
Stages 2 and 3 Gain
Each of these gain stages has its own gain setting switch. Control line CHA(B)MX3A1 controls stage 2
gain, and CHA(B)MX3A0 controls stage 3 gain. These control lines come from U21. The following
defines the settings and gain of stages 2 and 3.
CW Filter (Gain Range 6)
This filter is switched in (logic high) when all gain stages are at maximum gain. Its control line,
CHA(B)FILT, is a 4-input NAND function of the four gain control lines. This control lines comes from
U21.
CHA(B)MX1A1 CHA(B)MX1A0 Gain CHA(B)COMP CHA(B)WBWR
80600 and Higher Sensors
005120 0
01641 0
1081 0
1110 0
All Other Sensors
005120 1
01641 1
1081 1
1110 1
CHA(B)MX3A1 CHA(B)MX3A0 Stage 2 Gain Stage 3 Gain
0088
1018
1111
Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
4-8 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000
Chopping
There are two control lines for chopping. The CHA(B)MCHP line performs the chopping function by
switching the U28 analog switch (channel A). This control line comes from U104. The other line,
CHA(B)BIAS flips the polarity of the A/D bias voltage to match the chopping polarity. This line comes
from U21.
Sensor Gain
The amplifier in the sensor has two gain settings. This is controlled by a line from U21 called
CHA(B)SGN. The assignment is as follows:
Sensor Chopper Control
The chopper in the sensor is controlled by a line from U104 called CHA(B)SCHP. The assignment is as
follows:
CHA(B)MCHP CHA(B)BIAS CHOPPER POLARITY
01 Invert
10 Non-invert
01 Invert
10 Non-invert
CHA(B)SGN Gain
01
18
CHA(B)SCHP Chopper Polarity
0 Non-invert
1Invert
Theory of Operation
Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 4-9
4.4 Calibrator Module
Sheets 4 and 5 of the A2 Circuit Schematic (drawing #30165) cover the interconnections for the
Calibrator circuit. The Calibrator Module is located on the Analog PC Board. It is basically the heart of
the 8540C Series Power Meters in that it is a patented system that allows the power sensors to be
calibrated against an internal thermistor power standard (see Figure 4-3). In contrast to the
conventional fixed-level calibrators, the 8540C calibrator produces a range of power levels over a 50 dB
dynamic range to an accuracy of a few thousandths of a dB.
The thermistor is mounted in a self-balancing bridge configuration using dc substitution in the bridge.
In this arrangement, the thermistor is maintained at a fixed operating point and the dc power in the
thermistor, PDC, is related to the RF power, PRF, by the simple relationship:
The constant, PAMBIENT, is found by turning the RF power off and measuring the ambient voltage,
VAMBIENT, to which the self-balancing bridge settles. The advantage of this approach is that the
linearity of the thermistor-leveled oscillator is limited only by the accuracy with which dc voltages can
be measured and the stability of the RF calibrator. To ensure exceptional stability, the thermistor
assembly is enclosed in a temperature-stabilized environment and a low drift sampling circuit is used to
hold the ambient bridge voltage. The RF power can then be programmed by controlling a difference
voltage, δV, at the summing node. The power is related to the voltage by:
Figure 4-3: Calibrator Internal Power Standard
PDC PAMBIENT constant
+PRF ==
δ
PVAMBIENT
-
delta
R
RF 1
2
Vdelta2
2R1
=
Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
4-10 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000
This permits the RF power to be precisely controlled over a dynamic range of about 12 to 15 dB. The
dynamic range is extended using a switched attenuator, the properties of which are determined using the
thermistor-leveled oscillator itself. The effective attenuation (including all mismatch effects) of each
attenuator relative to the next is measured by finding a pair of powers, one for each attenuator, that
produces identical signals from the sensor under test. Because the sensor under test is used at a fixed
operating point, no knowledge of its detection law is required.
4.4.1 General
The operation of the various circuitry functions of the Calibrator Module can be understood more easily
if the circuits are discussed individually. The 11 functional sections of this module include the
following:
1. The 50 MHz oscillator, Q4, and its current control circuit consisting of U16D, Q5, and U2C.
2. The RF output circuit consisting of the low pass filter, the stepped attenuator, and the
connector and cable to the front panel of the 8540C meter.
3. The oven that maintains the control thermistor at a constant 60 °C is located on the small
board attached to the bottom of the heater transistor, Q1. The board has two thermistors, RT1
and RT2, and Q7, the control transistor.
4. The thermistor bridge used to measure the RF power by dc substitution, consisting of RT1, U1,
and Q6.
5. The track and hold circuit that remembers the ambient bridge voltage, using U2B, U8D, and
U3A.
6. The 14-bit DAC and reference supply used to measure the ambient bridge voltage and control
the RF output level, made up of U11, U7, U8A & B, U6, U16A, U13, U12, U4, and U15.
7. The correction circuit used to measure the temperature of the pin diode attenuator so that a
correction for the temperature dependent loss of the diodes can be corrected, consisting of RT2
and U16C.
8. Sensor NV (Non-Volatile) RAM control circuit, U41D/E/F, Q3, and U18.
9. Calibrator NVRAM control circuit, U14 and U18.
10. Sensor interrupt control circuit, U9, U10A, U40A/B/C, and U39A.
11. The digital control circuit consisting of U18, U15B/C, U10B/C, U9B, and U15A.
4.4.2 50 MHz Oscillator
The first section of the Calibrator Module Assembly circuitry consists of a colpits oscillator circuit with
a controllable power output. The output power is measured by the thermistor bridge and set by varying
the dc current through Q4. This current is supplied by a voltage to current converter circuit consisting
of U16D, Q5, and U4. The power generated by Q4 is nearly linearly related to the current through it.
Thus, the voltage from U4 that is converted to current by U16D and Q5 is linearly related to the RF
power generated. When the calibrator is set for 0 dBm, the voltage at U4-6 is near 0 volts.
Theory of Operation
Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 4-11
4.4.3 RF Output
The 50 MHz oscillator output is capacity coupled to the low pass filter, L13, L14, L15, and associated
capacitors. The resultant harmonic-free RF is applied to the switched pin attenuator, CR8 - 14, and
associated resistors and control amplifiers U19 and U16B. The first section is 10 dB, the output section
is 20 dB, and a resistor between sections adds another 10 dB. Thus, the output power can be
programmed from +20 to -30 dBm.
4.4.4 Oven
The measuring thermistor is maintained at a constant 60 °C by being mounted on the heater transistor,
Q1, which is driven from the sensing thermistor RT2 by way of the Q7 current amplifier. RT2 is
mounted very close to RT1 so that both are maintained at the same temperature. When RT2 gets to a
temperature of 60 °C, the voltage across it is just enough to maintain drive to the heater. This condition
will be maintained regardless of the ambient temperature.
4.4.5 Thermistor Bridge
RT1 is connected in a self-balancing bridge circuit which will deliver just enough power to the
thermistor to keep it at 500 ohms. Thus, if part of the power delivered to it is from the RF generated by
the oscillator and the rest is from the dc current of the bridge, then by reducing the amount of dc power,
the circuit will increase the drive to the oscillator as needed to keep the total power in RT1 constant. It
is only necessary to measure the amount of dc power reduction to know the amount of RF power
present. In this way, a precisely known RF output level can be established.
4.4.6 Track & Hold and DAC
In order to know how much power is being added by the oscillator, it is necessary to measure the power
delivered to the thermistor with no RF present. This is done by turning off the oscillator power (closing
switch U2C), and then measuring the voltage out of the control bridge. This is known as the ambient
bridge voltage. To make this measurement, the following conditions are established: U8D and U2B are
switched open, and U8A & C switch closed. Then, by using the DAC, U13, a successive approximation
measurement of the voltage is made. Note that the output of the DAC is connected to one input of U4,
and the bridge is connected to the other. Thus, it becomes a comparator that will make it possible for
the computer to tell when the output voltage of the DAC is greater than the bridge voltage, and so
complete the successive approximation. Once this is done, the DAC is set for 0V output, U8A is
opened, U8B is closed, U8D and U2B are closed, and the track and hold capacitor, C39, will charge up
to the voltage which represents the zero RF power condition of the bridge. When the oscillator is turned
on by U9C, then the sampling switch, U2B, will open and allow C39 to supply this RF OFF condition
to the measuring circuit. Any voltage from the DAC will now reduce the amount of dc power being
delivered to the thermistor bridge, and the control circuit will add just enough current to the oscillator
to cause its output to add back that much RF power into the bridge.
4.4.7 Correction Thermistor Circuit
The compensation thermistor is mounted near CR13 to sense the temperature of the 20 dB
attenuator section that is used to produce the 0 dBm output. This is the only absolute power specified.
All other power levels are measured by the software relative to 0 dBm.
Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
4-12 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000
4.4.8 Calibrator NVRAM Control Circuit
The calibrator serial number and the correction constant for the 0 dBm output level, as well as the date
of calibration and password for rewrite access, is contained in a Non-Volatile RAM. The read and write
for it is provided by the parallel peripheral interface (PPI) U18. Before allowing access to the NVRAM,
the software looks for a logic 1 on port A, bit 0 of the PPI and, if that is present, it asks the operator for
the password. If the correct password is supplied, then the collected data will be written into U14. If the
jumper W1 is set to supply a logic 0 to the PPI, the operator will then have write access to U14 without
needing a password.
4.4.9 Digital Control Circuit
The digital control circuit is the interface between the CPU and the preceding functions.
Theory of Operation
Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 4-13
4.5 Front Panel PC Assembly (A3)
(Refer to the A3 Front Panel Circuit Schematic on page 8-21.)
The Front Panel PC assembly consists of a 4 X 4 keyboard matrix and circuitry to interface the 20 front
panel LEDs to the CPU board (see Figure 4-4). The LCD Display (A4) is an OEM purchased part and
does not include a circuit schematic in this manual.
Figure 4-4: Front Panel PC Assembly
From 8279
(CPU Board)
LEDs
From 8255
(CPU Board)
From 68000
(CPU Board) LCD
Keyboard Matrix
Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
4-14 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000
Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 5-1
5
Calibration & Testing
5.1 Introduction
This chapter includes procedures for calibration and performance testing the Series 8540C Universal
Power Meters.
Refer to Appendix B of this manual for power sensor selection and calibration.
5.2 Calibration Procedure
If any of the instrument performance characteristics cannot be calibrated within specification, refer to
the troubleshooting procedure in Chapter 6.
5.2.1 Equipment Required
Table 5-1 lists the equipment required for calibration of the 8540C power meters.
Table 5-1: Equipment Required for Calibration
Description Representative Model Key Characteristics
CW Thermistor Power Meter HP 432A VRF and VCOMP available externally
Thermistor Mount HP 478A-H75 ≤1.07 VSWR @ 50 MHz
(30 dB return loss)
Accuracy ±0.5% @ 50 MHz
Digital Voltmeter (DVM) Fluke 8842A ±0.05% accuracy & 1 µV resolution
Directional Coupler, 10 dB Mini Circuits
ZFDC-10-1 10 dB ≤1.15 SWR @ 50 MHz
Step Attenuator, 0 to 90 dB
in 10 dB increments
Weinschel
Model AC 118A-90-33 ≤1.15 SWR @ 50 MHz
±0.1 dB attenuation
RF Source (Signal Generator)
(High Power)
Wavetek Model 2405
Option XP +22dBm @50MHz
Low Pass Filter Integrated Microwave
Model 904 881 >30 dB attenuation @ 100 MHz
GPIB Controller for IBM PC National PC2/2A With driver software
Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
5-2 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000
5.2.2 Calibrator Output Power
Perform the Calibrator Output Power Reference Level check (see Section 5.3.2). If the unit fails to
meet the power output specification within the 0.981 mW to 1.019 mW minimum and maximum
limits, then proceed with the steps below.
To correct the setting of the power output of the calibrator, you must know the password if it has been
set, or you must defeat it by setting jumper A2W1 to position B. (This jumper is located and indicated
on the Analog PC Board.) If no password has been set, you can proceed with the jumper in position A.
Calculate the percent error in power (as described in the Performance Verification Level check) and
change the CALFAC by that amount. For example, if the power output is low by 0.5% then increase the
CALFAC by that amount. In the following procedure if you make a mistake and wish to start over, press
[ESCAPE] and then continue from Step 1.
1. Press [MENU].
2. Scroll to SERVICE MENU (using one of the up/down, left/right keys on the front panel) and
press [ENTER].
3. Scroll to CALIBRATOR and press [ENTER].
4. Select EEPROM and press [ENTER].
5. Press [ENTER] to get past SNumb (unit serial number).
6. Enter CALFAC change using the number obtained at the beginning of this test. Press
[ENTER].
7. Correct the date and press [ENTER].
8. Correct the time and press [ENTER].
9. Select WRITE and press [ENTER].
10. Enter the correct password if needed. If it is not needed, you can either set one or clear it. Press
[ENTER].
11. You must verify that the correction has been done by again entering (reads new Cal Fac
number):
a. Scroll to the SERVICE MENU.
b. Scroll to CALIBRATOR and press [ENTER].
c. Select Power and press [ENTER].
d. Select 0dBm and press [ENTER].
12. If the calibrator is now within tolerance, perform step 11 again and turn the calibrator OFF
instead of selecting 0 dBm.
The sensor(s) can now be calibrated by connecting to the calibrator output and pressing ZERO/CAL. If
the calibration does not complete satisfactorily, refer to the calibrator voltage and frequency checks
starting on page 5-3.
The Linearity test can now be performed as detailed in Section 5.3.3. This is a complete procedure, and
must be performed in the exact order given to produce accurate results. If this test fails, try it again with
a different sensor. If it still fails, refer to the calibrator voltage and frequency checks starting on page 5-3.
Calibration & Testing
Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 5-3
The following tests require that the power meter’s housing be removed. To remove the cover, remove
the three Binder head screws on the back panel and slip the cover off. This can best be done by carefully
resting the unit on the front panel using a cushion or pad to prevent scratching.
Refer to the Analog PC Board description in Chapter 4 for further help in defining the problem. If the
fault cannot be located to the component level, the PC board can be removed and replaced with a
different one with no further calibration required except to set the calibrator output power to 0 dBm.
5.2.3 Power Supply Voltage Checks
There are a number of power supplies in the power meter. The rectifiers, filters, and regulators for the
±15 volt and the +5 volt supplies are on the CPU PC Board (A1). All the other supplies are on the
Analog PC Board (A2). In case there is a regulated voltage failure, check the corresponding unregulated
supply (see Sheet 3 of the A1 Circuit Schematic on page 8-8). The unregulated voltage must be at least
2 volts more than the required regulated output.
To measure the supplies, turn the unit on and let it stabilize for a minute or so. Then proceed as follows:
1. Connect the low side of the DVM to A2TP3 (GND)
2. Connect the high side to the points shown in Table 5-2.
Table 5-2: DC Power Supply Test Points
Tes t Po i n t Voltage
A2TP3 GND
TP4 -14.25 to -15.75
TP5 4.8 to 5.2
TP2 14.25 to 15.75
U33-3 11.4 to 12.6
U40-3 -11.4 to -12.6
TP37 4.8 to 5.2
U83-3 (Ch. B) -4.8 to -5.2
U82-3 (Ch. B) 4.8 to 5.2
U57-3 -4.8 to -5.2
U58-3 4.8 to 5.2
TP27 11.4 to 12.6
TP29 (Ch. B) 11.4 to 12.6
TP30 (Ch. B) -11.4 to -12.6
TP28 -11.4 to -12.6
U16-1 -9.1 to -10.9
Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
5-4 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000
5.2.4 Calibrator Voltages
To measure the calibrator voltages, first make sure that neither side of the DVM is grounded. The
following measurements should find most of the problems that can arise in the calibrator circuitry.
1. Connect the DVM across the large resistor, A2R174. Measure 0.4 to 0.9 volts depending on
the room temperature and how long the unit has been operating. This voltage is proportional
to the current in the thermistor heater transistor which maintains the calibrator thermistor in a
60 °C environment. The voltage measured in the next step is dependent on this being correct.
The exact ambient temperature and on-time of the instrument mentioned in Step 1 are not
specific factors, but do have some effect on the reading taken across A2R174. If there is a
problem in the circuit, the measured voltage will usually be outside of the 0.4 to 0.9 Volts
specification (for example, 0 Volts or +5 Volts).
2. Connect the low side of the DVM to A2TP3 and the high side to A2TP1. Measure +7 to
+8.5 volts. This is the voltage applied to the thermistor bridge that is used to measure the
calibrator power. This voltage will vary as the calibrator provides different amounts of RF
power. This measurement assumes that the calibrator is OFF. To verify that the calibrator is off,
press MENU, scroll to REF POWER ON/OFF, press ENTER select OFF, and press ENTER
again.
3. Turn the calibrator ON. Press MENU, scroll to REF POWER ON/OFF, press ENTER, select
ON, and press ENTER. Now connect the high side of the DVM to A2U3, pin 7. Measure +3 to
+10 volts which should change less than 2 mV per minute. Turn the calibrator off. If the
voltage is incorrect or drifts excessively, troubleshoot the sample and hold circuit surrounding
A2U3A.
5.2.5 Calibrator Frequency Check
To measure the frequency of the calibrator:
1. Connect a 50 MHz counter to the calibrator output connector.
2. Turn ON the calibrator according to the procedure given in Step 3, above.
3. Measure 49 to 51 MHz.
4. Turn the calibrator OFF.
5.2.6 GPIB Test Functions
If the unit will not calibrate its sensors, there are some test functions available through the GPIB. Using
these functions, it is possible to check out the operation of the different parts of the calibrator system.
1. Connect a controller to the GPIB interface connector on the rear panel of the unit, and set the
address as required.
a. Press MENU. Scroll to the Config menu and press ENTER.
b. Scroll to GPIB and press ENTER.
c. Select the MODE and ADDRESS as needed and press ENTER. (MODE is either 8541C
or 8542C. The default address is 13).
Calibration & Testing
Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 5-5
2. If the calibrator output power as measured in the Performance Verification Test is within
tolerance but the unit will still not complete a sensor calibration, perform the following test to
determine if the calibrator is operating correctly:
a. Send TEST CALIB SOURCE 10 from the controller, followed by TEST CALIB ATTEN
0 (The calibrator output should be +20 dBm ±0.8 dB).
b. Send TEST CALIB ATTEN 10 (This will insert the 10 dB attenuator into the calibrator
output. The power should measure a decrease of 10 dB ±1dB).
c. Repeat Step 2b, substituting 20, 30 and 40 successively in the command.
The power should be attenuated by the attenuation level specified in the command ±1dB.
This will verify the health of all of the attenuators.
3. The next step is to verify the oscillator power control circuits. This is done by setting the power
to higher and lower levels and measuring the results.
Send the command TEST CALIB ATTEN 0, followed by TEST CALIB SOURCE X where X
is -3 to +13. The resulting power output should range between -13 dB from the first reading
taken in Step 2.a to at least +21 dBm.
This checks the calibrator control circuits completely. If the unit still will not calibrate a sensor the
problem is in the measurement circuits, not the calibrator. Proceed to the next heading.
Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
5-6 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000
5.3 Performance Verification Tests
Information in this section is useful for periodic evaluation of the 8540C and its power sensors. These
tests can also be used for incoming inspection testing when the instrument is first received, if required.
If the 8540C has not previously been used, review the precautions in Section 1.2 of the manual before
the instrument is turned on. Prior to starting the following procedures, the instrument should be allowed
to warm up for at least 24 hours to assure maximum stability during testing.
The test for the Calibrator Output Power Reference Level given in this section is valid for an ambient
temperature range between +5 °C and +35 °C (+41 °F to +95 °F).
The instrument plus power sensor linearity test is valid when the sensor has been calibrated using the
front panel calibrator at a temperature between 0 °C and +50 °C (+32 °F to +122 °F), and if operating
within ±5°C (±9°F) of that calibration temperature.
It is recommended that the verification be done in the order described since some of the steps use the
configuration from a previous step.
5.3.1 Equipment Required
Table 5-3 lists the equipment required for performance testing of the 8540C power meters.
Performance Verification Test Data Recording sheets are located on pages 5-12 and 5-13. These sheets
can be copied and the copies used for recording test results each time Specification and Performance
Verification testing is performed on the specific instrument described by this manual.
Table 5-3: Equipment Required for Performance Testing
Description Representative
Model Key Characteristics
CW Thermistor Power Meter HP 432A VRF and VCOMP available externally
Thermistor Mount HP 478A-H75 ≤1.07 VSWR @ 50 MHz
(30 dB return loss)
Accuracy ±0.5% @ 50 MHz
Digital Voltmeter (DVM) Fluke 8842A ±0.05% accuracy and 1 µV resolution
Directional Coupler, 10 dB Mini Circuits
ZFDC-10-1 10 dB ≤1.15 SWR @ 50 MHz
Step Attenuator, 0 to 90 dB
in 10 dB increments
Weinschel
Model AC 118A-90-33 ≤1.15 SWR @ 50 MHz
±0.1 dB attenuation
RF Source (Signal Generator)
(High Power)
Wavetek Model 2405
Option XP +22 dBm @ 50 MHz
Low Pass Filter Integrated Microwave
Model 904 881 >30 dB attenuation @ 100 MHz
GPIB Controller for IBM PC National PC2/2A With driver software
Calibration & Testing
Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 5-7
5.3.2 Calibrator Output Power Reference Level
The Calibrator Output power reference is factory adjusted to 1 mW ±0.7%. To achieve this accuracy,
Giga-tronics uses a precision measurement system with accuracy to ±0.5% (traceable to the NIST -
formerly the NBS), and allows for a transfer error of ±0.2% for a total of ±0.7%. If an equivalent
measurement system is used for verification, the power reference oscillator output can be verified to
1mW ±1.9% (±1.2% accuracy, ±0.5% verification system error, ±0.2% transfer error, for a maximum
error of ±1.9%). To ensure maximum accuracy in verifying the Calibrator Output power reference, the
following procedure provides step-by-step instructions for using specified test instruments of known
capability. If equivalent test instruments are substituted, refer to the Key Characteristics section in
Table 5-3.
The test setup is illustrated in Figure 5-1.
Procedure:
In the following steps, precision power measurements will be made using the 432A Power Meter. For
detailed information on using the 432A, please refer to the operating section of the 432A manual.
1. Connect the 432A to the Calibrator Output on the 8540C as shown in Figure 5-1.
2. Turn on all equipment and then wait 30 minutes for the thermistor mount to stabilize before
proceeding to the next step.
3. Set the 432A RANGE switch to COARSE ZERO, and adjust the front panel COARSE ZERO
control to obtain a zero (±2% F.S.) meter indication.
Figure 5-1: Calibrator Output Test Setup
NOTE: Ensure that the DVM input leads are isolated from chassis ground when performing
the next step.
THERMISTOR
POWER METER
THERMISTOR
MOUNT
8540C
POWER METER
CALIBRATOR
OUTPUT
DIGITAL VOLTMETER
(+) VCOMP
(-) VREF
Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
5-8 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000
4. Set the DVM to a range that results in a resolution of 1 µV and connect the positive and
negative input, respectively, to the VCOMP and VRF connectors on the rear panel of the 432A.
5. Fine zero the 432A on the most sensitive range, then set the 432A range switch to 1 mW.
6. Record the DVM indication as V0.
7. Turn ON the 8540C Calibrator RF power as follows:
Press MENU, scroll to REF POWER ON/OFF, press ENTER, select ON, press ENTER.
Record the reading shown on the DVM as V1.
8. Disconnect the DVM negative lead from the VRF connector on the 432A, and reconnect it to
the 432A chassis ground. Record the new indication observed on the DVM as VCOMP
.
9. Repeat Step 7, except select OFF to turn the Calibrator off.
10. Calculate the Calibrator Output level (PCAL) using the following formula:
where:
PCAL = calibrator output power reference level
VCOMP= previously recorded value in Step 8
V1= previously recorded value in Step 7
V0= previously recorded value in Step 6
R= 200Ω (assuming HP478A-H75 mount)
Calibration factor = value for the thermistor mount at 50 MHz (traceable to the NIST)
11. Verify that the PCAL is within the following limits:
1mW
±0.019 mW (0.981 to 1.019 mW)
For record purposes, the measured value of PCAL can be entered on the Test Data Recording
Sheet located on page 5-12.
NOTE: The V1 reading must be taken within 15 seconds after pressing
ENTER. Otherwise, turn REF POWER OFF and repeat Steps 6 and 7.
☛
☛☛
☛
P2V
4R(Calibration Factor)
CAL COMP (V - V ) + V - V
11
2
00
2
(Watts)=
Calibration & Testing
Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 5-9
5.3.3 Instrument Plus Power Sensor Linearity
Test Description
Connect the test setup as shown in Figure 5-2. The linearity will be tested over the range +20 dBm to
-60 dBm. At low power levels, the linearity measurement will include the uncertainty due to the zero set
specification. The procedure should be repeated for each sensor used with the 8540C.
When measuring the linearity of a Low VSWR (Series 8031X) or a High Power (Series 8032X) sensor,
the power output of the source must be increased by 6 or 10 dB respectively and the directional coupler
must be increased from 10 dB to either 16 or 20 dB respectively (see Figure 5-2). The power coefficient
of the step attenuator will also have to be considered. The specification of power coefficient for the
Weinschel attenuator cited in the Equipment List is: <0.005 dB/dB/W. The latter will affect the
linearity of each 10 dB segment, and make it necessary to expand the overall linearity specification by
this quantity.
In assembling the test setup shown in Figure 5-2, keep in mind that if testing is to be conducted with
Low VSWR or High Power sensors, the optional RF Amplifier must have frequency and bandwidth
parameters to match the sensor’s characteristics (see the Sensor Selection Guide in Chapter 1, if unsure
of characteristics), and the Directional Coupler must be increased as stated above for the particular
series of sensors. All Standard (Series 8030X) and True RMS (Series 8033X) sensors are tested with a
10 dB Directional Coupler and without the optional RF amplifier.
Refer to the Linearity Data recording section of the Performance Verification Data recording sheets
located on pages 5-12 and 5-13. The tolerance is already entered for the various steps, and includes an
allowance for specified zero set errors at low power levels.
Figure 5-2: Power Linearity Test Setup
NOTE: To ensure accurate and repeatable measurements, the 432A power meter should be
zeroed just before taking each reading that will be used to calculate P1 in the Power Meter
column of the Performance Verification Test Data Sheets on pages 5-12 and 5-13.
THERMISTOR
POWER METER
THERMISTOR
MOUNT
8540C
POWER METER
DIGITAL VOLTMETER
(+) VCOMP
(-) VREF
MODEL 2405
RF SOURCE
0 - -70 dB
STEP
ATTENU ATOR
DIRECTIONAL
COUPLER
10, 16, 20 dB
LOW
PASS
RF AMP
(OPTIONAL)
+23 TO +32 dB
RF OUT
50 MHz
POWER
SENSOR
Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
5-10 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000
Setup Parameters
The following setup parameters should be accomplished prior to performing the Power Linearity test:
1. The 8540C and sensor should be calibrated (see Section 2.6.3. Refer also to the complete
instructions on how to calibrate the sensor in Appendix B of this manual).
2. The Averaging is set to AUTO by entering the key sequence
[MENU] [Meas Setup] [Average] [Avg A] or [Avg B] [Auto]
Test Procedure
Extreme care is required in the following procedure since the accuracy requirements are critical to ensure the
most accurate test results.
Power readings are determined using the thermistor power meter in the same general way as given in the
Power Reference Level test. That is, P1 and P2 in the Power Meter reading column of the Performance
Verification Test Data Sheet tables are calculated each time for the respective values of VCOMP, V0,
and V1 read on the DVM.
1. Set the step attenuator to 70 dB. Turn the source power output off, and then zero the 8540C.
(The 8540C is zeroed by pressing [ZERO/CAL] and then following the softkey label instruc-
tions.)
2. Set the step attenuator to 0 dB after the 8540C has zeroed.
3. Set the power output of the RF source so that the thermistor power meter indicates 1.00 mW
±0.025 mV.
4. Record the calculated power meter reading and the displayed 8540C reading in the correct
columns of the Linearity Data recording sheet on page 5-12.
5. Set the power output of the RF source so that the thermistor power meter indicates 3.98 mW
±0.10 mW.
6. Record the new calculated power meter reading and the new displayed 8540C reading as in
Step 4 above.
7. Set the power output of the RF Source so that the thermistor power meter indicates 3.98 mW
±0.10 mW.
8. Record the calculated power meter reading and the displayed 8540C reading as in Step 4,
above.
9. Set the power output of the RF Source so that the thermistor power meter indicates 5.01 mW
±0.13 mW.
10. Record the new calculated power meter reading and the new displayed 8540C reading as in
Step 4, above.
11. Repeat using the power meter indications in the Data Recording sheet on page 5-13. Note that
the Step Attenuator is used to generate the remaining 70 dB range of 10 dB steps for a total
range of 80 dB. Repeat Step 1, above, between each 10 dB step shown on the Linearity Data
Recording sheet.
12. Make the calculations indicated on the Linearity Data sheet, and enter the values in the
appropriate blank spaces.
Calibration & Testing
Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 5-11
5.3.4 GPIB Port Check
The following steps are used to confirm that the GPIB port is functional.
1. Set the 8540C to the desired address (the default is 13; see Table 2-1 for address setting
instructions if necessary).
2. Connect the GPIB controller to the GPIB Port on the rear of the 8540C.
3. Send the command (if emulating an HP 438):
*IDN? or ?ID
(*IDN? is the IEEE 488.2 Common ID query. When addressed to talk after receiving the
command, the 8540C will output a string that identifies itself as Model 8541C or 8542C.)
4. Display the response on the controller.
This completes the Specification and Performance Verification Tests for the 8540C Series Digital
Power Meter and its sensors. If the instrument has performed as described in this chapter, it is correctly
calibrated and within specifications.
Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
5-12 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000
-60 dBm to +16 dBm Linearity Data are on the next page.
Notes:
1. Linearity Error (%) = [(R1/R2) / (P1/P2) - 1] x 100
2. Accumulated error is the sum of the current dB segment linearity error plus the previous accumulated error.
Giga-tronics Series 8540C
Performance Verification Test Data Sheet
Date:
Operator:
Test Number: (if required)
Series 8540C S/N:
Power Sensor S/N:
Calibrator Output Power Reference
Minimum Actual Reading Maximum
0.981 mW 1.019 mW
Linearity Data - (+16 dBm to +20 dBm)
Step
Attenuator
Value
Power
Set Point
Power
Meter
Reading
(P)
8450C
(DUT)
Reading
(R)
Reference
Power
Ratio
8540C
(DUT)
Reading
Ratio
Linearity Error (%)1
Linearity
Specification
Accumulated
Linearity
Error2
0dB
1.00 mW
±0.025 mW P1 = R1 = P1/P2 = R1/R2 =
3.98 mW
±0.10 mW P2 = R2 = ±1% Same as Lin. error above
0dB
3.98 mW
±0.10 mW P1 = R1 = P1/P2 = R1/R2 =
5.01 mW
±0.13 mW P2 = R2 = +1%
-1.6%
0dB
5.01 mW
±0.13 mW P1 = R1 = P1/P2 = R1/R2 =
6.31 mW
±0.16 mW P2 = R2 = +1%
-2.7%
0dB
6.31 mW
±0.16 mW P1 = R1 = P1/P2 = R1/R2 =
7.94 mW
±0.2 mW P2 = R2 = +1%
-3.8%
0dB
7.94 mW
±0.2 mW P1 = R1 = P1/P2 = R1/R2 =
10 mW
±0.25 mW P2 = R2 = +1%
-4.9%
(continued)
Calibration & Testing
Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 5-13
Notes:
1. Linearity Error (%) = [(R1/R2) / (P1/P2) - 1] x 100
2. Accumulated error is the sum of the current dB segment linearity error plus the previous accumulated error.
3. Use the first CW Linearity error value entered in the +16 dBm to +20 dBm Linearity Data on page 5-12.
Linearity Data - (-60 dBm to +16 dBm)
Step
Attenuator
Value
Power
Set Point
Power
Meter
Reading
(P)
8540C
(DUT)
Reading
(R)
Reference
Power
Ratio
8540C
(DUT)
Reading
Ratio
Linearity Error (%)1
Linearity
Specification
Accumulated
Linearity
Error2
0dB
See Note 3
±1% Same as Lin. error above
10 dB
1.00 mW
±0.025 mW P1 = R1 = P1/P2 = R1/R2 =
10.00 mW
±0.25 mW P2 = R2 = ±1%
20 dB
1.00 mW
±0.025 mW P1 = R1 = P1/P2 = R1/R2 =
10.00 mW
±0.25 mW P2 = R2 = ±1%
30 dB
1.00 mW
±0.025 mW P1 = R1 = P1/P2 = R1/R2 =
10.00 mW
±0.25 mW P2 = R2 = ±1%
40 dB
1.00 mW
±0.025 mW P1 = R1 = P1/P2 = R1/R2 =
10.00 mW
±0.25 mW P2 = R2 = ±1%
50 dB
1.00 mW
±0.025 mW P1 = R1 = P1/P2 = R1/R2 =
10.00 mW
±0.25 mW P2 = R2 = ±1%
60 dB
1.00 mW
±0.025 mW P1 = R1 = P1/P2 = R1/R2 =
10.00 mW
±0.25 mW P2 = R2 = ±1.5%
70 dB
1.00 mW
±0.025 mW P1 = R1 = P1/P2 = R1/R2 =
10.00 mW
±0.25 mW P2 = R2 = ±6%
Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
5-14 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000
Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 6-1
6
Maintenance
6.1 Periodic Maintenance
This chapter describes maintenance practices and troubleshooting guidelines for the 8540C.
6.1.1 Testing & Calibration
The 8540C should be periodically tested (and calibrated, if it will not pass all performance tests), using
the test and calibration procedures described in Chapter 5 of the manual.
Testing (and, if necessary, calibration) should be performed at one year intervals, unless the 8540C is
operated in an extremely dirty or chemically contaminated environment, or is subject to severe abuse
(such as being dropped). In such cases, more frequent maintenance (immediate, if the unit is dropped or
severely abused in some way) is required.
6.1.2 Cleaning
The front panel and housing of the unit can be cleaned using a cloth dampened in a mild detergent. Do
not use abrasive cleaners, scouring powders, or any harsh chemicals. Wipe the soap residue off with a
clean, damp cloth, then dry with a clean dry cloth.
6.1.3 Lithium Battery
The power meter contains a 3.6V lithium battery, which preserves configuration and calibration data
while line power is off.
If the 8540C is to be placed in long term storage (2 years or more), the battery should be removed.
To check the battery, connect a voltmeter between TP13 (ground) and TP16 (+) on the CPU PC
Board (A1). If the voltage is less than 3.1V, the battery should be replaced.
Replacement
Battery life depends on the usage of the 8540C. With normal daily use, the battery is expected to last at
least three years. To avoid unintentional loss of data in the volatile memory of the 8540C, it is
recommended that the lithium battery be replaced every three years. This can be done without losing
the data stored in RAM if the old battery is removed and the new battery installed in less than 10
seconds with main power off, or if power is left on while changing the batteries.
Battery replacement requires removing the cover from the instru-
ment and then restoring power before removing the battery. This
procedure should be performed only by qualified personnel.
WARNING
Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
6-2 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000
This replacement procedure is intended for users knowledgeable in the use and care of equipment using
non-rechargeable lithium batteries. The recommended replacement battery is a Tadiran Type TL-5242,
Giga-tronics Part# 21212.
Lithium batteries can supply substantial current and, depending on factors such as the state of charge,
can overheat when shorted.
1. Turn OFF the 8540C.
2. Remove the cover.
3. Turn ON the 8540C (to maintain memory power while replacing the battery).
4. Note the orientation of the battery which is located on the left side of the top (CPU) PC
board, half way back in the unit. The battery is held in place with a plastic clamp and a “hook
and loop” fastener. Cut the plastic clamp and peel the battery free of the PC board.
5. Disconnect the battery wires. The connector is polarized so it can only be inserted one way,
with the red wire toward the rear of the instrument.
6. Install the new battery, replace the plastic clamp, and connect the wires.
7. Turn OFF the 8540C and measure the battery voltage between TP13 (com) and TP17 (bat). It
must be at least 3.5V.
8. Replace the cover and secure.
9. If desired, a label can be attached indicating when the next battery replacement is due.
To test for satisfactory operation of the new battery, turn the 8540C ON, calibrate a sensor, turn the
8540C OFF, wait ten seconds, and turn the 8540C instrument back ON. The sensor calibration should
still be valid, as indicated by the displayed power level.
Maintenance
Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 6-3
6.2 Troubleshooting
If the 8540C seems to be malfunctioning, the first step is to determine whether or not the problem is
actually being caused by the 8540C. Investigate any auxiliary equipment to which the 8540C is
connected, and check all connections between devices in the test setup. Make sure that the 8540C has
not been configured incorrectly (either by way of the front panel configuration menus or over the
GPIB).
Before investigating the 8540C’s circuits, review the circuit descriptions in Chapter 4.
6.2.1 General Failure
If the front panel displays are erratic, blank, or unresponsive to the front panel controls, this suggests a
general breakdown of the control system, probably resulting from a problem in the power supply or the
CPU circuit.
1. If nothing will light up on the front panel at all (not even the backlighting of the display window),
check the fuse. If the fuse has failed, check the line voltage setting, correct it if it is wrong, and
replace the fuse (see Section 1.2). The display window may not show a readable message if the
contrast setting on the rear panel is not adjusted properly.
2. Investigate the power supply circuit (see Sheet 3 of the A1 Circuit Schematic, drawing #21694 in
Chapter 8); check all regulated voltage outputs.
3. Check the connections between the CPU PC board (A1), the LCD display PC board (A4) and the
Front Panel PC board (A3).
6.2.2 Channel-Specific Failure in the 8542C
If the instrument is a Model 8542C and only one of the two sensors will calibrate, troubleshoot the
circuits associated with the channel that fails. The separate channels are shown on Sheet 1 (Ch A) and
Sheet 2 (Ch B) of the A2 Analog Circuit Schematic, drawing #21697 in Chapter 8. For example, if the
unit will calibrate sensor A but not sensor B, proceed as follows:
1. Try reversing the two sensors to determine if one of them is bad.
2. If the unit fails to display the B UNCALIBRATED message, or fails to display any sensor B data when
the sensor is connected, the problem probably lies in the temperature sensing thermistor circuit
which connects to U39, pin 3. Measure the voltage at U39, pin 1. It should be about 2 or 3 volts. If
it is above 7 or below 0.5 volts, the thermistor circuit is faulty.
6.2.3 Functional Failures
If the power supplies and the CPU seem to be working normally, yet the 8540C will not perform its
calibration or measurement functions, it is necessary to perform more detailed testing to find the source
of the problem. A number of instrument self-test functions are available. On the Service menu, select
TEST FUNCTIONS for an extensive menu of tests.
NOTE: If you are returning an instrument to Giga-tronics for service, first contact Giga-tronics
customer service at 800.444.2878 or Fax 925.328.4702, so that a return authorization
number can be assigned.
☛
Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
6-4 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000
Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 7-1
7
Parts Lists
7.1 Introduction
This chapter contains the parts lists for all major and minor assemblies in the Series 8540C Universal
Power Meters. Parts lists for available Options are in Appendix C under the respective option heading.
A List of Manufacturers is included in Section 7.3.
7.2 Parts Lists for Series 8540C Universal Power
Meters
If not otherwise specified, the following parts lists apply to both the Model 8541C and 8542C power
meters.
8541C SINGLE CHANNEL POWER METER, Rev. C
Item Part Number Qty Cage Mfr’s Part Number Description
1 30160 1 58900 30160 8541C CHASSIS ASSY
2 30280 1 58900 30280 SERIES 8540C OPER/MAINT MANUAL
3 WMP0-03007 1 16428 17250 7.5’ IEC POWER CORD
4 20954-001 1 54516 20954-001 DET EXT CABLE ASSY 1.5M (5 FT)
5 30614 1 58900 30614 STANDARD COVER
6 HFFB-00001 2 62559 10603-023 TIP-UP FOOT
7 HFFB-00002 2 62559 10603-024 GRAY FOOT
8 21301 2 58900 21301 SIDE TRIM, 8540
9 21118 1 58900 21118 LABEL, TESTED BY
10 GGS0-00006 22 58900 GGS0-00006 GROUND STRIP
11 HBPP-44004 3 26233 NS137CR440R4 4-40 X 1/4 PAN
12 HBPP-44006 4 26233 NS137CR440R6 4-40 X 3/8 PAN
13 30016 REF 58900 30016 8540 SYSTEM TEST PROCED
Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
7-2 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000
30160 8541C CHASSIS ASSY, Rev. L
Item Part Number Qty Cage Mfr’s Part Number Description
1 30157 1 58900 30157 FRONT DEC. PANEL 8541C FAB
2 21200 1 58900 21200 CHASSIS
3 30506 1 0JBU8 30506 854X TOROIDAL PWR XFMR
4 JLFF-16250 1 05245 6EDL4C AC INPUT MODULE
5 SPP3-00202 1 58900 SPP3-00202 250VAC PUSHBUTTON SWITCH
6 30161 REF 58900 30161 8540C SERIES SCHEMATIC
7 10129 1 58900 10129 LABEL, CODE AND SERIAL NUMBER
8 30508 1 58900 30508 854XC XFMR SPACER
10 SPA0-00012 1 31918 FSC-BLACK BLACK BUTTON
11 JMPF-00003 6 09769 60617-1 FEMALE PIN
12 JMF0-00605 1 09769 1-480270-0 6 POSITION SKT HOUSING
13 30449 1 58900 30449 HIGH VOLTAGE LABEL
14 30438 1 58900 30438 PROM SET,MODEL 854XC
15 HIR0-00001 4 0HFJ2 27SR0018 NYLON SNAP RIVET
16 HQIS-00003 1 13103 21323 SILICONE INSULATOR
17 30013 REF 58900 30013 8540 SERIES JIT FLOW CHART
18 30552 REF 58900 30552 8540C PRETEST PROCEDURE
19 HT00-00409 3 53421 T-18R 4 WHITE CABLE TIE
20 WKC1-00000 1 92194 FIT-221-1 CLEAR 1" CLEAR SHRINK TUBING
21 30553 REF 58900 30553 8540C CALIB PROCEDURE
22 30017 REF 58900 30017 8540 CABINETIZING PROC
23 12936 1 16428 8723 CABLE SHIELD 4 COND
24 WGS0-00020 0 51705 SLV-130-20 20 GA 'GLASS' SLEEVING
25 WKAC-18708 2 92194 FIT221-1/8 X 1 3/16 X 1/2 SHRINK TUB
27 WKA0-12500 0 92194 FIT-221-1/8-BLACK 1/8" BLACK SHRINK TUBING
28 HIBR-00440 2 53387 SJ5303-CLEAR MOLDED BUMPER
29 32023 0 ----- 32023 CODE LABEL
101 HBFP-63205 2 58900 HBFP-63205 6-32 X 5/16 FLAT
102 HNSS-63205 2 58900 HNSS-63205 6-32 HEX NUT
103 HBPP-63204 4 58900 HBPP-63204 6-32 X 1/4 PAN
104 10116-004 2 58900 10116-004 SCR, PNH PHILLIPS 2-56x.125
105 JMSF-00003 1 09769 552633-3 IEEE CONN MOUNTING
106 HBFP-83240 1 58900 HBFP-83240 8-32 X 2.5 FLAT
107 HNNS-83205 1 58900 HNNS-83205 8-32 LOCKING NUT
108 10148-002 1 2R182 1415-6 SOLDER LUG, 30 DEG LOCKING #6
109 WSIB-1854X 1 92194 UL1429-18 (19) 18 GA PVC COLOR 54
110 HLLT-60212 1 79963 505-144 # 6 #6 SOLDER LUG
111 20192 1 58900 20192 SHELL,OBLONG
112 20259 1 58900 20259 COVER,CALIBRATOR HOUSING
113 20800 1 58900 20800 LABEL,US PATENT 4,794,325
A1 21693 1 58900 21693 CPU PCB ASSY 854xB
A2 30164 1 ----- 30164 8541C ANALOG P.C. ASSY
A5 21331 1 58900 21331 FRONT PANEL ASSY, 8541
F1 FSAC-00075 1 ----- MDL-3/4 .75A SB FUSE 3AG
RT1 QX00-00275 1 58900 QX00-00275 275 V METAL OXIDE VAR.
W3 21175-002 1 58900 21175-002 CABLE ASSY,CPU-GPIB
Parts Lists
Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 7-3
21331 FRONT PANEL ASSY, 8541C, Rev. B
Item Part Number Qty Cage Mfr’s Part Number Description
1 21153 1 58900 21153 KEY PAD
3 21655 1 ----- 21655 BEZEL, CAST, 3-1/2 X 8-3/8
101 HBPP-440X3 11 58900 HBPP-440X3 4-40 X 7/32 PAN
102 HWSS-40300 11 58900 HWSS-40300 #4 X 3/16 SPLIT LOCK
103 HBFP-44006 4 58900 HBFP-44006 4-40 X 3/8 FLAT
104 HNKS-44004 4 58900 HNKS-44004 4-40 KEP NUT
105 WKA0-75000 2 92194 FIT-221-3/4 3/4 SHRINK TUBING
106 HWFS-40400 2 58900 HWFS-40400 #4 X 1/4 FLAT WASHER
A3 21229 1 58900 21229 FRONT PANEL PCB ASSY
A4 21240 1 58900 21240 LCD DISPLAY ASSY
W2 21217 1 58900 21217 CABLE ASSY,DIG-FRONT
W4 21198 1 58900 21198 CABLE ASSY,CAL
W5 21199 1 58900 21199 CABLE ASSY, SENSOR INPUT
8542C DUAL CHANNEL POWER METER, Rev. C
Item Part Number Qty Cage Mfr’s Part Number Description
1 30172 1 58900 30172 CHASSIS ASSY - 8542C
2 30280 1 58900 30280 SERIES 8540C OPER/MAINT MANUAL
3 WMP0-03007 1 16428 17250 7.5’ IEC POWER CORD
4 20954-001 2 54516 20954-001 DET EXT CABLE ASSY 1.5M (5 FT)
5 30614 1 58900 30614 STANDARD COVER
6 HFFB-00001 2 62559 10603-023 TIP-UP FOOT
7 HFFB-00002 2 62559 10603-024 GRAY FOOT
8 21301 2 58900 21301 SIDE TRIM, 8540
9 21118 1 58900 21118 LABEL, TESTED BY
10 GGS0-00006 22 58900 GGS0-00006 GROUND STRIP
11 HBPP-44004 3 26233 NS137CR440R4 4-40 X 1/4 PAN
12 HBPP-44006 4 26233 NS137CR440R6 4-40 X 3/8 PAN
13 30016 REF 58900 30016 8540 SYSTEM TEST PROCED
Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
7-4 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000
30172 CHASSIS ASSY, 8542C, Rev. M
Item Part Number Qty Cage Mfr’s Part Number Description
1 30170 1 58900 30170 8542C FRONT DEC PANEL
2 21200 1 58900 21200 CHASSIS
3 30506 1 0JBU8 30506 854X TOROIDAL PWR XFMR
4 JLFF-16250 1 05245 6EDL4C AC INPUT MODULE
5 SPP3-00202 1 58900 SPP3-00202 250VAC PUSHBUTTON SWITCH
6 30161 REF 58900 30161 8540C SERIES SCHEMATIC
7 10129 1 58900 10129 LABEL, CODE AND SERIAL NUMBER
8 30508 1 58900 30508 854XC XFMR SPACER
9 30013 REF 58900 30013 8540 SERIES JIT FLOW CHART
10 SPA0-00012 1 31918 FSC-BLACK BLACK BUTTON
11 JMPF-00003 6 09769 60617-1 FEMALE PIN
12 JMF0-00605 1 09769 1-480270-0 6 POSITION SKT HOUSING
13 30449 REF 58900 30449 HIGH VOLTAGE LABEL
14 30438 1 58900 30438 PROM SET,MODEL 854XC
15 HIR0-00001 4 0HFJ2 27SR0018 NYLON SNAP RIVET
16 HQIS-00003 1 13103 21323 SILICONE INSULATOR
17 30552 REF 58900 30552 8540C PRETEST PROCEDURE
18 30553 REF 58900 30553 8540C CALIB PROCEDURE
19 HT00-00409 3 53421 T-18R 4 WHITE CABLE TIE
20 WKC1-00000 1 92194 FIT-221-1 CLEAR 1" CLEAR SHRINK TUBING
21 30017 REF 58900 30017 8540 CABINETIZING PROC
22 12936 1 16428 8723 CABLE SHIELD 4 COND
23 WGS0-00020 0 51705 SLV-130-20 20 GA 'GLASS' SLEEVING
24 WKAC-18708 2 92194 FIT221-1/8 X 1 3/16 X 1/2 SHRINK TUB
26 WKA0-12500 0 92194 FIT-221-1/8-BLACK 1/8" BLACK SHRINK TUBING
27 HIBR-00440 2 53387 SJ5303-CLEAR MOLDED BUMPER
28 32023 0 ----- 32023 CODE LABEL
101 HBFP-63205 2 58900 HBFP-63205 6-32 X 5/16 FLAT
102 HNSS-63205 2 58900 HNSS-63205 6-32 HEX NUT
103 HBPP-63204 4 58900 HBPP-63204 6-32 X 1/4 PAN
104 10116-004 2 58900 10116-004 SCR, PNH PHILLIPS 2-56x.125
105 JMSF-00003 1 09769 552633-3 IEEE CONN MOUNTING
106 HBFP-83240 1 58900 HBFP-83240 8-32 X 2.5 FLAT
107 HNNS-83205 1 58900 HNNS-83205 8-32 LOCKING NUT
108 10148-002 1 2R182 1415-6 SOLDER LUG, 30 DEG LOCKING #6
109 WSIB-1854X 1 92194 UL1429-18 (19) 18 GA PVC COLOR 54
110 HLLT-60212 1 79963 505-144 # 6 #6 SOLDER LUG
111 20192 1 58900 20192 SHELL,OBLONG
112 20259 1 58900 20259 COVER,CALIBRATOR HOUSING
113 20800 1 58900 20800 LABEL,US PATENT 4,794,325
A1 21693 1 58900 21693 CPU PCB ASSY 854xB
A2 30173 1 ----- 30173 8542C ANALOG PC ASSY
A5 21332 1 58900 21332 FRONT PANEL ASSY, 8542B
F1 FSAC-00075 1 ----- MDL-3/4 .75A SB FUSE 3AG
R1 QX00-00275 1 58900 QX00-00275 275 V METAL OXIDE VAR.
W3 21175-002 1 58900 21175-002 CABLE ASSY,CPU-GPIB
Parts Lists
Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 7-5
21332 FRONT PANEL ASSY, 8542B, Rev. C (A1)
Item Part Number Qty Cage Mfr’s Part Number Description
1 21153 1 58900 21153 KEY PAD
3 21655 1 ----- 21655 BEZEL, CAST, 3-1/2 X 8-3/8
101 HBPP-440X3 11 58900 HBPP-440X3 4-40 X 7/32 PAN
102 HWSS-40300 11 58900 HWSS-40300 #4 X 3/16 SPLIT LOCK
103 HBFP-44006 4 58900 HBFP-44006 4-40 X 3/8 FLAT
104 HNKS-44004 4 58900 HNKS-44004 4-40 KEP NUT
105 WKA0-75000 2 92194 FIT-221-3/4 3/4 SHRINK TUBING
106 HWFS-40400 2 58900 HWFS-40400 #4 X 1/4 FLAT WASHER
A3 21229 1 58900 21229 FRONT PANEL PCB ASSY
A4 21240 1 58900 21240 LCD DISPLAY ASSY
W2 21217 1 58900 21217 CABLE ASSY,DIG-FRONT
W4 21198 1 58900 21198 CABLE ASSY,CAL
W5 21199 1 58900 21199 CABLE ASSY, SENSOR INPUT
W6 21199 1 58900 21199 CABLE ASSY, SENSOR INPUT
21693 CPU PCB ASSY, 854xB, Rev. J (A1)
Item Part Number Qty Cage Mfr’s Part Number Description
3 21719 1 58900 21719 21719 LABEL, CPU 854X
4 VB00-00360 1 58900 VB00-00360 3.6 VOLT LITHIUM BATTERY
5 HIBR-00440 8 53387 SJ5303-CLEAR MOLDED BUMPER
6 21693-A00 1 58900 21693-A00 PCB ASSY PREWAVE, CPU
7 HIGP-00312 4 58900 HIGP-00312 PLASTIC LATCH GROMMET
8 HIPP-00312 4 58900 HIPP-00312 PLASTIC LATCH PLUNGER
C6 CE16-R8470 1 55680 UVX1C472MHA >4700 UF >16V RADIAL
C9 CE25-R8471 1 55680 UVX1E472MHA 4700UF 25V RADIAL
C12 CE25-R8471 1 55680 UVX1E472MHA 4700UF 25V RADIAL
C54 CE16-R8470 1 55680 UVX1C472MHA >4700 UF >16V RADIAL
C55 CE25-R7470 1 55680 UVX1E471M 470 UF 25V RADIAL
J1 JIB2-50100 1 09769 2-534206-5 50 PIN STRIPLINE SOCKET
J4 JRDF-00008 1 09769 413524-1 BNC F RT ANG PC MOUNT
J5 JRDF-00008 1 09769 413524-1 BNC F RT ANG PC MOUNT
J7 JRDF-00008 1 09769 413524-1 BNC F RT ANG PC MOUNT
R16 RAPA-22002 1 58900 RAPA-22002 20K POT 1T PC MOUNT
U4 21699 1 58900 21699 PAL,PROG,MODEL 8540B
U27 UMN0-51001 1 4T165 UPD431000ACZ-70L TC551001BPL-10 1M RAM
U28 UMN0-51001 1 4T165 UPD431000ACZ-70L TC551001BPL-10 1M RAM
U37 URC0-02940 1 27014 LM2940CT-5 LM2940CT-5 1A 5V REG
U38 URC0-02940 1 27014 LM2940CT-5 LM2940CT-5 1A 5V REG
U39 URC1-02940 1 27014 LM2940CT-15 LM2940CT-15 1A 15V REG
U40 URC0-02990 1 27014 LM2990T-15 LM2990T-15 1A -15V REG
W 3A 17240-001 1 27264 15-38-1024 JUMPER,INSULATED,2 POS
W 3C 17240-001 1 27264 15-38-1024 JUMPER,INSULATED,2 POS
Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
7-6 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000
W 3D 17240-001 1 27264 15-38-1024 JUMPER,INSULATED,2 POS
W 3E 17240-001 1 27264 15-38-1024 JUMPER,INSULATED,2 POS
W 3F 17240-001 1 27264 15-38-1024 JUMPER,INSULATED,2 POS
W 3H 17240-001 1 27264 15-38-1024 JUMPER,INSULATED,2 POS
21693-A00 PCB ASSY PREWARE, CPU, Rev. H (A1)
Item Part Number Qty Cage Mfr’s Part Number Description
1 21694 REF 58900 21694 SCHEMATIC, CPU
2 21094 1 58900 21094 PCB, CPU
3 JIA0-01443 113 58900 JIA0-01443 CONTACT POST
C1 CC50-03100 1 54583 RD30HX7R103K .01 UF CERAMIC X7R
C2 CE25-R7100 1 00656 AMR101M025 100 UF 25V RADIAL LEAD
C3 CE50-R6100 1 55680 UVX1H100MDA 10 UF 50V RADIAL LEAD
C4 CC50-03100 1 54583 RD30HX7R103K .01 UF CERAMIC X7R
C5 CE50-R6100 1 55680 UVX1H100MDA 10 UF 50V RADIAL LEAD
C7 CC50-04470 1 04222 SR301E474MAA .47 UF CERAMIC Y5V
C8 CC50-04470 1 04222 SR301E474MAA .47 UF CERAMIC Y5V
C10 CC50-04470 1 04222 SR301E474MAA .47 UF CERAMIC Y5V
C11 CC50-04470 1 04222 SR301E474MAA .47 UF CERAMIC Y5V
C13 CC50-04470 1 04222 SR301E474MAA .47 UF CERAMIC Y5V
C14 CC50-04470 1 04222 SR301E474MAA .47 UF CERAMIC Y5V
C15 CC50-03100 1 54583 RD30HX7R103K .01 UF CERAMIC X7R
C16 CC50-03100 1 54583 RD30HX7R103K .01 UF CERAMIC X7R
C17 CC50-03100 1 54583 RD30HX7R103K .01 UF CERAMIC X7R
C18 CC50-03100 1 54583 RD30HX7R103K .01 UF CERAMIC X7R
C19 CC50-03100 1 54583 RD30HX7R103K .01 UF CERAMIC X7R
C20 CC50-03100 1 54583 RD30HX7R103K .01 UF CERAMIC X7R
C21 CC50-03100 1 54583 RD30HX7R103K .01 UF CERAMIC X7R
C22 CC50-03100 1 54583 RD30HX7R103K .01 UF CERAMIC X7R
C23 CC50-03100 1 54583 RD30HX7R103K .01 UF CERAMIC X7R
C24 CC50-03100 1 54583 RD30HX7R103K .01 UF CERAMIC X7R
C25 CC50-03100 1 54583 RD30HX7R103K .01 UF CERAMIC X7R
C26 CC50-03100 1 54583 RD30HX7R103K .01 UF CERAMIC X7R
C27 CC50-03100 1 54583 RD30HX7R103K .01 UF CERAMIC X7R
C28 CC50-03100 1 54583 RD30HX7R103K .01 UF CERAMIC X7R
C29 CC50-03100 1 54583 RD30HX7R103K .01 UF CERAMIC X7R
C30 CC50-03100 1 54583 RD30HX7R103K .01 UF CERAMIC X7R
C31 CC50-03100 1 54583 RD30HX7R103K .01 UF CERAMIC X7R
C32 CC50-03100 1 54583 RD30HX7R103K .01 UF CERAMIC X7R
C33 CC50-03100 1 54583 RD30HX7R103K .01 UF CERAMIC X7R
C34 CC50-03100 1 54583 RD30HX7R103K .01 UF CERAMIC X7R
C35 CC50-03100 1 54583 RD30HX7R103K .01 UF CERAMIC X7R
C36 CC50-03100 1 54583 RD30HX7R103K .01 UF CERAMIC X7R
21693 CPU PCB ASSY, 854xB, Rev. J (A1) (Continued)
Item Part Number Qty Cage Mfr’s Part Number Description
Parts Lists
Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 7-7
C37 CC50-03100 1 54583 RD30HX7R103K .01 UF CERAMIC X7R
C38 CC50-03100 1 54583 RD30HX7R103K .01 UF CERAMIC X7R
C39 CC50-03100 1 54583 RD30HX7R103K .01 UF CERAMIC X7R
C40 CC50-03100 1 54583 RD30HX7R103K .01 UF CERAMIC X7R
C42 CC50-03100 1 54583 RD30HX7R103K .01 UF CERAMIC X7R
C43 CC50-03100 1 54583 RD30HX7R103K .01 UF CERAMIC X7R
C44 CC50-03100 1 54583 RD30HX7R103K .01 UF CERAMIC X7R
C45 CC50-03100 1 54583 RD30HX7R103K .01 UF CERAMIC X7R
C46 CC50-03100 1 54583 RD30HX7R103K .01 UF CERAMIC X7R
C47 CC50-03100 1 54583 RD30HX7R103K .01 UF CERAMIC X7R
C48 CC50-03100 1 54583 RD30HX7R103K .01 UF CERAMIC X7R
C49 CC50-03100 1 54583 RD30HX7R103K .01 UF CERAMIC X7R
C50 CC50-03100 1 54583 RD30HX7R103K .01 UF CERAMIC X7R
C51 CC50-03100 1 54583 RD30HX7R103K .01 UF CERAMIC X7R
C52 CC50-04470 1 04222 SR301E474MAA .47 UF CERAMIC Y5V
CR2 DSA0-04148 1 58900 DSA0-04148 1N4148 G.P. DIODE
CR3 DSA0-04148 1 58900 DSA0-04148 1N4148 G.P. DIODE
CR4 DSA0-04148 1 58900 DSA0-04148 1N4148 G.P. DIODE
CR5 DSA0-04148 1 58900 DSA0-04148 1N4148 G.P. DIODE
CR6 DBMC-00010 1 58900 DBMC-00010 PE10 5A 100V BRIDGE RECTIFIER
CR7 DBMC-00001 1 0RF16 CSB1 1 A DIP BRIDGE
DS1 ILYR-00125 1 28480 HLMP-1440 YELLOW LED
DS2 ILYR-00125 1 28480 HLMP-1440 YELLOW LED
J2 JIA2-40370 1 09769 2-103783-0 40 PIN STRIPLINE HEADER
J3 JIA2-24370 1 09769 1-103783-2 24 PIN STRIPLINE HEADER
J6 JIA1-16295 1 09769 1-640456-6 16 PIN LOCKING STRIP PLUG
J8 JIA2-50285 1 58900 JIA2-50285 50 PIN STRIPLINE PLUG
J9 JMM0-00604 1 09769 1-380999-0 6 PIN MALE CONNECTOR
J10 JIA1-04230 1 09769 103747-4 4PIN STRIPLINE PLUG
J11 19477-003 1 09769 640456-4 CONN HDR POST STR LOCK 4POS
Q1 QBNS-03904 1 04713 2N3904 2N3904 .2A 40V NPN
R1 RN55-14750 1 91637 RN55C4751F 4.75 K OHMS 1% MET FILM
R2 RN55-22000 1 91637 RN55C2002F 20 K OHMS 1% MET FILM
R3 RN55-21000 1 53387 RN 1/4 T2 10K 1% 10 K OHMS 1% MET FILM
R4 RN55-21000 1 53387 RN 1/4 T2 10K 1% 10 K OHMS 1% MET FILM
R5 RN55-21000 1 53387 RN 1/4 T2 10K 1% 10 K OHMS 1% MET FILM
R6 RN55-02210 1 91637 RN55C2210F 221 OHMS 1% MET FILM
R10 RN55-02210 1 91637 RN55C2210F 221 OHMS 1% MET FILM
R11 RN55-04750 1 91637 RN55C4750F 475 OHMS 1% MET FILM
R12 RN55-21000 1 53387 RN 1/4 T2 10K 1% 10 K OHMS 1% MET FILM
R13 RN55-04750 1 91637 RN55C4750F 475 OHMS 1% MET FILM
R14 RN55-21000 1 53387 RN 1/4 T2 10K 1% 10 K OHMS 1% MET FILM
R18 RN55-14750 1 91637 RN55C4751F 4.75 K OHMS 1% MET FILM
R19 RN55-01000 1 91637 RN55C1000F 100 OHMS 1% MET FILM
21693-A00 PCB ASSY PREWARE, CPU, Rev. H (A1) (Continued)
Item Part Number Qty Cage Mfr’s Part Number Description
Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
7-8 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000
R20 RN55-21000 1 53387 RN 1/4 T2 10K 1% 10 K OHMS 1% MET FILM
R21 RN55-21000 1 53387 RN 1/4 T2 10K 1% 10 K OHMS 1% MET FILM
R22 RN55-31000 1 91637 RN55C1003F 100 K OHMS 1% MET FILM
R23 RN55-31000 1 91637 RN55C1003F 100 K OHMS 1% MET FILM
R24 RN55-31000 1 91637 RN55C1003F 100 K OHMS 1% MET FILM
R25 RN55-31000 1 91637 RN55C1003F 100 K OHMS 1% MET FILM
R26 RN55-00100 1 91637 RN55C10R0F 10 OHMS 1% MET FILM
R27 RN55-00100 1 91637 RN55C10R0F 10 OHMS 1% MET FILM
R28 RN55-00100 1 91637 RN55C10R0F 10 OHMS 1% MET FILM
R29 RN55-11000 1 91637 RN55C1001F 1 K OHMS 1% MET FILM
RP1 RM9S-21001 1 58900 RM9S-21001 10K OHM X 9 SIP NETWORK
RP2 RM9S-21001 1 58900 RM9S-21001 10K OHM X 9 SIP NETWORK
RP3 RM9S-21001 1 58900 RM9S-21001 10K OHM X 9 SIP NETWORK
RP4 RM9S-21001 1 58900 RM9S-21001 10K OHM X 9 SIP NETWORK
RP5 RM9S-21001 1 58900 RM9S-21001 10K OHM X 9 SIP NETWORK
RP6 RM9S-21001 1 58900 RM9S-21001 10K OHM X 9 SIP NETWORK
TP1 ETT0-00001 1 63345 330.100W/ TIN PLATE TEST JACK PIN
TP2 ETT0-00001 1 63345 330.100W/ TIN PLATE TEST JACK PIN
TP3 ETT0-00001 1 63345 330.100W/ TIN PLATE TEST JACK PIN
TP4 ETT0-00001 1 63345 330.100W/ TIN PLATE TEST JACK PIN
TP5 ETT0-00001 1 63345 330.100W/ TIN PLATE TEST JACK PIN
TP6 ETT0-00001 1 63345 330.100W/ TIN PLATE TEST JACK PIN
TP7 ETT0-00001 1 63345 330.100W/ TIN PLATE TEST JACK PIN
TP8 ETT0-00001 1 63345 330.100W/ TIN PLATE TEST JACK PIN
TP12 ETT0-00001 1 63345 330.100W/ TIN PLATE TEST JACK PIN
TP13 ETT0-00001 1 63345 330.100W/ TIN PLATE TEST JACK PIN
TP14 ETT0-00001 1 63345 330.100W/ TIN PLATE TEST JACK PIN
TP15 ETT0-00001 1 63345 330.100W/ TIN PLATE TEST JACK PIN
TP16 ETT0-00001 1 63345 330.100W/ TIN PLATE TEST JACK PIN
TP17 ETT0-00001 1 63345 330.100W/ TIN PLATE TEST JACK PIN
TP18 ETT0-00001 1 63345 330.100W/ TIN PLATE TEST JACK PIN
U1 UTN0-00742 1 58900 UTN0-00742 74HC74 DUAL D FLIP FLOP
U2 UTN0-03932 1 01295 SN74HC393N 74HC393 BINARY DIVIDE
U3 UGN0-71055 1 4T165 UPD71055C uPD71055 PARALLEL INTERFACE
U6 UIN0-75160 1 01295 SN75160BN SN75160N IEEE BUFFER
U7 UIN0-75162 1 01295 SN75162BN SN75162N IEEE BUFFER
U8 UGN0-09914 1 01295 TMS9914NL (ANL) TMS9914NL IEEE 488
U9 UGN0-68000 1 04713 MC68HC000P-12 HD68HC000P-8 COMPUTER
U10 UIN0-01210 1 0B0A9 DS1210 DS1210 NONVOL CONTROLLER
U11 UTN0-00322 1 01295 74HC32N 74HC32 QUAD 2 INPUT OR
U12 UTN0-02453 1 01295 SN74HCT245N 74HCT245 OCTAL BUSXCVR
U13 UTN0-02453 1 01295 SN74HCT245N 74HCT245 OCTAL BUSXCVR
U14 UTN0-02443 1 01295 SN74HCT244N SN74HCT244N BUFFER
U15 UTN0-01382 1 01295 74HC138N 74HC138 DECODER/DEMULTIP
21693-A00 PCB ASSY PREWARE, CPU, Rev. H (A1) (Continued)
Item Part Number Qty Cage Mfr’s Part Number Description
Parts Lists
Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 7-9
U16 UTN0-00322 1 01295 74HC32N 74HC32 QUAD 2 INPUT OR
U17 UTN0-00042 1 01295 SN74HC04N 74HC04 HEX INVERTER SMT
U18 UTN0-01382 1 01295 74HC138N 74HC138 DECODER/DEMULTIP
U19 UTN0-01382 1 01295 74HC138N 74HC138 DECODER/DEMULTIP
U20 UTN0-00052 1 01295 SN74HC05N 74HC05, HEX INVERTER
U21 UTN0-01482 1 01295 SN74HC148N 74HC148 PRIORITY ENCODER
U22 UIN0-01231 1 0B0A9 DS1231-50 DS1231-50 POWER MONITOR
U23 UGN0-08279 1 34335 AM8279DC 8279 KEY/DISPLAY INTERFACE
U24 UTN0-00143 1 58900 UTN0-00143 74HCT14N HEX SCHMITT TRIGGER
U25 UGN0-71055 1 4T165 UPD71055C uPD71055 PARALLEL INTERFACE
U26 UGN0-71054 1 4T165 UPD71054C uPD71054C PROG COUNTER
W3 JIA2-16370 1 09769 1-103783-8 16 PIN STRIPLINE HEADER
W4 JIA2-30370 1 09769 1-103783-5 30 PIN STRIPLINE HEADER
XU4 JSP0-10020 1 09769 2-641612-1 20 PIN DIP SOCKET
XU27 JSP0-10032 1 09769 390263-2 32 PIN DIP SOCKET
XU28 JSP0-10032 1 09769 390263-2 32 PIN DIP SOCKET
XU29 JSP0-10032 1 09769 390263-2 32 PIN DIP SOCKET
XU30 JSP0-10032 1 09769 390263-2 32 PIN DIP SOCKET
XU31 JSP0-10032 1 09769 390263-2 32 PIN DIP SOCKET
XU32 JSP0-10032 1 09769 390263-2 32 PIN DIP SOCKET
XU33 JSP0-10032 1 09769 390263-2 32 PIN DIP SOCKET
XU34 JSP0-10032 1 09769 390263-2 32 PIN DIP SOCKET
XU35 JSP0-10032 1 09769 390263-2 32 PIN DIP SOCKET
XU36 JSP0-10032 1 09769 390263-2 32 PIN DIP SOCKET
Y1 YX00-00024 1 61429 F1100H 24.0000MHz 24 MHZ OSCILLATOR
30164 8541C ANALOG PC ASSY, Rev. S (A2)
Item Part Number Qty Cage Mfr’s Part Number Description
1 HIBR-00440 6 53387 SJ5303-CLEAR MOLDED BUMPER
2 20192 REF 58900 20192 SHELL,OBLONG
3 20259 REF 58900 20259 COVER,CALIBRATOR HOUSING
4 20260 1 ----- 20260 HOUSING,CALIBRATOR
5 20800 REF 58900 20800 LABEL,US PATENT 4,794,325
7 HIGP-00312 4 58900 HIGP-00312 PLASTIC LATCH GROMMET
8 HIPP-00312 4 58900 HIPP-00312 PLASTIC LATCH PLUNGER
9 HBPP-44004 12 26233 NS137CR440R4 4-40 X 1/4 PAN
10 HWSS-40300 12 58900 HWSS-40300 #4 X 3/16 SPLIT LOCK
11 GFU0-01204 1 53387 4504-3/4" 3/4 X 1/4 FOAM TAPE
12 30163 1 58900 30163 8540C ANALOG PCB
13 30165 REF 58900 30165 8540C ANALOG PCB SCH.
14 PH00-00001 1 4J674 44-CBS-1.5X5.5X.4 SHIELD COVER
15 30166 REF 58900 30166 8540C ANALOG P.C.B. TEST PLAN
16 WTT0-22001 0 16428 #22AWG-TFE/TW #22 CLEAR TFE SLVNG
21693-A00 PCB ASSY PREWARE, CPU, Rev. H (A1) (Continued)
Item Part Number Qty Cage Mfr’s Part Number Description
Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
7-10 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000
A1 20112 REF 58900 20112 CALIB THERM OVEN PCB ASSY
C1 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
C2 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
C3 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
C4 CT25-S6101 1 04222 TAJD106M025R 10 UF 25V TANTALUM SMT
C5 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
C6 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
C7 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
C8 CT25-S6101 1 04222 TAJD106M025R 10 UF 25V TANTALUM SMT
C9 CT25-S6101 1 04222 TAJD106M025R 10 UF 25V TANTALUM SMT
C10 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
C11 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
C14 CC50-03100 1 54583 RD30HX7R103K .01 UF CERAMIC X7R
C15 CC50-03100 1 54583 RD30HX7R103K .01 UF CERAMIC X7R
C16 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
C17 CC50-03100 1 54583 RD30HX7R103K .01 UF CERAMIC X7R
C18 CC51-04100 1 04222 SR205C-104KAA .1 UF CERAMIC X7R
C19 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
C20 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
C21 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
C22 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
C23 CK51-05220 1 58900 CK51-05220 2.2 UF Y5V CHIP CERAMIC
C24 CK51-05220 1 58900 CK51-05220 2.2 UF Y5V CHIP CERAMIC
C25 CC51-04100 1 04222 SR205C-104KAA .1 UF CERAMIC X7R
C26 CC50-03100 1 54583 RD30HX7R103K .01 UF CERAMIC X7R
C27 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
C28 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
C31 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
C32 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
C33 CC51-04100 1 04222 SR205C-104KAA .1 UF CERAMIC X7R
C34 CC51-04100 1 04222 SR205C-104KAA .1 UF CERAMIC X7R
C35 CC51-04100 1 04222 SR205C-104KAA .1 UF CERAMIC X7R
C36 CC98-00330 1 ----- CCD-330 33 PF 1KV CERAMIC NPO
C37 CC51-04100 1 04222 SR205C-104KAA .1 UF CERAMIC X7R
C38 CC50-04220 1 31433 C322C224M5U5CA .22 UF CERAMIC Z5U
C39 CF00-04470 1 58900 CF00-04470 .47UF 100V POLYPROPYLENE
C40 CC50-03100 1 54583 RD30HX7R103K .01 UF CERAMIC X7R
C41 CC51-04100 1 04222 SR205C-104KAA .1 UF CERAMIC X7R
C42 CE50-R5470 1 74840 475PGM050M 4.7UF 50V RADIAL
C43 CC51-04100 1 04222 SR205C-104KAA .1 UF CERAMIC X7R
C44 CE50-R5470 1 74840 475PGM050M 4.7UF 50V RADIAL
C45 CC51-04100 1 04222 SR205C-104KAA .1 UF CERAMIC X7R
C46 CE50-R5470 1 74840 475PGM050M 4.7UF 50V RADIAL
C47 CC50-03100 1 54583 RD30HX7R103K .01 UF CERAMIC X7R
30164 8541C ANALOG PC ASSY, Rev. S (A2) (Continued)
Item Part Number Qty Cage Mfr’s Part Number Description
Parts Lists
Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 7-11
C48 CC51-04100 1 04222 SR205C-104KAA .1 UF CERAMIC X7R
C49 CC50-02220 1 04222 SR155C222KAA 2200PF CERAMIC X7R
C50 CC50-03100 1 54583 RD30HX7R103K .01 UF CERAMIC X7R
C51 CC50-03100 1 54583 RD30HX7R103K .01 UF CERAMIC X7R
C52 CD99-01150 1 ----- DM15-151F 150 PF DIP MICA
C53 CD99-01240 1 ----- DM15-241F 240 PF DIP MICA
C54 CC50-02220 1 04222 SR155C222KAA 2200PF CERAMIC X7R
C55 CD99-00620 1 ----- CMO5FD620F03 62 PF DIP MICA
C56 CD99-01120 1 ----- CMO6FD121J03 120 PF DIP MICA
C57 CD99-00620 1 ----- CMO5FD620F03 62 PF DIP MICA
C58 CD00-02100 1 ----- CM05E102 1000 PF DIP MICA
C59 CC50-02220 1 04222 SR155C222KAA 2200PF CERAMIC X7R
C60 CC50-02220 1 04222 SR155C222KAA 2200PF CERAMIC X7R
C61 CC00-02220 1 04222 SR201A222KAA 2200 PF CERAMIC COG
C62 CC00-02220 1 04222 SR201A222KAA 2200 PF CERAMIC COG
C63 CD00-02100 1 ----- CM05E102 1000 PF DIP MICA
C64 CC50-01100 1 04222 SR151A101JAA 100 PF CERAMIC NPO
C65 CC50-01100 1 04222 SR151A101JAA 100 PF CERAMIC NPO
C66 CC50-01100 1 04222 SR151A101JAA 100 PF CERAMIC NPO
C67 CC00-02220 1 04222 SR201A222KAA 2200 PF CERAMIC COG
C68 CC00-02220 1 04222 SR201A222KAA 2200 PF CERAMIC COG
C69 CC00-02220 1 04222 SR201A222KAA 2200 PF CERAMIC COG
C70 CC00-02220 1 04222 SR201A222KAA 2200 PF CERAMIC COG
C71 CC50-02470 1 31433 C315C472K1R5CA 4700 PF CERAMIC X7R
C72 CC50-01100 1 04222 SR151A101JAA 100 PF CERAMIC NPO
C73 CC50-03100 1 54583 RD30HX7R103K .01 UF CERAMIC X7R
C74 CC50-02470 1 31433 C315C472K1R5CA 4700 PF CERAMIC X7R
C75 CC50-04220 1 31433 C322C224M5U5CA .22 UF CERAMIC Z5U
C77 CC50-02220 1 04222 SR155C222KAA 2200PF CERAMIC X7R
C78 CC50-02100 1 04222 SR155C122MAT .001 UF CERAMIC Y5P
C79 CC50-01100 1 04222 SR151A101JAA 100 PF CERAMIC NPO
C80 CC50-02220 1 04222 SR155C222KAA 2200PF CERAMIC X7R
C81 CC50-02220 1 04222 SR155C222KAA 2200PF CERAMIC X7R
C82 CC50-02220 1 04222 SR155C222KAA 2200PF CERAMIC X7R
C83 CC50-02220 1 04222 SR155C222KAA 2200PF CERAMIC X7R
C84 CC50-03470 1 31433 C320C473K5R5CA .047 UF CERAMIC X7R
C85 CC50-02220 1 04222 SR155C222KAA 2200PF CERAMIC X7R
C86 CC51-04100 1 04222 SR205C-104KAA .1 UF CERAMIC X7R
C87 CC50-02100 1 04222 SR155C122MAT .001 UF CERAMIC Y5P
C88 CC51-04100 1 04222 SR205C-104KAA .1 UF CERAMIC X7R
C89 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
C90 CK50-00100 1 54583 CC0805HNPO15150J 10 PF NPO CHIP
C91 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
C92 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
30164 8541C ANALOG PC ASSY, Rev. S (A2) (Continued)
Item Part Number Qty Cage Mfr’s Part Number Description
Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
7-12 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000
C93 CK50-00100 1 54583 CC0805HNPO15150J 10 PF NPO CHIP
C94 CK51-05220 1 58900 CK51-05220 2.2 UF Y5V CHIP CERAMIC
C98 CK51-05220 1 58900 CK51-05220 2.2 UF Y5V CHIP CERAMIC
C100 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
C101 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
C102 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
C104 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
C105 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
C106 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
C107 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
C108 CK51-02100 1 04222 08055C102KATMA 1000PF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
C109 CK51-05220 1 58900 CK51-05220 2.2 UF Y5V CHIP CERAMIC
C110 CT25-S6101 1 04222 TAJD106M025R 10 UF 25V TANTALUM SMT
C111 CT25-S6101 1 04222 TAJD106M025R 10 UF 25V TANTALUM SMT
C113 CK51-05220 1 58900 CK51-05220 2.2 UF Y5V CHIP CERAMIC
C124 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
C125 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
C126 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
C127 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
C128 CC51-04100 1 04222 SR205C-104KAA .1 UF CERAMIC X7R
C129 CC51-04100 1 04222 SR205C-104KAA .1 UF CERAMIC X7R
C130 CC51-04100 1 04222 SR205C-104KAA .1 UF CERAMIC X7R
C131 CC51-04100 1 04222 SR205C-104KAA .1 UF CERAMIC X7R
C132 CC51-04100 1 04222 SR205C-104KAA .1 UF CERAMIC X7R
C133 CC51-04100 1 04222 SR205C-104KAA .1 UF CERAMIC X7R
C134 CC51-04100 1 04222 SR205C-104KAA .1 UF CERAMIC X7R
C135 CC51-04100 1 04222 SR205C-104KAA .1 UF CERAMIC X7R
C136 CC51-04100 1 04222 SR205C-104KAA .1 UF CERAMIC X7R
C137 CC51-04100 1 04222 SR205C-104KAA .1 UF CERAMIC X7R
C138 CC51-04100 1 04222 SR205C-104KAA .1 UF CERAMIC X7R
C139 CC51-04100 1 04222 SR205C-104KAA .1 UF CERAMIC X7R
C140 CC51-04100 1 04222 SR205C-104KAA .1 UF CERAMIC X7R
C141 CC51-04100 1 04222 SR205C-104KAA .1 UF CERAMIC X7R
C142 CC51-04100 1 04222 SR205C-104KAA .1 UF CERAMIC X7R
C143 CC51-04100 1 04222 SR205C-104KAA .1 UF CERAMIC X7R
C144 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
C145 CC51-04100 1 04222 SR205C-104KAA .1 UF CERAMIC X7R
C146 CC51-04100 1 04222 SR205C-104KAA .1 UF CERAMIC X7R
C147 CC51-04100 1 04222 SR205C-104KAA .1 UF CERAMIC X7R
C148 CK50-03100 1 31433 C0805C103K5RAC .01 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
C149 CC50-03100 1 54583 RD30HX7R103K .01 UF CERAMIC X7R
C150 CC50-03100 1 54583 RD30HX7R103K .01 UF CERAMIC X7R
C151 CC50-03100 1 54583 RD30HX7R103K .01 UF CERAMIC X7R
C152 CC50-03100 1 54583 RD30HX7R103K .01 UF CERAMIC X7R
30164 8541C ANALOG PC ASSY, Rev. S (A2) (Continued)
Item Part Number Qty Cage Mfr’s Part Number Description
Parts Lists
Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 7-13
C153 CT25-S6101 1 04222 TAJD106M025R 10 UF 25V TANTALUM SMT
C154 CC50-03100 1 54583 RD30HX7R103K .01 UF CERAMIC X7R
C155 CC51-04100 1 04222 SR205C-104KAA .1 UF CERAMIC X7R
C156 CC51-04100 1 04222 SR205C-104KAA .1 UF CERAMIC X7R
C159 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
C160 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
C161 CC51-04100 1 04222 SR205C-104KAA .1 UF CERAMIC X7R
C162 CC51-04100 1 04222 SR205C-104KAA .1 UF CERAMIC X7R
C163 CC51-04100 1 04222 SR205C-104KAA .1 UF CERAMIC X7R
C164 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
C165 CC51-04100 1 04222 SR205C-104KAA .1 UF CERAMIC X7R
C166 CE50-R6100 1 55680 UVX1H100MDA 10 UF 50V RADIAL LEAD
C167 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
C168 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
C171 CT25-S6101 1 04222 TAJD106M025R 10 UF 25V TANTALUM SMT
C172 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
C175 CT25-S6101 1 04222 TAJD106M025R 10 UF 25V TANTALUM SMT
C176 CT25-S6101 1 04222 TAJD106M025R 10 UF 25V TANTALUM SMT
C177 CC50-04220 1 31433 C322C224M5U5CA .22 UF CERAMIC Z5U
C178 CK51-02100 1 04222 08055C102KATMA 1000PF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
C180 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
C181 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
C191 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
C202 CT25-S6101 1 04222 TAJD106M025R 10 UF 25V TANTALUM SMT
C203 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
C204 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
C205 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
C206 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
C207 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
C209 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
C210 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
C211 CT25-S6101 1 04222 TAJD106M025R 10 UF 25V TANTALUM SMT
C228 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
C229 CK50-01100 1 58900 CK50-01100 100 PF CERAMIC NPO
C230 CK50-03100 1 31433 C0805C103K5RAC .01 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
C231 CK50-01470 1 58900 CK50-01470 470 PF COG CHIP CERAMIC
C232 CK50-03100 1 31433 C0805C103K5RAC .01 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
C233 CK50-03100 1 31433 C0805C103K5RAC .01 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
C234 CK50-03100 1 31433 C0805C103K5RAC .01 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
C235 CK50-03100 1 31433 C0805C103K5RAC .01 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
C236 CK50-03100 1 31433 C0805C103K5RAC .01 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
C237 CK50-03100 1 31433 C0805C103K5RAC .01 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
C238 CK50-03100 1 31433 C0805C103K5RAC .01 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
C239 CK50-03100 1 31433 C0805C103K5RAC .01 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
30164 8541C ANALOG PC ASSY, Rev. S (A2) (Continued)
Item Part Number Qty Cage Mfr’s Part Number Description
Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
7-14 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000
C240 CK50-03100 1 31433 C0805C103K5RAC .01 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
C241 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
C243 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
C246 CK50-01470 1 58900 CK50-01470 470 PF COG CHIP CERAMIC
CR2 DSA0-04148 1 58900 DSA0-04148 1N4148 G.P. DIODE
CR3 DSA0-04148 1 58900 DSA0-04148 1N4148 G.P. DIODE
CR4 DSA0-04148 1 58900 DSA0-04148 1N4148 G.P. DIODE
CR5 DSA0-04148 1 58900 DSA0-04148 1N4148 G.P. DIODE
CR6 DSA0-04148 1 58900 DSA0-04148 1N4148 G.P. DIODE
CR7 DSA0-04148 1 58900 DSA0-04148 1N4148 G.P. DIODE
CR8 13618 1 58900 13618 DIODE,uWAVE PIN SW,.3PF,100ns
CR9 13618 1 58900 13618 DIODE,uWAVE PIN SW,.3PF,100ns
CR10 13618 1 58900 13618 DIODE,uWAVE PIN SW,.3PF,100ns
CR11 13618 1 58900 13618 DIODE,uWAVE PIN SW,.3PF,100ns
CR12 13618 1 58900 13618 DIODE,uWAVE PIN SW,.3PF,100ns
CR13 13618 1 58900 13618 DIODE,uWAVE PIN SW,.3PF,100ns
CR14 13618 1 58900 13618 DIODE,uWAVE PIN SW,.3PF,100ns
CR15 DSA0-04148 1 58900 DSA0-04148 1N4148 G.P. DIODE
CR20 DZAB-00751 1 04713 1N751A 1N751A 5.1V ZENER
J1 JIR2-14318 1 09769 102975-7 14 PIN STRIPLINE PLUG
J3 JRDF-00008 1 09769 413524-1 BNC F RT ANG PC MOUNT
J4 JRDF-00008 1 09769 413524-1 BNC F RT ANG PC MOUNT
J5 JRBM-00100 1 58900 JRBM-00100 SMB M PC MOUNT
L11 LAB0-05680 1 58900 LAB0-05680 6.8 UH INDUCTOR
L12 19203 1 OB3G8 19203 .1 UH RF COIL
L13 15293 1 58900 15293 .17 UH INDUCTOR
L14 15293 1 58900 15293 .17 UH INDUCTOR
L15 15293 1 58900 15293 .17 UH INDUCTOR
L16 LAB0-05680 1 58900 LAB0-05680 6.8 UH INDUCTOR
L17 LAB0-05680 1 58900 LAB0-05680 6.8 UH INDUCTOR
L18 LAB0-05680 1 58900 LAB0-05680 6.8 UH INDUCTOR
P1 JIA2-50318 1 09769 2-87227-5 50 PIN STRIPLINE PLUG
Q1 QBPP-00170 1 04713 MJE 170 MJE 170 3A 40V 12.5W PNP
Q2 QBNS-03904 1 04713 2N3904 2N3904 .2A 40V NPN
Q3 QBNS-03904 1 04713 2N3904 2N3904 .2A 40V NPN
Q4 QBNP-00231 1 58900 QBNP-00231 BFQ231 1W 1GHZ NPN
Q5 QBPS-03644 1 53387 2N3645 2N3644 .3 A 45 V PNP
Q6 QBNS-03569 1 4U751 2N3569 PN3569 .5A 40V NPN
Q7 QBNS-03569 1 4U751 2N3569 PN3569 .5A 40V NPN
Q8 QBNC-03904 1 04713 MMBT3904L 2N3904 .2A 40V NPN SMT
Q9 QJNS-04416 1 04713 MMBF4416L MMBF4416L FET AMP SMT
Q10 QJNS-04416 1 04713 MMBF4416L MMBF4416L FET AMP SMT
Q11 QJNS-04416 1 04713 MMBF4416L MMBF4416L FET AMP SMT
Q12 QJNS-04416 1 04713 MMBF4416L MMBF4416L FET AMP SMT
30164 8541C ANALOG PC ASSY, Rev. S (A2) (Continued)
Item Part Number Qty Cage Mfr’s Part Number Description
Parts Lists
Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 7-15
Q13 QJNS-04416 1 04713 MMBF4416L MMBF4416L FET AMP SMT
Q14 QJNS-04416 1 04713 MMBF4416L MMBF4416L FET AMP SMT
Q15 QJNS-04416 1 04713 MMBF4416L MMBF4416L FET AMP SMT
Q16 QJNS-04416 1 04713 MMBF4416L MMBF4416L FET AMP SMT
R2 RK45-11000 1 65940 MCR10EZFHFX1001 1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT
R3 RK45-05490 1 ----- RK73H2AT5490F 549 OHM 1% FILM SMT
R4 RK45-01800 1 ----- RN73C2AT1800F 180 OHM 1% FILM SMT
R5 RK45-03160 1 ----- RK73H2AT3160F 316 OHM 1% FILM SMT
R6 RK45-01800 1 ----- RN73C2AT1800F 180 OHM 1% FILM SMT
R7 RK45-01800 1 ----- RN73C2AT1800F 180 OHM 1% FILM SMT
R8 RK45-01800 1 ----- RN73C2AT1800F 180 OHM 1% FILM SMT
R9 RK45-11000 1 65940 MCR10EZFHFX1001 1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT
R10 RK45-01800 1 ----- RN73C2AT1800F 180 OHM 1% FILM SMT
R11 RK45-11000 1 65940 MCR10EZFHFX1001 1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT
R12 RK45-05490 1 ----- RK73H2AT5490F 549 OHM 1% FILM SMT
R13 RK45-03160 1 ----- RK73H2AT3160F 316 OHM 1% FILM SMT
R14 RK45-01800 1 ----- RN73C2AT1800F 180 OHM 1% FILM SMT
R15 RK45-01800 1 ----- RN73C2AT1800F 180 OHM 1% FILM SMT
R16 RK45-01800 1 ----- RN73C2AT1800F 180 OHM 1% FILM SMT
R17 RK45-31470 1 ----- RK73H2AT1473F 147K OHM 1% FILM SMT
R18 RK45-11000 1 65940 MCR10EZFHFX1001 1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT
R19 RK45-02870 1 ----- RK73H2AT2870F 287 OHM 1% FILM SMT
R20 RK45-32490 1 58900 RK45-32490 249K OHM 1% FILM SMT
R21 RK45-21470 1 58900 RK45-21470 14.7K OHM 1% FILM SMT
R22 RK45-11000 1 65940 MCR10EZFHFX1001 1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT
R23 RK45-11000 1 65940 MCR10EZFHFX1001 1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT
R24 RK45-11000 1 65940 MCR10EZFHFX1001 1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT
R25 RK45-00681 1 59124 RK73H2AT68R1F 68.1 OHM 1% FILM SMT
R26 RK45-00681 1 59124 RK73H2AT68R1F 68.1 OHM 1% FILM SMT
R27 RK45-11000 1 65940 MCR10EZFHFX1001 1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT
R28 RK45-11000 1 65940 MCR10EZFHFX1001 1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT
R29 RK45-15100 1 ----- RK73H2AT5111F 5.1K OHM 1% FILM SMT
R30 RN55-11000 1 91637 RN55C1001F 1 K OHMS 1% MET FILM
R31 RN55-03320 1 91637 RN55C3320F 332 OHMS 1% MET FILM
R32 RN55-03320 1 91637 RN55C3320F 332 OHMS 1% MET FILM
R33 RN55-11820 1 91637 RN55C1821F 1.82 K OHMS 1% MET FILM
R34 RK45-31000 1 ----- RK73H2AT1003F 100K OHM 1% FILM SMT
R35 RN55-14750 1 91637 RN55C4751F 4.75 K OHMS 1% MET FILM
R36 RK45-05490 1 ----- RK73H2AT5490F 549 OHM 1% FILM SMT
R37 RK45-32490 1 58900 RK45-32490 249K OHM 1% FILM SMT
R38 RK45-14420 1 58900 RK45-14420 4.42K OHM 1% FILM SMT
R39 RK45-11000 1 65940 MCR10EZFHFX1001 1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT
R40 RK45-32490 1 58900 RK45-32490 249K OHM 1% FILM SMT
R41 RK45-32490 1 58900 RK45-32490 249K OHM 1% FILM SMT
30164 8541C ANALOG PC ASSY, Rev. S (A2) (Continued)
Item Part Number Qty Cage Mfr’s Part Number Description
Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
7-16 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000
R42 RK45-15100 1 ----- RK73H2AT5111F 5.1K OHM 1% FILM SMT
R43 RK45-11000 1 65940 MCR10EZFHFX1001 1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT
R44 RK45-11000 1 65940 MCR10EZFHFX1001 1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT
R46 RK45-22670 1 58900 RK45-22670 26.7K OHM 1% FILM SMT
R47 RK45-11000 1 65940 MCR10EZFHFX1001 1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT
R48 RK45-04990 1 ----- RK73H2AT4990F 499 OHM 1% FILM SMT
R50 RK45-11000 1 65940 MCR10EZFHFX1001 1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT
R51 RK45-23010 1 91637 CRCW08053012FT 30.1K OHM 1% FILM SMT
R52 RK45-21000 1 ----- RK73H2AT1002F 10.0K OHM 1% FILM SMT
R53 RK45-23010 1 91637 CRCW08053012FT 30.1K OHM 1% FILM SMT
R59 RK45-23010 1 91637 CRCW08053012FT 30.1K OHM 1% FILM SMT
R62 RK45-21000 1 ----- RK73H2AT1002F 10.0K OHM 1% FILM SMT
R63 RK45-00412 1 58900 RK45-00412 41.2 OHM 1% FILM SMT
R64 RK45-11000 1 65940 MCR10EZFHFX1001 1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT
R65 RK45-11000 1 65940 MCR10EZFHFX1001 1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT
R66 RK45-04990 1 ----- RK73H2AT4990F 499 OHM 1% FILM SMT
R67 RK45-04990 1 ----- RK73H2AT4990F 499 OHM 1% FILM SMT
R68 RK45-11000 1 65940 MCR10EZFHFX1001 1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT
R69 RK45-11000 1 65940 MCR10EZFHFX1001 1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT
R70 RK45-11000 1 65940 MCR10EZFHFX1001 1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT
R73 RK45-11000 1 65940 MCR10EZFHFX1001 1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT
R77 RK45-21000 1 ----- RK73H2AT1002F 10.0K OHM 1% FILM SMT
R78 RK45-21000 1 ----- RK73H2AT1002F 10.0K OHM 1% FILM SMT
R96 RK45-31000 1 ----- RK73H2AT1003F 100K OHM 1% FILM SMT
R97 RN55-11820 1 91637 RN55C1821F 1.82 K OHMS 1% MET FILM
R98 RN55-14750 1 91637 RN55C4751F 4.75 K OHMS 1% MET FILM
R99 RN55-00274 1 91637 RN55C27R4F 27.4 OHMS 1% MET FILM
R100 RN57-25000 1 58900 RN57-25000 50.0 K OHM .1 % MET FILM
R101 RN57-25000 1 58900 RN57-25000 50.0 K OHM .1 % MET FILM
R102 RN57-25000 1 58900 RN57-25000 50.0 K OHM .1 % MET FILM
R103 RN57-25000 1 58900 RN57-25000 50.0 K OHM .1 % MET FILM
R106 RK45-11000 1 65940 MCR10EZFHFX1001 1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT
R107 RN55-21000 1 53387 RN 1/4 T2 10K 1% 10 K OHMS 1% MET FILM
R108 RN55-03920 1 91637 RN55C3920F 392 OHMS 1% MET FILM
R109 RK45-11000 1 65940 MCR10EZFHFX1001 1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT
R110 RK45-11000 1 65940 MCR10EZFHFX1001 1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT
R111 RK45-05490 1 ----- RK73H2AT5490F 549 OHM 1% FILM SMT
R112 RK45-21470 1 58900 RK45-21470 14.7K OHM 1% FILM SMT
R113 RN55-24750 1 91637 RN55C4752F 47.5 K OHMS 1% MET FILM
R114 RN55-11000 1 91637 RN55C1001F 1 K OHMS 1% MET FILM
R115 RN55-11130 1 91637 RN55D 1.13K OHM 1% 1.13 K OHMS 1% MET FILM
R117 RN57-21500 1 58900 RN57-21500 15.0 K OHM .1 % MET FILM
R118 RN57-11290 1 53387 LM3C1291B 1.29K OHM .1% MET FILM
R119 RN57-21250 1 60393 GP 1/4-TC50-12.5-.1% 12.5 K OHM .1% MET FILM
30164 8541C ANALOG PC ASSY, Rev. S (A2) (Continued)
Item Part Number Qty Cage Mfr’s Part Number Description
Parts Lists
Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 7-17
R120 RN55-21000 1 53387 RN 1/4 T2 10K 1% 10 K OHMS 1% MET FILM
R121 RN55-41000 1 91637 RN55C1004F 1 M OHMS 1% MET FILM
R122 RN55-14750 1 91637 RN55C4751F 4.75 K OHMS 1% MET FILM
R123 RN55-21000 1 53387 RN 1/4 T2 10K 1% 10 K OHMS 1% MET FILM
R124 RN55-14750 1 91637 RN55C4751F 4.75 K OHMS 1% MET FILM
R125 RN55-14750 1 91637 RN55C4751F 4.75 K OHMS 1% MET FILM
R126 RN57-21333 1 58900 RN57-21333 13.33 K OHM .1 % MET FILM
R127 12449-129 1 58900 12449-129 40.0 K OHM .1 % MET FILM
R128 RN55-12210 1 91637 RN55C2211F 2.21 K OHMS 1% MET FILM
R129 RK45-31470 1 ----- RK73H2AT1473F 147K OHM 1% FILM SMT
R130 RK45-22670 1 58900 RK45-22670 26.7K OHM 1% FILM SMT
R131 RN55-12000 1 91637 RN55C2001F 2.00 K OHMS 1% MET FILM
R132 RN55-12000 1 91637 RN55C2001F 2.00 K OHMS 1% MET FILM
R133 RN55-11000 1 91637 RN55C1001F 1 K OHMS 1% MET FILM
R134 RN55-13010 1 91637 RN55C3011F 3.01 K OHMS 1% MET FILM
R135 RN55-22210 1 91637 RN55C2212F 22.1 K OHMS 1% MET FILM
R136 RN55-23160 1 91637 RN55C3162F 31.6 K OHMS 1% MET FILM
R137 RN55-21330 1 91637 RN55C1332F 13.3 K OHMS 1% MET FILM
R138 RK45-13320 1 91637 CRCW08053321FT 3.32K OHM 1% FILM SMT
R139 RN55-11000 1 91637 RN55C1001F 1 K OHMS 1% MET FILM
R140 RN55-14990 1 91637 RN55C4991F 4.99 K OHMS 1% MET FILM
R141 RN57-18000 1 58900 RN57-18000 8.00 K OHM .1 % MET FILM
R142 RN55-21000 1 53387 RN 1/4 T2 10K 1% 10 K OHMS 1% MET FILM
R143 RN55-21000 1 53387 RN 1/4 T2 10K 1% 10 K OHMS 1% MET FILM
R144 RN55-00274 1 91637 RN55C27R4F 27.4 OHMS 1% MET FILM
R145 RK45-02870 1 ----- RK73H2AT2870F 287 OHM 1% FILM SMT
R146 RN55-12490 1 91637 RN55C2491F 2.49 K OHMS 1% MET FILM
R147 RN55-12490 1 91637 RN55C2491F 2.49 K OHMS 1% MET FILM
R148 RN55-21210 1 91637 RN55C1212F 12.1 K OHMS 1% MET FILM
R149 RN55-21000 1 53387 RN 1/4 T2 10K 1% 10 K OHMS 1% MET FILM
R150 RN55-03740 1 91637 RN55C3740F 374 OHMS 1% MET FILM
R151 RN55-03740 1 91637 RN55C3740F 374 OHMS 1% MET FILM
R152 RN55-11000 1 91637 RN55C1001F 1 K OHMS 1% MET FILM
R153 RN55-11000 1 91637 RN55C1001F 1 K OHMS 1% MET FILM
R154 RN55-11000 1 91637 RN55C1001F 1 K OHMS 1% MET FILM
R155 RN55-04990 1 91637 RN55C4990F 499 OHMS 1% MET FILM
R156 RN55-04990 1 91637 RN55C4990F 499 OHMS 1% MET FILM
R157 RN55-00619 1 91637 CCF55-2-61.9^1%T2T/R 61.9 OHMS 1% MET FILM
R158 RN55-00953 1 91637 RNC55H95R3FP 95.3 OHM 1% MET FILM
R159 RN55-00953 1 91637 RNC55H95R3FP 95.3 OHM 1% MET FILM
R160 RN55-11500 1 91637 RN55C1501F 1.5 K OHMS 1% MET FILM
R161 RN55-11000 1 91637 RN55C1001F 1 K OHMS 1% MET FILM
R162 RN55-00287 1 91637 CCF55-2-28.7^1%T2T/R 28.7 OHMS 1% MET FILM
R163 RN55-00110 1 91637 RN55C11R0F 11.0 OHMS 1% MET FILM
30164 8541C ANALOG PC ASSY, Rev. S (A2) (Continued)
Item Part Number Qty Cage Mfr’s Part Number Description
Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
7-18 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000
R164 RN55-11000 1 91637 RN55C1001F 1 K OHMS 1% MET FILM
R165 RN55-04990 1 91637 RN55C4990F 499 OHMS 1% MET FILM
R166 RN55-00619 1 91637 CCF55-2-61.9^1%T2T/R 61.9 OHMS 1% MET FILM
R167 RN55-02430 1 91637 RN55C2430F 243 OHMS 1% MET FILM
R168 RN55-11000 1 91637 RN55C1001F 1 K OHMS 1% MET FILM
R169 RN55-04990 1 91637 RN55C4990F 499 OHMS 1% MET FILM
R170 RN55-00619 1 91637 CCF55-2-61.9^1%T2T/R 61.9 OHMS 1% MET FILM
R171 RN55-23010 1 91637 RN55C3012F 30.1 K OHMS 1% MET FILM
R172 RN55-31100 1 91637 RN55C1103F 110 K OHMS 1% MET FILM
R173 RN55-12740 1 91637 RN55C2741F 2.74K OHMS 1% MET FILM
R174 RG03-00150 1 91637 FP215R0 5% 15 OHM 10% METAL GLAZE
R175 RN55-11500 1 91637 RN55C1501F 1.5 K OHMS 1% MET FILM
R176 RN55-21000 1 53387 RN 1/4 T2 10K 1% 10 K OHMS 1% MET FILM
R177 RN55-21000 1 53387 RN 1/4 T2 10K 1% 10 K OHMS 1% MET FILM
R178 RN55-21000 1 53387 RN 1/4 T2 10K 1% 10 K OHMS 1% MET FILM
R179 RN55-22210 1 91637 RN55C2212F 22.1 K OHMS 1% MET FILM
R180 RN55-21500 1 91637 RN55C1502F 15 K OHMS 1% MET FILM
R181 RN55-14750 1 91637 RN55C4751F 4.75 K OHMS 1% MET FILM
R182 RN55-14750 1 91637 RN55C4751F 4.75 K OHMS 1% MET FILM
R183 RN55-02490 1 91637 RN55C2490F 249 OHMS 1% MET FILM
R184 RN55-34750 1 91637 RN55C4753F 475 K OHMS 1% MET FILM
R185 RN55-11000 1 91637 RN55C1001F 1 K OHMS 1% MET FILM
R186 RN55-12000 1 91637 RN55C2001F 2.00 K OHMS 1% MET FILM
R187 RN55-00100 1 91637 RN55C10R0F 10 OHMS 1% MET FILM
R188 RK45-11000 1 65940 MCR10EZFHFX1001 1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT
R189 RK45-11000 1 65940 MCR10EZFHFX1001 1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT
R190 RK45-00576 1 59124 RN73K2A57R6F 57.6 OHM 1% FILM SMT
R191 RK45-11000 1 65940 MCR10EZFHFX1001 1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT
R194 RK45-21000 1 ----- RK73H2AT1002F 10.0K OHM 1% FILM SMT
R195 RK45-21000 1 ----- RK73H2AT1002F 10.0K OHM 1% FILM SMT
R198 RN55-01000 1 91637 RN55C1000F 100 OHMS 1% MET FILM
R199 RN55-21000 1 53387 RN 1/4 T2 10K 1% 10 K OHMS 1% MET FILM
R214 RK45-11000 1 65940 MCR10EZFHFX1001 1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT
R225 RK45-11000 1 65940 MCR10EZFHFX1001 1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT
R226 RK45-11000 1 65940 MCR10EZFHFX1001 1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT
R228 RN55-00475 1 91637 RN55C47R5F 47.5 OHMS 1% MET FILM
R229 RN55-00475 1 91637 RN55C47R5F 47.5 OHMS 1% MET FILM
R232 RN55-00475 1 91637 RN55C47R5F 47.5 OHMS 1% MET FILM
R233 RN55-00475 1 91637 RN55C47R5F 47.5 OHMS 1% MET FILM
R234 RN55-00475 1 91637 RN55C47R5F 47.5 OHMS 1% MET FILM
R235 RN55-00475 1 91637 RN55C47R5F 47.5 OHMS 1% MET FILM
R236 RK45-32490 1 58900 RK45-32490 249K OHM 1% FILM SMT
R240 RN55-00475 1 91637 RN55C47R5F 47.5 OHMS 1% MET FILM
R241 RN55-00475 1 91637 RN55C47R5F 47.5 OHMS 1% MET FILM
30164 8541C ANALOG PC ASSY, Rev. S (A2) (Continued)
Item Part Number Qty Cage Mfr’s Part Number Description
Parts Lists
Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 7-19
R242 RN55-00475 1 91637 RN55C47R5F 47.5 OHMS 1% MET FILM
R243 RN55-00475 1 91637 RN55C47R5F 47.5 OHMS 1% MET FILM
R245 RK45-21000 1 ----- RK73H2AT1002F 10.0K OHM 1% FILM SMT
R246 RN55-00475 1 91637 RN55C47R5F 47.5 OHMS 1% MET FILM
R247 RN55-00475 1 91637 RN55C47R5F 47.5 OHMS 1% MET FILM
R248 RN55-00475 1 91637 RN55C47R5F 47.5 OHMS 1% MET FILM
R249 RN55-00475 1 91637 RN55C47R5F 47.5 OHMS 1% MET FILM
R250 RK45-21000 1 ----- RK73H2AT1002F 10.0K OHM 1% FILM SMT
R251 RK45-21000 1 ----- RK73H2AT1002F 10.0K OHM 1% FILM SMT
R252 RN55-00475 1 91637 RN55C47R5F 47.5 OHMS 1% MET FILM
R253 RK45-23010 1 91637 CRCW08053012FT 30.1K OHM 1% FILM SMT
R254 RK45-23010 1 91637 CRCW08053012FT 30.1K OHM 1% FILM SMT
R255 RK45-21000 1 ----- RK73H2AT1002F 10.0K OHM 1% FILM SMT
R256 RK45-21000 1 ----- RK73H2AT1002F 10.0K OHM 1% FILM SMT
R257 RK45-12400 1 ----- RK73H2AT2431F 2.4K OHM 1% FILM SMT
R258 RK45-04990 1 ----- RK73H2AT4990F 499 OHM 1% FILM SMT
R261 RK45-09530 1 ----- RK73H2AT9530F 953 OHM 1% FILM SMT
R263 RK45-05490 1 ----- RK73H2AT5490F 549 OHM 1% FILM SMT
R264 RK45-05490 1 ----- RK73H2AT5490F 549 OHM 1% FILM SMT
R269 RK45-11000 1 65940 MCR10EZFHFX1001 1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT
R270 RK45-00196 1 59124 RN73K2A19R6F 19.6 OHM 1% FILM SMT
R272 RK45-11000 1 65940 MCR10EZFHFX1001 1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT
R273 RW03-00390 1 91637 RS-2B-39-1 39 OHM 3W WIREWOUND
R274 RW03-00390 1 91637 RS-2B-39-1 39 OHM 3W WIREWOUND
RP1 RM9S-21001 1 58900 RM9S-21001 10K OHM X 9 SIP NETWORK
RP2 RM9S-21001 1 58900 RM9S-21001 10K OHM X 9 SIP NETWORK
RP3 RM9S-21001 1 58900 RM9S-21001 10K OHM X 9 SIP NETWORK
RT2 RTC2-21000 1 56866 QTMC-14 10 K OHM THERMISTOR
RT3 FSS0-00050 1 06090 RXE050 .5A RES CIRCUIT BREAKER
RT4 FSS0-00050 1 06090 RXE050 .5A RES CIRCUIT BREAKER
TP1 ETI0-10018 1 58900 ETI0-10018 BLACK TEST POINT
TP2 ETI0-10018 1 58900 ETI0-10018 BLACK TEST POINT
TP3 ETI0-10018 1 58900 ETI0-10018 BLACK TEST POINT
TP4 ETI0-10018 1 58900 ETI0-10018 BLACK TEST POINT
TP5 ETI0-10018 1 58900 ETI0-10018 BLACK TEST POINT
TP6 ETI0-10018 1 58900 ETI0-10018 BLACK TEST POINT
TP7 ETI0-10018 1 58900 ETI0-10018 BLACK TEST POINT
TP8 ETI0-10018 1 58900 ETI0-10018 BLACK TEST POINT
TP10 ETI0-10018 1 58900 ETI0-10018 BLACK TEST POINT
TP11 ETI0-10018 1 58900 ETI0-10018 BLACK TEST POINT
TP12 ETI0-10018 1 58900 ETI0-10018 BLACK TEST POINT
TP13 ETI0-10018 1 58900 ETI0-10018 BLACK TEST POINT
TP14 ETI0-10018 1 58900 ETI0-10018 BLACK TEST POINT
TP15 ETI0-10018 1 58900 ETI0-10018 BLACK TEST POINT
30164 8541C ANALOG PC ASSY, Rev. S (A2) (Continued)
Item Part Number Qty Cage Mfr’s Part Number Description
Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
7-20 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000
TP16 ETI0-10018 1 58900 ETI0-10018 BLACK TEST POINT
TP23 ETI0-10018 1 58900 ETI0-10018 BLACK TEST POINT
TP24 ETI0-10018 1 58900 ETI0-10018 BLACK TEST POINT
TP27 ETI0-10018 1 58900 ETI0-10018 BLACK TEST POINT
TP28 ETI0-10018 1 58900 ETI0-10018 BLACK TEST POINT
TP31 ETI0-10018 1 58900 ETI0-10018 BLACK TEST POINT
TP32 ETI0-10018 1 58900 ETI0-10018 BLACK TEST POINT
TP35 ETI0-10018 1 58900 ETI0-10018 BLACK TEST POINT
TP37 ETI0-10018 1 58900 ETI0-10018 BLACK TEST POINT
U1 UFN0-05135 1 01295 OP-07/CP HA5135-5 PRECISION OP AMP
U2 ULN0-00411 1 17856 DG411DJ DG411DJ QUAD SPST SWITCH
U3 UFN0-03240 1 58900 UFN0-03240 CA3240E DUAL OP AMP
U4 UFN0-05135 1 01295 OP-07/CP HA5135-5 PRECISION OP AMP
U5 ULN0-00393 1 01295 LM393P LM393N VOLT COMPARATOR
U6 UVG0-00070 1 64155 LM199H LM399H 7V PRECISION ZENER
U7 UFN0-05135 1 01295 OP-07/CP HA5135-5 PRECISION OP AMP
U8 ULN0-00411 1 17856 DG411DJ DG411DJ QUAD SPST SWITCH
U9 UTN0-00322 1 01295 74HC32N 74HC32 QUAD 2 INPUT OR
U10 UTN0-00082 1 01295 SN74HC08N 74HC08N QUAD AND
U11 UFN0-05135 1 01295 OP-07/CP HA5135-5 PRECISION OP AMP
U12 UFN0-05135 1 01295 OP-07/CP HA5135-5 PRECISION OP AMP
U13 UIN0-07534 1 24355 AD7534JN AD7534JN 14 BIT DAC
U14 UMN0-02444 1 60395 X2444P X2444P 256 BIT NV RAM
U15 UTN0-00042 1 01295 SN74HC04N 74HC04 HEX INVERTER SMT
U16 UFN1-00324 1 01295 LM324N LM324AN QUAD OP AMP
U17 UID0-07245 1 24355 AD7245AAR AD7245AAR 12 BIT DAC SMT
U18 UGN0-71055 1 4T165 UPD71055C uPD71055 PARALLEL INTERFACE
U19 UFN1-00324 1 01295 LM324N LM324AN QUAD OP AMP
U21 UGN0-71055 1 4T165 UPD71055C uPD71055 PARALLEL INTERFACE
U22 UID0-07891 1 24355 AD7891AP-2 AD7891AP-2 MUX/ADC SMT
U23 URD1-07805 1 04713 MC78L05ACD MC78L05ACD .1A 5V REG
U24 UFD0-01007 1 64155 LT1007CS8 LT1007CS8 OP AMP
U25 UFD0-01356 1 64155 LT1356CS LT1356CS QUAD OPAMP SMT
U26 UFD0-00436 1 62839 CLC436AJE CLC436AJE OP AMP SMT
U27 UFD0-01007 1 64155 LT1007CS8 LT1007CS8 OP AMP
U28 ULD0-00613 1 17856 DG613DY DG613DY 4PST SWITCH SMT
U29 UFD0-00426 1 62839 CLC426AJE CLC426AJE OP AMP,SMT
U31 ULD0-00409 1 17856 DG409DY DG409DY 2X 4IN SWITCH SMT
U33 URD1-07812 1 04713 MC78M12CDT MC78M12CDT .5A 12V REG
U34 URD0-07912 1 01295 MC79L12ACD MC79L12ACD .1A 12V SMT
U35 URD0-07812 1 04713 MC78L12ACD MC78L12ACD .1A 12V SMT
U36 ULD0-00642 1 17856 DG642DY DG642DY SPDT SWITCH SMT
U37 UID0-07245 1 24355 AD7245AAR AD7245AAR 12 BIT DAC SMT
U38 UFN1-00358 1 01295 LM358AP LM358AN DUAL OP AMP
30164 8541C ANALOG PC ASSY, Rev. S (A2) (Continued)
Item Part Number Qty Cage Mfr’s Part Number Description
Parts Lists
Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 7-21
U39 UFD0-00324 1 04713 LM324D LM324D QUAD OP AMP SMT
U40 URD1-07912 1 01295 UA78M45CKTP MC79M12CDT .5A -12V REG
U41 UTD0-00143 1 04713 MC74HCT14AD 74HCT14D HEX SCHMITT INV SMT
U44 ULD0-00643 1 17856 DG643DY DG643DY 2PDT SWITCH SMT
U45 UFD0-00111 1 62839 CLC111AJE CLC111AJE BUFFER SMT
U46 UFD0-00111 1 62839 CLC111AJE CLC111AJE BUFFER SMT
U47 ULD0-00643 1 17856 DG643DY DG643DY 2PDT SWITCH SMT
U48 UFD0-00426 1 62839 CLC426AJE CLC426AJE OP AMP,SMT
U52 UFD0-00428 1 62839 CLC428JE CLC428AJE OP AMP SMT
U54 UFD0-01356 1 64155 LT1356CS LT1356CS QUAD OPAMP SMT
U56 ULD0-00643 1 17856 DG643DY DG643DY 2PDT SWITCH SMT
U57 URD0-07905 1 04713 MC79M05CDT MC79MO5CDT .5A -5V SMT
U58 URD0-07805 1 04713 MC78M05CDT MC78M05CDT.5A 5V REG SM
U59 UFD0-00428 1 62839 CLC428JE CLC428AJE OP AMP SMT
U62 ULD0-00643 1 17856 DG643DY DG643DY 2PDT SWITCH SMT
U64 ULD0-00643 1 17856 DG643DY DG643DY 2PDT SWITCH SMT
U90 ULD0-00642 1 17856 DG642DY DG642DY SPDT SWITCH SMT
U91 UID0-01410 1 64155 LTC1410CS LTC1410CS 12 BIT A/D SMT
U104 30619 1 58900 30619 PROG GAL 854XC A2 U104
U105 30621 1 58900 30621 PROG GAL 854XC A2 U105
U106 30623 1 58900 30623 PROG GAL 854XC A2 U106
U107 UTD0-00742 1 01295 SN74HC74D 74HC74D DUAL D FFLOP SMT
U108 UTD0-00742 1 01295 SN74HC74D 74HC74D DUAL D FFLOP SMT
U109 UTD0-00742 1 01295 SN74HC74D 74HC74D DUAL D FFLOP SMT
U110 UTD0-40402 1 01295 74HC4040D 74HC4040D 12 BIT CT SMT
U111 30625 1 58900 30625 PROG EPROM 854XC A2 U111
U112 UGD0-09501 1 24355 AD9501JP AD9501JP DELAY GEN SMT
U113 UTD0-00143 1 04713 MC74HCT14AD 74HCT14D HEX SCHMITT INV SMT
W1 JIA1-03230 1 58900 JIA1-03230 3 PIN STRIPLINE PLUG
XW1 17240-001 1 27264 15-38-1024 JUMPER,INSULATED,2 POS
30164 8541C ANALOG PC ASSY, Rev. S (A2) (Continued)
Item Part Number Qty Cage Mfr’s Part Number Description
Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
7-22 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000
30173 8542C ANALOG PC ASSY, Rev. S (A2)
Item Part Number Qty Cage Mfr’s Part Number Description
1 HIBR-00440 6 53387 SJ5303-CLEAR MOLDED BUMPER
2 20192 REF 58900 20192 SHELL,OBLONG
3 20259 REF 58900 20259 COVER,CALIBRATOR HOUSING
4 20260 1 ----- 20260 HOUSING,CALIBRATOR
5 20800 REF 58900 20800 LABEL,US PATENT 4,794,325
7 HIGP-00312 4 58900 HIGP-00312 PLASTIC LATCH GROMMET
8 HIPP-00312 4 58900 HIPP-00312 PLASTIC LATCH PLUNGER
9 HBPP-44004 12 26233 NS137CR440R4 4-40 X 1/4 PAN
10 HWSS-40300 12 58900 HWSS-40300 #4 X 3/16 SPLIT LOCK
11 GFU0-01204 1 53387 4504-3/4" 3/4 X 1/4 FOAM TAPE
12 30163 1 58900 30163 8540C ANALOG PCB
13 30165 REF 58900 30165 8540C ANALOG PCB SCH.
14 PH00-00001 2 4J674 44-CBS-1.5X5.5X.4 SHIELD COVER
15 30166 REF 58900 30166 8540C ANALOG PCB TEST PLAN
16 WTT0-22001 0 16428 #22AWG-TFE/TW #22 CLEAR TFE SLVNG
A1 20112 REF 58900 20112 CALIB THERM OVEN PCB ASSY
C1 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
C2 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
C3 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
C4 CT25-S6101 1 04222 TAJD106M025R 10 UF 25V TANTALUM SMT
C5 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
C6 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
C7 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
C8 CT25-S6101 1 04222 TAJD106M025R 10 UF 25V TANTALUM SMT
C9 CT25-S6101 1 04222 TAJD106M025R 10 UF 25V TANTALUM SMT
C10 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
C11 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
C14 CC50-03100 1 54583 RD30HX7R103K .01 UF CERAMIC X7R
C15 CC50-03100 1 54583 RD30HX7R103K .01 UF CERAMIC X7R
C16 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
C17 CC50-03100 1 54583 RD30HX7R103K .01 UF CERAMIC X7R
C18 CC51-04100 1 04222 SR205C-104KAA .1 UF CERAMIC X7R
C19 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
C20 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
C21 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
C22 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
C23 CK51-05220 1 58900 CK51-05220 2.2 UF Y5V CHIP CERAMIC
C24 CK51-05220 1 58900 CK51-05220 2.2 UF Y5V CHIP CERAMIC
C25 CC51-04100 1 04222 SR205C-104KAA .1 UF CERAMIC X7R
C26 CC50-03100 1 54583 RD30HX7R103K .01 UF CERAMIC X7R
C27 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
C28 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
C29 CT25-S6101 1 04222 TAJD106M025R 10 UF 25V TANTALUM SMT
C30 CT25-S6101 1 04222 TAJD106M025R 10 UF 25V TANTALUM SMT
Parts Lists
Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 7-23
C31 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
C32 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
C33 CC51-04100 1 04222 SR205C-104KAA .1 UF CERAMIC X7R
C34 CC51-04100 1 04222 SR205C-104KAA .1 UF CERAMIC X7R
C35 CC51-04100 1 04222 SR205C-104KAA .1 UF CERAMIC X7R
C36 CC98-00330 1 ----- CCD-330 33 PF 1KV CERAMIC NPO
C37 CC51-04100 1 04222 SR205C-104KAA .1 UF CERAMIC X7R
C38 CC50-04220 1 31433 C322C224M5U5CA .22 UF CERAMIC Z5U
C39 CF00-04470 1 58900 CF00-04470 .47UF 100V POLYPROPYLENE
C40 CC50-03100 1 54583 RD30HX7R103K .01 UF CERAMIC X7R
C41 CC51-04100 1 04222 SR205C-104KAA .1 UF CERAMIC X7R
C42 CE50-R5470 1 74840 475PGM050M 4.7UF 50V RADIAL
C43 CC51-04100 1 04222 SR205C-104KAA .1 UF CERAMIC X7R
C44 CE50-R5470 1 74840 475PGM050M 4.7UF 50V RADIAL
C45 CC51-04100 1 04222 SR205C-104KAA .1 UF CERAMIC X7R
C46 CE50-R5470 1 74840 475PGM050M 4.7UF 50V RADIAL
C47 CC50-03100 1 54583 RD30HX7R103K .01 UF CERAMIC X7R
C48 CC51-04100 1 04222 SR205C-104KAA .1 UF CERAMIC X7R
C49 CC50-02220 1 04222 SR155C222KAA 2200PF CERAMIC X7R
C50 CC50-03100 1 54583 RD30HX7R103K .01 UF CERAMIC X7R
C51 CC50-03100 1 54583 RD30HX7R103K .01 UF CERAMIC X7R
C52 CD99-01150 1 ----- DM15-151F 150 PF DIP MICA
C53 CD99-01240 1 ----- DM15-241F 240 PF DIP MICA
C54 CC50-02220 1 04222 SR155C222KAA 2200PF CERAMIC X7R
C55 CD99-00620 1 ----- CMO5FD620F03 62 PF DIP MICA
C56 CD99-01120 1 ----- CMO6FD121J03 120 PF DIP MICA
C57 CD99-00620 1 ----- CMO5FD620F03 62 PF DIP MICA
C58 CD00-02100 1 ----- CM05E102 1000 PF DIP MICA
C59 CC50-02220 1 04222 SR155C222KAA 2200PF CERAMIC X7R
C60 CC50-02220 1 04222 SR155C222KAA 2200PF CERAMIC X7R
C61 CC00-02220 1 04222 SR201A222KAA 2200 PF CERAMIC COG
C62 CC00-02220 1 04222 SR201A222KAA 2200 PF CERAMIC COG
C63 CD00-02100 1 ----- CM05E102 1000 PF DIP MICA
C64 CC50-01100 1 04222 SR151A101JAA 100 PF CERAMIC NPO
C65 CC50-01100 1 04222 SR151A101JAA 100 PF CERAMIC NPO
C66 CC50-01100 1 04222 SR151A101JAA 100 PF CERAMIC NPO
C67 CC00-02220 1 04222 SR201A222KAA 2200 PF CERAMIC COG
C68 CC00-02220 1 04222 SR201A222KAA 2200 PF CERAMIC COG
C69 CC00-02220 1 04222 SR201A222KAA 2200 PF CERAMIC COG
C70 CC00-02220 1 04222 SR201A222KAA 2200 PF CERAMIC COG
C71 CC50-02470 1 31433 C315C472K1R5CA 4700 PF CERAMIC X7R
C72 CC50-01100 1 04222 SR151A101JAA 100 PF CERAMIC NPO
C73 CC50-03100 1 54583 RD30HX7R103K .01 UF CERAMIC X7R
C74 CC50-02470 1 31433 C315C472K1R5CA 4700 PF CERAMIC X7R
30173 8542C ANALOG PC ASSY, Rev. S (A2) (Continued)
Item Part Number Qty Cage Mfr’s Part Number Description
Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
7-24 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000
C75 CC50-04220 1 31433 C322C224M5U5CA .22 UF CERAMIC Z5U
C77 CC50-02220 1 04222 SR155C222KAA 2200PF CERAMIC X7R
C78 CC50-02100 1 04222 SR155C122MAT .001 UF CERAMIC Y5P
C79 CC50-01100 1 04222 SR151A101JAA 100 PF CERAMIC NPO
C80 CC50-02220 1 04222 SR155C222KAA 2200PF CERAMIC X7R
C81 CC50-02220 1 04222 SR155C222KAA 2200PF CERAMIC X7R
C82 CC50-02220 1 04222 SR155C222KAA 2200PF CERAMIC X7R
C83 CC50-02220 1 04222 SR155C222KAA 2200PF CERAMIC X7R
C84 CC50-03470 1 31433 C320C473K5R5CA .047 UF CERAMIC X7R
C85 CC50-02220 1 04222 SR155C222KAA 2200PF CERAMIC X7R
C86 CC51-04100 1 04222 SR205C-104KAA .1 UF CERAMIC X7R
C87 CC50-02100 1 04222 SR155C122MAT .001 UF CERAMIC Y5P
C88 CC51-04100 1 04222 SR205C-104KAA .1 UF CERAMIC X7R
C89 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
C90 CK50-00100 1 54583 CC0805HNPO15150J 10 PF NPO CHIP
C91 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
C92 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
C93 CK50-00100 1 54583 CC0805HNPO15150J 10 PF NPO CHIP
C94 CK51-05220 1 58900 CK51-05220 2.2 UF Y5V CHIP CERAMIC
C95 CK51-05220 1 58900 CK51-05220 2.2 UF Y5V CHIP CERAMIC
C96 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
C97 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
C98 CK51-05220 1 58900 CK51-05220 2.2 UF Y5V CHIP CERAMIC
C99 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
C100 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
C101 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
C102 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
C103 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
C104 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
C105 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
C106 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
C107 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
C108 CK51-02100 1 04222 08055C102KATMA 1000PF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
C109 CK51-05220 1 58900 CK51-05220 2.2 UF Y5V CHIP CERAMIC
C110 CT25-S6101 1 04222 TAJD106M025R 10 UF 25V TANTALUM SMT
C111 CT25-S6101 1 04222 TAJD106M025R 10 UF 25V TANTALUM SMT
C113 CK51-05220 1 58900 CK51-05220 2.2 UF Y5V CHIP CERAMIC
C114 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
C115 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
C116 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
C117 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
C118 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
C119 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
C120 CK51-05220 1 58900 CK51-05220 2.2 UF Y5V CHIP CERAMIC
30173 8542C ANALOG PC ASSY, Rev. S (A2) (Continued)
Item Part Number Qty Cage Mfr’s Part Number Description
Parts Lists
Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 7-25
C121 CK50-00100 1 54583 CC0805HNPO15150J 10 PF NPO CHIP
C122 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
C123 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
C124 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
C125 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
C126 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
C127 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
C128 CC51-04100 1 04222 SR205C-104KAA .1 UF CERAMIC X7R
C129 CC51-04100 1 04222 SR205C-104KAA .1 UF CERAMIC X7R
C130 CC51-04100 1 04222 SR205C-104KAA .1 UF CERAMIC X7R
C131 CC51-04100 1 04222 SR205C-104KAA .1 UF CERAMIC X7R
C132 CC51-04100 1 04222 SR205C-104KAA .1 UF CERAMIC X7R
C133 CC51-04100 1 04222 SR205C-104KAA .1 UF CERAMIC X7R
C134 CC51-04100 1 04222 SR205C-104KAA .1 UF CERAMIC X7R
C135 CC51-04100 1 04222 SR205C-104KAA .1 UF CERAMIC X7R
C136 CC51-04100 1 04222 SR205C-104KAA .1 UF CERAMIC X7R
C137 CC51-04100 1 04222 SR205C-104KAA .1 UF CERAMIC X7R
C138 CC51-04100 1 04222 SR205C-104KAA .1 UF CERAMIC X7R
C139 CC51-04100 1 04222 SR205C-104KAA .1 UF CERAMIC X7R
C140 CC51-04100 1 04222 SR205C-104KAA .1 UF CERAMIC X7R
C141 CC51-04100 1 04222 SR205C-104KAA .1 UF CERAMIC X7R
C142 CC51-04100 1 04222 SR205C-104KAA .1 UF CERAMIC X7R
C143 CC51-04100 1 04222 SR205C-104KAA .1 UF CERAMIC X7R
C144 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
C145 CC51-04100 1 04222 SR205C-104KAA .1 UF CERAMIC X7R
C146 CC51-04100 1 04222 SR205C-104KAA .1 UF CERAMIC X7R
C147 CC51-04100 1 04222 SR205C-104KAA .1 UF CERAMIC X7R
C148 CK50-03100 1 31433 C0805C103K5RAC .01 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
C149 CC50-03100 1 54583 RD30HX7R103K .01 UF CERAMIC X7R
C150 CC50-03100 1 54583 RD30HX7R103K .01 UF CERAMIC X7R
C151 CC50-03100 1 54583 RD30HX7R103K .01 UF CERAMIC X7R
C152 CC50-03100 1 54583 RD30HX7R103K .01 UF CERAMIC X7R
C153 CT25-S6101 1 04222 TAJD106M025R 10 UF 25V TANTALUM SMT
C154 CC50-03100 1 54583 RD30HX7R103K .01 UF CERAMIC X7R
C155 CC51-04100 1 04222 SR205C-104KAA .1 UF CERAMIC X7R
C156 CC51-04100 1 04222 SR205C-104KAA .1 UF CERAMIC X7R
C157 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
C158 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
C159 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
C160 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
C161 CC51-04100 1 04222 SR205C-104KAA .1 UF CERAMIC X7R
C162 CC51-04100 1 04222 SR205C-104KAA .1 UF CERAMIC X7R
C163 CC51-04100 1 04222 SR205C-104KAA .1 UF CERAMIC X7R
C164 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
30173 8542C ANALOG PC ASSY, Rev. S (A2) (Continued)
Item Part Number Qty Cage Mfr’s Part Number Description
Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
7-26 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000
C165 CC51-04100 1 04222 SR205C-104KAA .1 UF CERAMIC X7R
C166 CE50-R6100 1 55680 UVX1H100MDA 10 UF 50V RADIAL LEAD
C167 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
C168 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
C169 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
C170 CK50-00100 1 54583 CC0805HNPO15150J 10 PF NPO CHIP
C171 CT25-S6101 1 04222 TAJD106M025R 10 UF 25V TANTALUM SMT
C172 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
C173 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
C174 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
C175 CT25-S6101 1 04222 TAJD106M025R 10 UF 25V TANTALUM SMT
C176 CT25-S6101 1 04222 TAJD106M025R 10 UF 25V TANTALUM SMT
C177 CC50-04220 1 31433 C322C224M5U5CA .22 UF CERAMIC Z5U
C178 CK51-02100 1 04222 08055C102KATMA 1000PF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
C179 CK51-05220 1 58900 CK51-05220 2.2 UF Y5V CHIP CERAMIC
C180 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
C181 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
C182 CK51-05220 1 58900 CK51-05220 2.2 UF Y5V CHIP CERAMIC
C183 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
C184 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
C185 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
C186 CK51-02100 1 04222 08055C102KATMA 1000PF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
C187 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
C188 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
C189 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
C190 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
C191 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
C192 CK51-05220 1 58900 CK51-05220 2.2 UF Y5V CHIP CERAMIC
C193 CT25-S6101 1 04222 TAJD106M025R 10 UF 25V TANTALUM SMT
C194 CT25-S6101 1 04222 TAJD106M025R 10 UF 25V TANTALUM SMT
C195 CK51-05220 1 58900 CK51-05220 2.2 UF Y5V CHIP CERAMIC
C196 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
C197 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
C198 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
C199 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
C200 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
C201 CK51-02100 1 04222 08055C102KATMA 1000PF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
C202 CT25-S6101 1 04222 TAJD106M025R 10 UF 25V TANTALUM SMT
C203 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
C204 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
C205 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
C206 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
C207 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
C208 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
30173 8542C ANALOG PC ASSY, Rev. S (A2) (Continued)
Item Part Number Qty Cage Mfr’s Part Number Description
Parts Lists
Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 7-27
C209 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
C210 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
C211 CT25-S6101 1 04222 TAJD106M025R 10 UF 25V TANTALUM SMT
C212 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
C215 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
C216 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
C217 CT25-S6101 1 04222 TAJD106M025R 10 UF 25V TANTALUM SMT
C218 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
C219 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
C220 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
C222 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
C223 CT25-S6101 1 04222 TAJD106M025R 10 UF 25V TANTALUM SMT
C224 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
C225 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
C226 CT25-S6101 1 04222 TAJD106M025R 10 UF 25V TANTALUM SMT
C227 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
C228 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
C229 CK50-01100 1 58900 CK50-01100 100 PF CERAMIC NPO
C230 CK50-03100 1 31433 C0805C103K5RAC .01 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
C231 CK50-01470 1 58900 CK50-01470 470 PF COG CHIP CERAMIC
C232 CK50-03100 1 31433 C0805C103K5RAC .01 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
C233 CK50-03100 1 31433 C0805C103K5RAC .01 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
C234 CK50-03100 1 31433 C0805C103K5RAC .01 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
C235 CK50-03100 1 31433 C0805C103K5RAC .01 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
C236 CK50-03100 1 31433 C0805C103K5RAC .01 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
C237 CK50-03100 1 31433 C0805C103K5RAC .01 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
C238 CK50-03100 1 31433 C0805C103K5RAC .01 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
C239 CK50-03100 1 31433 C0805C103K5RAC .01 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
C240 CK50-03100 1 31433 C0805C103K5RAC .01 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
C241 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
C242 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
C243 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
C244 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
C245 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC
C246 CK50-01470 1 58900 CK50-01470 470 PF COG CHIP CERAMIC
C247 CK50-01470 1 58900 CK50-01470 470 PF COG CHIP CERAMIC
C248 CK50-01470 1 58900 CK50-01470 470 PF COG CHIP CERAMIC
CR2 DSA0-04148 1 58900 DSA0-04148 1N4148 G.P. DIODE
CR3 DSA0-04148 1 58900 DSA0-04148 1N4148 G.P. DIODE
CR4 DSA0-04148 1 58900 DSA0-04148 1N4148 G.P. DIODE
CR5 DSA0-04148 1 58900 DSA0-04148 1N4148 G.P. DIODE
CR6 DSA0-04148 1 58900 DSA0-04148 1N4148 G.P. DIODE
CR7 DSA0-04148 1 58900 DSA0-04148 1N4148 G.P. DIODE
CR8 13618 1 58900 13618 DIODE,uWAVE PIN SW,.3PF,100ns
30173 8542C ANALOG PC ASSY, Rev. S (A2) (Continued)
Item Part Number Qty Cage Mfr’s Part Number Description
Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
7-28 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000
CR9 13618 1 58900 13618 DIODE,uWAVE PIN SW,.3PF,100ns
CR10 13618 1 58900 13618 DIODE,uWAVE PIN SW,.3PF,100ns
CR11 13618 1 58900 13618 DIODE,uWAVE PIN SW,.3PF,100ns
CR12 13618 1 58900 13618 DIODE,uWAVE PIN SW,.3PF,100ns
CR13 13618 1 58900 13618 DIODE,uWAVE PIN SW,.3PF,100ns
CR14 13618 1 58900 13618 DIODE,uWAVE PIN SW,.3PF,100ns
CR15 DSA0-04148 1 58900 DSA0-04148 1N4148 G.P. DIODE
CR16 DSA2-00099 1 58900 DSA2-00099 BAV99 DUAL DIODE SMT
CR17 DSA2-00099 1 58900 DSA2-00099 BAV99 DUAL DIODE SMT
CR18 DSA2-00099 1 58900 DSA2-00099 BAV99 DUAL DIODE SMT
CR19 DSA2-00099 1 58900 DSA2-00099 BAV99 DUAL DIODE SMT
CR20 DZAB-00751 1 04713 1N751A 1N751A 5.1V ZENER
J1 JIR2-14318 1 09769 102975-7 14 PIN STRIPLINE PLUG
J2 JIR2-14318 1 09769 102975-7 14 PIN STRIPLINE PLUG
J3 JRDF-00008 1 09769 413524-1 BNC F RT ANG PC MOUNT
J4 JRDF-00008 1 09769 413524-1 BNC F RT ANG PC MOUNT
J5 JRBM-00100 1 58900 JRBM-00100 SMB M PC MOUNT
L11 LAB0-05680 1 58900 LAB0-05680 6.8 UH INDUCTOR
L12 19203 1 OB3G8 19203 .1 UH RF COIL
L13 15293 1 58900 15293 .17 UH INDUCTOR
L14 15293 1 58900 15293 .17 UH INDUCTOR
L15 15293 1 58900 15293 .17 UH INDUCTOR
L16 LAB0-05680 1 58900 LAB0-05680 6.8 UH INDUCTOR
L17 LAB0-05680 1 58900 LAB0-05680 6.8 UH INDUCTOR
L18 LAB0-05680 1 58900 LAB0-05680 6.8 UH INDUCTOR
P1 JIA2-50318 1 09769 2-87227-5 50 PIN STRIPLINE PLUG
Q1 QBPP-00170 1 04713 MJE 170 MJE 170 3A 40V 12.5W PNP
Q2 QBNS-03904 1 04713 2N3904 2N3904 .2A 40V NPN
Q3 QBNS-03904 1 04713 2N3904 2N3904 .2A 40V NPN
Q4 QBNP-00231 1 58900 QBNP-00231 BFQ231 1W 1GHZ NPN
Q5 QBPS-03644 1 53387 2N3645 2N3644 .3 A 45 V PNP
Q6 QBNS-03569 1 4U751 2N3569 PN3569 .5A 40V NPN
Q7 QBNS-03569 1 4U751 2N3569 PN3569 .5A 40V NPN
Q8 QBNC-03904 1 04713 MMBT3904L 2N3904 .2A 40V NPN SMT
Q9 QJNS-04416 1 04713 MMBF4416L MMBF4416L FET AMP SMT
Q10 QJNS-04416 1 04713 MMBF4416L MMBF4416L FET AMP SMT
Q11 QJNS-04416 1 04713 MMBF4416L MMBF4416L FET AMP SMT
Q12 QJNS-04416 1 04713 MMBF4416L MMBF4416L FET AMP SMT
Q13 QJNS-04416 1 04713 MMBF4416L MMBF4416L FET AMP SMT
Q14 QJNS-04416 1 04713 MMBF4416L MMBF4416L FET AMP SMT
Q15 QJNS-04416 1 04713 MMBF4416L MMBF4416L FET AMP SMT
Q16 QJNS-04416 1 04713 MMBF4416L MMBF4416L FET AMP SMT
Q17 QJNS-04416 1 04713 MMBF4416L MMBF4416L FET AMP SMT
Q18 QJNS-04416 1 04713 MMBF4416L MMBF4416L FET AMP SMT
30173 8542C ANALOG PC ASSY, Rev. S (A2) (Continued)
Item Part Number Qty Cage Mfr’s Part Number Description
Parts Lists
Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 7-29
Q19 QJNS-04416 1 04713 MMBF4416L MMBF4416L FET AMP SMT
Q20 QJNS-04416 1 04713 MMBF4416L MMBF4416L FET AMP SMT
Q21 QJNS-04416 1 04713 MMBF4416L MMBF4416L FET AMP SMT
Q22 QJNS-04416 1 04713 MMBF4416L MMBF4416L FET AMP SMT
Q23 QJNS-04416 1 04713 MMBF4416L MMBF4416L FET AMP SMT
Q24 QJNS-04416 1 04713 MMBF4416L MMBF4416L FET AMP SMT
R1 RK45-15100 1 ----- RK73H2AT5111F 5.1K OHM 1% FILM SMT
R2 RK45-11000 1 65940 MCR10EZFHFX1001 1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT
R3 RK45-05490 1 ----- RK73H2AT5490F 549 OHM 1% FILM SMT
R4 RK45-01800 1 ----- RN73C2AT1800F 180 OHM 1% FILM SMT
R5 RK45-03160 1 ----- RK73H2AT3160F 316 OHM 1% FILM SMT
R6 RK45-01800 1 ----- RN73C2AT1800F 180 OHM 1% FILM SMT
R7 RK45-01800 1 ----- RN73C2AT1800F 180 OHM 1% FILM SMT
R8 RK45-01800 1 ----- RN73C2AT1800F 180 OHM 1% FILM SMT
R9 RK45-11000 1 65940 MCR10EZFHFX1001 1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT
R10 RK45-01800 1 ----- RN73C2AT1800F 180 OHM 1% FILM SMT
R11 RK45-11000 1 65940 MCR10EZFHFX1001 1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT
R12 RK45-05490 1 ----- RK73H2AT5490F 549 OHM 1% FILM SMT
R13 RK45-03160 1 ----- RK73H2AT3160F 316 OHM 1% FILM SMT
R14 RK45-01800 1 ----- RN73C2AT1800F 180 OHM 1% FILM SMT
R15 RK45-01800 1 ----- RN73C2AT1800F 180 OHM 1% FILM SMT
R16 RK45-01800 1 ----- RN73C2AT1800F 180 OHM 1% FILM SMT
R17 RK45-31470 1 ----- RK73H2AT1473F 147K OHM 1% FILM SMT
R18 RK45-11000 1 65940 MCR10EZFHFX1001 1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT
R19 RK45-02870 1 ----- RK73H2AT2870F 287 OHM 1% FILM SMT
R20 RK45-32490 1 58900 RK45-32490 249K OHM 1% FILM SMT
R21 RK45-21470 1 58900 RK45-21470 14.7K OHM 1% FILM SMT
R22 RK45-11000 1 65940 MCR10EZFHFX1001 1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT
R23 RK45-11000 1 65940 MCR10EZFHFX1001 1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT
R24 RK45-11000 1 65940 MCR10EZFHFX1001 1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT
R25 RK45-00681 1 59124 RK73H2AT68R1F 68.1 OHM 1% FILM SMT
R26 RK45-00681 1 59124 RK73H2AT68R1F 68.1 OHM 1% FILM SMT
R27 RK45-11000 1 65940 MCR10EZFHFX1001 1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT
R28 RK45-11000 1 65940 MCR10EZFHFX1001 1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT
R29 RK45-15100 1 ----- RK73H2AT5111F 5.1K OHM 1% FILM SMT
R30 RN55-11000 1 91637 RN55C1001F 1 K OHMS 1% MET FILM
R31 RN55-03320 1 91637 RN55C3320F 332 OHMS 1% MET FILM
R32 RN55-03320 1 91637 RN55C3320F 332 OHMS 1% MET FILM
R33 RN55-11820 1 91637 RN55C1821F 1.82 K OHMS 1% MET FILM
R34 RK45-31000 1 ----- RK73H2AT1003F 100K OHM 1% FILM SMT
R35 RN55-14750 1 91637 RN55C4751F 4.75 K OHMS 1% MET FILM
R36 RK45-05490 1 ----- RK73H2AT5490F 549 OHM 1% FILM SMT
R37 RK45-32490 1 58900 RK45-32490 249K OHM 1% FILM SMT
R38 RK45-14420 1 58900 RK45-14420 4.42K OHM 1% FILM SMT
30173 8542C ANALOG PC ASSY, Rev. S (A2) (Continued)
Item Part Number Qty Cage Mfr’s Part Number Description
Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
7-30 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000
R39 RK45-11000 1 65940 MCR10EZFHFX1001 1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT
R40 RK45-32490 1 58900 RK45-32490 249K OHM 1% FILM SMT
R41 RK45-32490 1 58900 RK45-32490 249K OHM 1% FILM SMT
R42 RK45-15100 1 ----- RK73H2AT5111F 5.1K OHM 1% FILM SMT
R43 RK45-11000 1 65940 MCR10EZFHFX1001 1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT
R44 RK45-11000 1 65940 MCR10EZFHFX1001 1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT
R45 RK45-15100 1 ----- RK73H2AT5111F 5.1K OHM 1% FILM SMT
R46 RK45-22670 1 58900 RK45-22670 26.7K OHM 1% FILM SMT
R47 RK45-11000 1 65940 MCR10EZFHFX1001 1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT
R48 RK45-04990 1 ----- RK73H2AT4990F 499 OHM 1% FILM SMT
R49 RK45-04990 1 ----- RK73H2AT4990F 499 OHM 1% FILM SMT
R50 RK45-11000 1 65940 MCR10EZFHFX1001 1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT
R51 RK45-23010 1 91637 CRCW08053012FT 30.1K OHM 1% FILM SMT
R52 RK45-21000 1 ----- RK73H2AT1002F 10.0K OHM 1% FILM SMT
R53 RK45-23010 1 91637 CRCW08053012FT 30.1K OHM 1% FILM SMT
R54 RK45-04990 1 ----- RK73H2AT4990F 499 OHM 1% FILM SMT
R55 RK45-11000 1 65940 MCR10EZFHFX1001 1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT
R56 RK45-11000 1 65940 MCR10EZFHFX1001 1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT
R57 RK45-03160 1 ----- RK73H2AT3160F 316 OHM 1% FILM SMT
R58 RK45-00681 1 59124 RK73H2AT68R1F 68.1 OHM 1% FILM SMT
R59 RK45-23010 1 91637 CRCW08053012FT 30.1K OHM 1% FILM SMT
R60 RK45-00681 1 59124 RK73H2AT68R1F 68.1 OHM 1% FILM SMT
R61 RK45-00196 1 59124 RN73K2A19R6F 19.6 OHM 1% FILM SMT
R62 RK45-21000 1 ----- RK73H2AT1002F 10.0K OHM 1% FILM SMT
R63 RK45-00412 1 58900 RK45-00412 41.2 OHM 1% FILM SMT
R64 RK45-11000 1 65940 MCR10EZFHFX1001 1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT
R65 RK45-11000 1 65940 MCR10EZFHFX1001 1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT
R66 RK45-04990 1 ----- RK73H2AT4990F 499 OHM 1% FILM SMT
R67 RK45-04990 1 ----- RK73H2AT4990F 499 OHM 1% FILM SMT
R68 RK45-11000 1 65940 MCR10EZFHFX1001 1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT
R69 RK45-11000 1 65940 MCR10EZFHFX1001 1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT
R70 RK45-11000 1 65940 MCR10EZFHFX1001 1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT
R71 RK45-11000 1 65940 MCR10EZFHFX1001 1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT
R72 RK45-11000 1 65940 MCR10EZFHFX1001 1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT
R73 RK45-11000 1 65940 MCR10EZFHFX1001 1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT
R74 RK45-11000 1 65940 MCR10EZFHFX1001 1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT
R75 RK45-04990 1 ----- RK73H2AT4990F 499 OHM 1% FILM SMT
R76 RK45-04990 1 ----- RK73H2AT4990F 499 OHM 1% FILM SMT
R77 RK45-21000 1 ----- RK73H2AT1002F 10.0K OHM 1% FILM SMT
R78 RK45-21000 1 ----- RK73H2AT1002F 10.0K OHM 1% FILM SMT
R85 RK45-01800 1 ----- RN73C2AT1800F 180 OHM 1% FILM SMT
R86 RK45-01800 1 ----- RN73C2AT1800F 180 OHM 1% FILM SMT
R87 RK45-32490 1 58900 RK45-32490 249K OHM 1% FILM SMT
R88 RK45-11000 1 65940 MCR10EZFHFX1001 1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT
30173 8542C ANALOG PC ASSY, Rev. S (A2) (Continued)
Item Part Number Qty Cage Mfr’s Part Number Description
Parts Lists
Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 7-31
R89 RK45-01800 1 ----- RN73C2AT1800F 180 OHM 1% FILM SMT
R90 RK45-32490 1 58900 RK45-32490 249K OHM 1% FILM SMT
R91 RK45-11000 1 65940 MCR10EZFHFX1001 1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT
R92 RK45-14420 1 58900 RK45-14420 4.42K OHM 1% FILM SMT
R93 RK45-05490 1 ----- RK73H2AT5490F 549 OHM 1% FILM SMT
R94 RK45-01800 1 ----- RN73C2AT1800F 180 OHM 1% FILM SMT
R95 RK45-01800 1 ----- RN73C2AT1800F 180 OHM 1% FILM SMT
R96 RK45-31000 1 ----- RK73H2AT1003F 100K OHM 1% FILM SMT
R97 RN55-11820 1 91637 RN55C1821F 1.82 K OHMS 1% MET FILM
R98 RN55-14750 1 91637 RN55C4751F 4.75 K OHMS 1% MET FILM
R99 RN55-00274 1 91637 RN55C27R4F 27.4 OHMS 1% MET FILM
R100 RN57-25000 1 58900 RN57-25000 50.0 K OHM .1 % MET FILM
R101 RN57-25000 1 58900 RN57-25000 50.0 K OHM .1 % MET FILM
R102 RN57-25000 1 58900 RN57-25000 50.0 K OHM .1 % MET FILM
R103 RN57-25000 1 58900 RN57-25000 50.0 K OHM .1 % MET FILM
R104 RK45-11000 1 65940 MCR10EZFHFX1001 1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT
R105 RK45-11000 1 65940 MCR10EZFHFX1001 1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT
R106 RK45-11000 1 65940 MCR10EZFHFX1001 1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT
R107 RN55-21000 1 53387 RN 1/4 T2 10K 1% 10 K OHMS 1% MET FILM
R108 RN55-03920 1 91637 RN55C3920F 392 OHMS 1% MET FILM
R109 RK45-11000 1 65940 MCR10EZFHFX1001 1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT
R110 RK45-11000 1 65940 MCR10EZFHFX1001 1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT
R111 RK45-05490 1 ----- RK73H2AT5490F 549 OHM 1% FILM SMT
R112 RK45-21470 1 58900 RK45-21470 14.7K OHM 1% FILM SMT
R113 RN55-24750 1 91637 RN55C4752F 47.5 K OHMS 1% MET FILM
R114 RN55-11000 1 91637 RN55C1001F 1 K OHMS 1% MET FILM
R115 RN55-11130 1 91637 RN55D 1.13K OHM 1% 1.13 K OHMS 1% MET FILM
R117 RN57-21500 1 58900 RN57-21500 15.0 K OHM .1 % MET FILM
R118 RN57-11290 1 53387 LM3C1291B 1.29K OHM .1% MET FILM
R119 RN57-21250 1 60393 GP 1/4-TC50-12.5-.1% 12.5 K OHM .1% MET FILM
R120 RN55-21000 1 53387 RN 1/4 T2 10K 1% 10 K OHMS 1% MET FILM
R121 RN55-41000 1 91637 RN55C1004F 1 M OHMS 1% MET FILM
R122 RN55-14750 1 91637 RN55C4751F 4.75 K OHMS 1% MET FILM
R123 RN55-21000 1 53387 RN 1/4 T2 10K 1% 10 K OHMS 1% MET FILM
R124 RN55-14750 1 91637 RN55C4751F 4.75 K OHMS 1% MET FILM
R125 RN55-14750 1 91637 RN55C4751F 4.75 K OHMS 1% MET FILM
R126 RN57-21333 1 58900 RN57-21333 13.33 K OHM .1 % MET FILM
R127 12449-129 1 58900 12449-129 40.0 K OHM .1 % MET FILM
R128 RN55-12210 1 91637 RN55C2211F 2.21 K OHMS 1% MET FILM
R129 RK45-31470 1 ----- RK73H2AT1473F 147K OHM 1% FILM SMT
R130 RK45-22670 1 58900 RK45-22670 26.7K OHM 1% FILM SMT
R131 RN55-12000 1 91637 RN55C2001F 2.00 K OHMS 1% MET FILM
R132 RN55-12000 1 91637 RN55C2001F 2.00 K OHMS 1% MET FILM
R133 RN55-11000 1 91637 RN55C1001F 1 K OHMS 1% MET FILM
30173 8542C ANALOG PC ASSY, Rev. S (A2) (Continued)
Item Part Number Qty Cage Mfr’s Part Number Description
Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
7-32 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000
R134 RN55-13010 1 91637 RN55C3011F 3.01 K OHMS 1% MET FILM
R135 RN55-22210 1 91637 RN55C2212F 22.1 K OHMS 1% MET FILM
R136 RN55-23160 1 91637 RN55C3162F 31.6 K OHMS 1% MET FILM
R137 RN55-21330 1 91637 RN55C1332F 13.3 K OHMS 1% MET FILM
R138 RK45-13320 1 91637 CRCW08053321FT 3.32K OHM 1% FILM SMT
R139 RN55-11000 1 91637 RN55C1001F 1 K OHMS 1% MET FILM
R140 RN55-14990 1 91637 RN55C4991F 4.99 K OHMS 1% MET FILM
R141 RN57-18000 1 58900 RN57-18000 8.00 K OHM .1 % MET FILM
R142 RN55-21000 1 53387 RN 1/4 T2 10K 1% 10 K OHMS 1% MET FILM
R143 RN55-21000 1 53387 RN 1/4 T2 10K 1% 10 K OHMS 1% MET FILM
R144 RN55-00274 1 91637 RN55C27R4F 27.4 OHMS 1% MET FILM
R145 RK45-02870 1 ----- RK73H2AT2870F 287 OHM 1% FILM SMT
R146 RN55-12490 1 91637 RN55C2491F 2.49 K OHMS 1% MET FILM
R147 RN55-12490 1 91637 RN55C2491F 2.49 K OHMS 1% MET FILM
R148 RN55-21210 1 91637 RN55C1212F 12.1 K OHMS 1% MET FILM
R149 RN55-21000 1 53387 RN 1/4 T2 10K 1% 10 K OHMS 1% MET FILM
R150 RN55-03740 1 91637 RN55C3740F 374 OHMS 1% MET FILM
R151 RN55-03740 1 91637 RN55C3740F 374 OHMS 1% MET FILM
R152 RN55-11000 1 91637 RN55C1001F 1 K OHMS 1% MET FILM
R153 RN55-11000 1 91637 RN55C1001F 1 K OHMS 1% MET FILM
R154 RN55-11000 1 91637 RN55C1001F 1 K OHMS 1% MET FILM
R155 RN55-04990 1 91637 RN55C4990F 499 OHMS 1% MET FILM
R156 RN55-04990 1 91637 RN55C4990F 499 OHMS 1% MET FILM
R157 RN55-00619 1 91637 CCF55-2-61.9^1%T2T/R 61.9 OHMS 1% MET FILM
R158 RN55-00953 1 91637 RNC55H95R3FP 95.3 OHM 1% MET FILM
R159 RN55-00953 1 91637 RNC55H95R3FP 95.3 OHM 1% MET FILM
R160 RN55-11500 1 91637 RN55C1501F 1.5 K OHMS 1% MET FILM
R161 RN55-11000 1 91637 RN55C1001F 1 K OHMS 1% MET FILM
R162 RN55-00287 1 91637 CCF55-2-28.7^1%T2T/R 28.7 OHMS 1% MET FILM
R163 RN55-00110 1 91637 RN55C11R0F 11.0 OHMS 1% MET FILM
R164 RN55-11000 1 91637 RN55C1001F 1 K OHMS 1% MET FILM
R165 RN55-04990 1 91637 RN55C4990F 499 OHMS 1% MET FILM
R166 RN55-00619 1 91637 CCF55-2-61.9^1%T2T/R 61.9 OHMS 1% MET FILM
R167 RN55-02430 1 91637 RN55C2430F 243 OHMS 1% MET FILM
R168 RN55-11000 1 91637 RN55C1001F 1 K OHMS 1% MET FILM
R169 RN55-04990 1 91637 RN55C4990F 499 OHMS 1% MET FILM
R170 RN55-00619 1 91637 CCF55-2-61.9^1%T2T/R 61.9 OHMS 1% MET FILM
R171 RN55-23010 1 91637 RN55C3012F 30.1 K OHMS 1% MET FILM
R172 RN55-31100 1 91637 RN55C1103F 110 K OHMS 1% MET FILM
R173 RN55-12740 1 91637 RN55C2741F 2.74K OHMS 1% MET FILM
R174 RG03-00150 1 91637 FP215R0 5% 15 OHM 10% METAL GLAZE
R175 RN55-11500 1 91637 RN55C1501F 1.5 K OHMS 1% MET FILM
R176 RN55-21000 1 53387 RN 1/4 T2 10K 1% 10 K OHMS 1% MET FILM
R177 RN55-21000 1 53387 RN 1/4 T2 10K 1% 10 K OHMS 1% MET FILM
30173 8542C ANALOG PC ASSY, Rev. S (A2) (Continued)
Item Part Number Qty Cage Mfr’s Part Number Description
Parts Lists
Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 7-33
R178 RN55-21000 1 53387 RN 1/4 T2 10K 1% 10 K OHMS 1% MET FILM
R179 RN55-22210 1 91637 RN55C2212F 22.1 K OHMS 1% MET FILM
R180 RN55-21500 1 91637 RN55C1502F 15 K OHMS 1% MET FILM
R181 RN55-14750 1 91637 RN55C4751F 4.75 K OHMS 1% MET FILM
R182 RN55-14750 1 91637 RN55C4751F 4.75 K OHMS 1% MET FILM
R183 RN55-02490 1 91637 RN55C2490F 249 OHMS 1% MET FILM
R184 RN55-34750 1 91637 RN55C4753F 475 K OHMS 1% MET FILM
R185 RN55-11000 1 91637 RN55C1001F 1 K OHMS 1% MET FILM
R186 RN55-12000 1 91637 RN55C2001F 2.00 K OHMS 1% MET FILM
R187 RN55-00100 1 91637 RN55C10R0F 10 OHMS 1% MET FILM
R188 RK45-11000 1 65940 MCR10EZFHFX1001 1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT
R189 RK45-11000 1 65940 MCR10EZFHFX1001 1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT
R190 RK45-00576 1 59124 RN73K2A57R6F 57.6 OHM 1% FILM SMT
R191 RK45-11000 1 65940 MCR10EZFHFX1001 1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT
R192 RK45-01800 1 ----- RN73C2AT1800F 180 OHM 1% FILM SMT
R193 RK45-01800 1 ----- RN73C2AT1800F 180 OHM 1% FILM SMT
R194 RK45-21000 1 ----- RK73H2AT1002F 10.0K OHM 1% FILM SMT
R195 RK45-21000 1 ----- RK73H2AT1002F 10.0K OHM 1% FILM SMT
R196 RK45-32490 1 58900 RK45-32490 249K OHM 1% FILM SMT
R198 RN55-01000 1 91637 RN55C1000F 100 OHMS 1% MET FILM
R199 RN55-21000 1 53387 RN 1/4 T2 10K 1% 10 K OHMS 1% MET FILM
R200 RK45-32490 1 58900 RK45-32490 249K OHM 1% FILM SMT
R201 RK45-11000 1 65940 MCR10EZFHFX1001 1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT
R202 RK45-11000 1 65940 MCR10EZFHFX1001 1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT
R203 RW03-00390 1 91637 RS-2B-39-1 39 OHM 3W WIREWOUND
R204 RK45-11000 1 65940 MCR10EZFHFX1001 1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT
R205 RK45-11000 1 65940 MCR10EZFHFX1001 1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT
R206 RK45-03160 1 ----- RK73H2AT3160F 316 OHM 1% FILM SMT
R207 RK45-31470 1 ----- RK73H2AT1473F 147K OHM 1% FILM SMT
R208 RK45-21470 1 58900 RK45-21470 14.7K OHM 1% FILM SMT
R209 RK45-22670 1 58900 RK45-22670 26.7K OHM 1% FILM SMT
R210 RK45-05490 1 ----- RK73H2AT5490F 549 OHM 1% FILM SMT
R212 RK45-11000 1 65940 MCR10EZFHFX1001 1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT
R213 RK45-11000 1 65940 MCR10EZFHFX1001 1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT
R214 RK45-11000 1 65940 MCR10EZFHFX1001 1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT
R215 RK45-11000 1 65940 MCR10EZFHFX1001 1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT
R216 RK45-11000 1 65940 MCR10EZFHFX1001 1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT
R217 RK45-31470 1 ----- RK73H2AT1473F 147K OHM 1% FILM SMT
R219 RK45-11000 1 65940 MCR10EZFHFX1001 1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT
R220 RK45-22670 1 58900 RK45-22670 26.7K OHM 1% FILM SMT
R221 RK45-02870 1 ----- RK73H2AT2870F 287 OHM 1% FILM SMT
R222 RK45-11000 1 65940 MCR10EZFHFX1001 1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT
R223 RK45-11000 1 65940 MCR10EZFHFX1001 1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT
R224 RK45-02870 1 ----- RK73H2AT2870F 287 OHM 1% FILM SMT
30173 8542C ANALOG PC ASSY, Rev. S (A2) (Continued)
Item Part Number Qty Cage Mfr’s Part Number Description
Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
7-34 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000
R225 RK45-11000 1 65940 MCR10EZFHFX1001 1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT
R226 RK45-11000 1 65940 MCR10EZFHFX1001 1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT
R227 RK45-00576 1 59124 RN73K2A57R6F 57.6 OHM 1% FILM SMT
R228 RN55-00475 1 91637 RN55C47R5F 47.5 OHMS 1% MET FILM
R229 RN55-00475 1 91637 RN55C47R5F 47.5 OHMS 1% MET FILM
R230 RK45-21470 1 58900 RK45-21470 14.7K OHM 1% FILM SMT
R231 RK45-05490 1 ----- RK73H2AT5490F 549 OHM 1% FILM SMT
R232 RN55-00475 1 91637 RN55C47R5F 47.5 OHMS 1% MET FILM
R233 RN55-00475 1 91637 RN55C47R5F 47.5 OHMS 1% MET FILM
R234 RN55-00475 1 91637 RN55C47R5F 47.5 OHMS 1% MET FILM
R235 RN55-00475 1 91637 RN55C47R5F 47.5 OHMS 1% MET FILM
R236 RK45-32490 1 58900 RK45-32490 249K OHM 1% FILM SMT
R238 RK45-32490 1 58900 RK45-32490 249K OHM 1% FILM SMT
R240 RN55-00475 1 91637 RN55C47R5F 47.5 OHMS 1% MET FILM
R241 RN55-00475 1 91637 RN55C47R5F 47.5 OHMS 1% MET FILM
R242 RN55-00475 1 91637 RN55C47R5F 47.5 OHMS 1% MET FILM
R243 RN55-00475 1 91637 RN55C47R5F 47.5 OHMS 1% MET FILM
R244 RK45-00412 1 58900 RK45-00412 41.2 OHM 1% FILM SMT
R245 RK45-21000 1 ----- RK73H2AT1002F 10.0K OHM 1% FILM SMT
R246 RN55-00475 1 91637 RN55C47R5F 47.5 OHMS 1% MET FILM
R247 RN55-00475 1 91637 RN55C47R5F 47.5 OHMS 1% MET FILM
R248 RN55-00475 1 91637 RN55C47R5F 47.5 OHMS 1% MET FILM
R249 RN55-00475 1 91637 RN55C47R5F 47.5 OHMS 1% MET FILM
R250 RK45-21000 1 ----- RK73H2AT1002F 10.0K OHM 1% FILM SMT
R251 RK45-21000 1 ----- RK73H2AT1002F 10.0K OHM 1% FILM SMT
R252 RN55-00475 1 91637 RN55C47R5F 47.5 OHMS 1% MET FILM
R253 RK45-23010 1 91637 CRCW08053012FT 30.1K OHM 1% FILM SMT
R254 RK45-23010 1 91637 CRCW08053012FT 30.1K OHM 1% FILM SMT
R255 RK45-21000 1 ----- RK73H2AT1002F 10.0K OHM 1% FILM SMT
R256 RK45-21000 1 ----- RK73H2AT1002F 10.0K OHM 1% FILM SMT
R257 RK45-12400 1 ----- RK73H2AT2431F 2.4K OHM 1% FILM SMT
R258 RK45-04990 1 ----- RK73H2AT4990F 499 OHM 1% FILM SMT
R259 RK45-11000 1 65940 MCR10EZFHFX1001 1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT
R260 RK45-09530 1 ----- RK73H2AT9530F 953 OHM 1% FILM SMT
R261 RK45-09530 1 ----- RK73H2AT9530F 953 OHM 1% FILM SMT
R262 RK45-11000 1 65940 MCR10EZFHFX1001 1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT
R263 RK45-05490 1 ----- RK73H2AT5490F 549 OHM 1% FILM SMT
R264 RK45-05490 1 ----- RK73H2AT5490F 549 OHM 1% FILM SMT
R265 RK45-05490 1 ----- RK73H2AT5490F 549 OHM 1% FILM SMT
R266 RK45-05490 1 ----- RK73H2AT5490F 549 OHM 1% FILM SMT
R267 RK45-05490 1 ----- RK73H2AT5490F 549 OHM 1% FILM SMT
R268 RK45-01800 1 ----- RN73C2AT1800F 180 OHM 1% FILM SMT
R269 RK45-11000 1 65940 MCR10EZFHFX1001 1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT
R270 RK45-00196 1 59124 RN73K2A19R6F 19.6 OHM 1% FILM SMT
30173 8542C ANALOG PC ASSY, Rev. S (A2) (Continued)
Item Part Number Qty Cage Mfr’s Part Number Description
Parts Lists
Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 7-35
R271 RK45-11000 1 65940 MCR10EZFHFX1001 1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT
R272 RK45-11000 1 65940 MCR10EZFHFX1001 1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT
R273 RW03-00390 1 91637 RS-2B-39-1 39 OHM 3W WIREWOUND
R274 RW03-00390 1 91637 RS-2B-39-1 39 OHM 3W WIREWOUND
R275 RW03-00390 1 91637 RS-2B-39-1 39 OHM 3W WIREWOUND
RP1 RM9S-21001 1 58900 RM9S-21001 10K OHM X 9 SIP NETWORK
RP2 RM9S-21001 1 58900 RM9S-21001 10K OHM X 9 SIP NETWORK
RP3 RM9S-21001 1 58900 RM9S-21001 10K OHM X 9 SIP NETWORK
RT2 RTC2-21000 1 56866 QTMC-14 10 K OHM THERMISTOR
RT3 FSS0-00050 1 06090 RXE050 .5A RES CIRCUIT BREAKER
RT4 FSS0-00050 1 06090 RXE050 .5A RES CIRCUIT BREAKER
TP1 ETI0-10018 1 58900 ETI0-10018 BLACK TEST POINT
TP2 ETI0-10018 1 58900 ETI0-10018 BLACK TEST POINT
TP3 ETI0-10018 1 58900 ETI0-10018 BLACK TEST POINT
TP4 ETI0-10018 1 58900 ETI0-10018 BLACK TEST POINT
TP5 ETI0-10018 1 58900 ETI0-10018 BLACK TEST POINT
TP6 ETI0-10018 1 58900 ETI0-10018 BLACK TEST POINT
TP7 ETI0-10018 1 58900 ETI0-10018 BLACK TEST POINT
TP8 ETI0-10018 1 58900 ETI0-10018 BLACK TEST POINT
TP9 ETI0-10018 1 58900 ETI0-10018 BLACK TEST POINT
TP10 ETI0-10018 1 58900 ETI0-10018 BLACK TEST POINT
TP11 ETI0-10018 1 58900 ETI0-10018 BLACK TEST POINT
TP12 ETI0-10018 1 58900 ETI0-10018 BLACK TEST POINT
TP13 ETI0-10018 1 58900 ETI0-10018 BLACK TEST POINT
TP14 ETI0-10018 1 58900 ETI0-10018 BLACK TEST POINT
TP15 ETI0-10018 1 58900 ETI0-10018 BLACK TEST POINT
TP16 ETI0-10018 1 58900 ETI0-10018 BLACK TEST POINT
TP17 ETI0-10018 1 58900 ETI0-10018 BLACK TEST POINT
TP18 ETI0-10018 1 58900 ETI0-10018 BLACK TEST POINT
TP19 ETI0-10018 1 58900 ETI0-10018 BLACK TEST POINT
TP20 ETI0-10018 1 58900 ETI0-10018 BLACK TEST POINT
TP21 ETI0-10018 1 58900 ETI0-10018 BLACK TEST POINT
TP22 ETI0-10018 1 58900 ETI0-10018 BLACK TEST POINT
TP23 ETI0-10018 1 58900 ETI0-10018 BLACK TEST POINT
TP24 ETI0-10018 1 58900 ETI0-10018 BLACK TEST POINT
TP25 ETI0-10018 1 58900 ETI0-10018 BLACK TEST POINT
TP26 ETI0-10018 1 58900 ETI0-10018 BLACK TEST POINT
TP27 ETI0-10018 1 58900 ETI0-10018 BLACK TEST POINT
TP28 ETI0-10018 1 58900 ETI0-10018 BLACK TEST POINT
TP29 ETI0-10018 1 58900 ETI0-10018 BLACK TEST POINT
TP30 ETI0-10018 1 58900 ETI0-10018 BLACK TEST POINT
TP31 ETI0-10018 1 58900 ETI0-10018 BLACK TEST POINT
TP32 ETI0-10018 1 58900 ETI0-10018 BLACK TEST POINT
TP33 ETI0-10018 1 58900 ETI0-10018 BLACK TEST POINT
30173 8542C ANALOG PC ASSY, Rev. S (A2) (Continued)
Item Part Number Qty Cage Mfr’s Part Number Description
Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
7-36 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000
TP34 ETI0-10018 1 58900 ETI0-10018 BLACK TEST POINT
TP35 ETI0-10018 1 58900 ETI0-10018 BLACK TEST POINT
TP36 ETI0-10018 1 58900 ETI0-10018 BLACK TEST POINT
TP37 ETI0-10018 1 58900 ETI0-10018 BLACK TEST POINT
U1 UFN0-05135 1 01295 OP-07/CP HA5135-5 PRECISION OP AMP
U2 ULN0-00411 1 17856 DG411DJ DG411DJ QUAD SPST SWITCH
U3 UFN0-03240 1 58900 UFN0-03240 CA3240E DUAL OP AMP
U4 UFN0-05135 1 01295 OP-07/CP HA5135-5 PRECISION OP AMP
U5 ULN0-00393 1 01295 LM393P LM393N VOLT COMPARATOR
U6 UVG0-00070 1 64155 LM199H LM399H 7V PRECISION ZENER
U7 UFN0-05135 1 01295 OP-07/CP HA5135-5 PRECISION OP AMP
U8 ULN0-00411 1 17856 DG411DJ DG411DJ QUAD SPST SWITCH
U9 UTN0-00322 1 01295 74HC32N 74HC32 QUAD 2 INPUT OR
U10 UTN0-00082 1 01295 SN74HC08N 74HC08N QUAD AND
U11 UFN0-05135 1 01295 OP-07/CP HA5135-5 PRECISION OP AMP
U12 UFN0-05135 1 01295 OP-07/CP HA5135-5 PRECISION OP AMP
U13 UIN0-07534 1 24355 AD7534JN AD7534JN 14 BIT DAC
U14 UMN0-02444 1 60395 X2444P X2444P 256 BIT NV RAM
U15 UTN0-00042 1 01295 SN74HC04N 74HC04 HEX INVERTER SMT
U16 UFN1-00324 1 01295 LM324N LM324AN QUAD OP AMP
U17 UID0-07245 1 24355 AD7245AAR AD7245AAR 12 BIT DAC SMT
U18 UGN0-71055 1 4T165 UPD71055C uPD71055 PARALLEL INTERFACE
U19 UFN1-00324 1 01295 LM324N LM324AN QUAD OP AMP
U20 UID0-07245 1 24355 AD7245AAR AD7245AAR 12 BIT DAC SMT
U21 UGN0-71055 1 4T165 UPD71055C uPD71055 PARALLEL INTERFACE
U22 UID0-07891 1 24355 AD7891AP-2 AD7891AP-2 MUX/ADC SMT
U23 URD1-07805 1 04713 MC78L05ACD MC78L05ACD .1A 5V REG
U24 UFD0-01007 1 64155 LT1007CS8 LT1007CS8 OP AMP
U25 UFD0-01356 1 64155 LT1356CS LT1356CS QUAD OPAMP SMT
U26 UFD0-00436 1 62839 CLC436AJE CLC436AJE OP AMP SMT
U27 UFD0-01007 1 64155 LT1007CS8 LT1007CS8 OP AMP
U28 ULD0-00613 1 17856 DG613DY DG613DY 4PST SWITCH SMT
U29 UFD0-00426 1 62839 CLC426AJE CLC426AJE OP AMP,SMT
U31 ULD0-00409 1 17856 DG409DY DG409DY 2X 4IN SWITCH SMT
U32 ULD0-00613 1 17856 DG613DY DG613DY 4PST SWITCH SMT
U33 URD1-07812 1 04713 MC78M12CDT MC78M12CDT .5A 12V REG
U34 URD0-07912 1 01295 MC79L12ACD MC79L12ACD .1A 12V SMT
U35 URD0-07812 1 04713 MC78L12ACD MC78L12ACD .1A 12V SMT
U36 ULD0-00642 1 17856 DG642DY DG642DY SPDT SWITCH SMT
U37 UID0-07245 1 24355 AD7245AAR AD7245AAR 12 BIT DAC SMT
U38 UFN1-00358 1 01295 LM358AP LM358AN DUAL OP AMP
U39 UFD0-00324 1 04713 LM324D LM324D QUAD OP AMP SMT
U40 URD1-07912 1 01295 UA78M45CKTP MC79M12CDT .5A -12V REG
U41 UTD0-00143 1 04713 MC74HCT14AD 74HCT14D HEX SCHMITT INV SMT
30173 8542C ANALOG PC ASSY, Rev. S (A2) (Continued)
Item Part Number Qty Cage Mfr’s Part Number Description
Parts Lists
Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 7-37
U44 ULD0-00643 1 17856 DG643DY DG643DY 2PDT SWITCH SMT
U45 UFD0-00111 1 62839 CLC111AJE CLC111AJE BUFFER SMT
U46 UFD0-00111 1 62839 CLC111AJE CLC111AJE BUFFER SMT
U47 ULD0-00643 1 17856 DG643DY DG643DY 2PDT SWITCH SMT
U48 UFD0-00426 1 62839 CLC426AJE CLC426AJE OP AMP,SMT
U52 UFD0-00428 1 62839 CLC428JE CLC428AJE OP AMP SMT
U53 UFD0-00428 1 62839 CLC428JE CLC428AJE OP AMP SMT
U54 UFD0-01356 1 64155 LT1356CS LT1356CS QUAD OPAMP SMT
U56 ULD0-00643 1 17856 DG643DY DG643DY 2PDT SWITCH SMT
U57 URD0-07905 1 04713 MC79M05CDT MC79MO5CDT .5A -5V SMT
U58 URD0-07805 1 04713 MC78M05CDT MC78M05CDT.5A 5V REG SM
U59 UFD0-00428 1 62839 CLC428JE CLC428AJE OP AMP SMT
U62 ULD0-00643 1 17856 DG643DY DG643DY 2PDT SWITCH SMT
U64 ULD0-00643 1 17856 DG643DY DG643DY 2PDT SWITCH SMT
U66 ULD0-00409 1 17856 DG409DY DG409DY 2X 4IN SWITCH SMT
U67 UFD0-01007 1 64155 LT1007CS8 LT1007CS8 OP AMP
U68 UFD0-00426 1 62839 CLC426AJE CLC426AJE OP AMP,SMT
U69 ULD0-00643 1 17856 DG643DY DG643DY 2PDT SWITCH SMT
U70 UFD0-00111 1 62839 CLC111AJE CLC111AJE BUFFER SMT
U71 UFD0-01007 1 64155 LT1007CS8 LT1007CS8 OP AMP
U72 UFD0-00111 1 62839 CLC111AJE CLC111AJE BUFFER SMT
U73 ULD0-00643 1 17856 DG643DY DG643DY 2PDT SWITCH SMT
U74 UFD0-00426 1 62839 CLC426AJE CLC426AJE OP AMP,SMT
U76 UFD0-01356 1 64155 LT1356CS LT1356CS QUAD OPAMP SMT
U78 UFD0-00428 1 62839 CLC428JE CLC428AJE OP AMP SMT
U81 ULD0-00643 1 17856 DG643DY DG643DY 2PDT SWITCH SMT
U82 URD0-07805 1 04713 MC78M05CDT MC78M05CDT.5A 5V REG SM
U83 URD0-07905 1 04713 MC79M05CDT MC79MO5CDT .5A -5V SMT
U86 ULD0-00643 1 17856 DG643DY DG643DY 2PDT SWITCH SMT
U88 ULD0-00643 1 17856 DG643DY DG643DY 2PDT SWITCH SMT
U90 ULD0-00642 1 17856 DG642DY DG642DY SPDT SWITCH SMT
U91 UID0-01410 1 64155 LTC1410CS LTC1410CS 12 BIT A/D SMT
U95 UFD0-01356 1 64155 LT1356CS LT1356CS QUAD OPAMP SMT
U96 UFD0-00436 1 62839 CLC436AJE CLC436AJE OP AMP SMT
U97 UID0-01410 1 64155 LTC1410CS LTC1410CS 12 BIT A/D SMT
U99 ULD0-00642 1 17856 DG642DY DG642DY SPDT SWITCH SMT
U100 ULD0-00642 1 17856 DG642DY DG642DY SPDT SWITCH SMT
U102 URD0-07812 1 04713 MC78L12ACD MC78L12ACD .1A 12V SMT
U103 URD0-07912 1 01295 MC79L12ACD MC79L12ACD .1A 12V SMT
U104 30619 1 58900 30619 PROG GAL 854XC A2 U104
U105 30621 1 58900 30621 PROG GAL 854XC A2 U105
U106 30623 1 58900 30623 PROG GAL 854XC A2 U106
U107 UTD0-00742 1 01295 SN74HC74D 74HC74D DUAL D FFLOP SMT
U108 UTD0-00742 1 01295 SN74HC74D 74HC74D DUAL D FFLOP SMT
30173 8542C ANALOG PC ASSY, Rev. S (A2) (Continued)
Item Part Number Qty Cage Mfr’s Part Number Description
Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
7-38 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000
U109 UTD0-00742 1 01295 SN74HC74D 74HC74D DUAL D FFLOP SMT
U110 UTD0-40402 1 01295 74HC4040D 74HC4040D 12 BIT CT SMT
U111 30625 1 58900 30625 PROG EPROM 854XC A2 U111
U112 UGD0-09501 1 24355 AD9501JP AD9501JP DELAY GEN SMT
U113 UTD0-00143 1 04713 MC74HCT14AD 74HCT14D HEX SCHMITT INV SMT
W1 JIA1-03230 1 58900 JIA1-03230 3 PIN STRIPLINE PLUG
XW1 17240-001 1 27264 15-38-1024 JUMPER,INSULATED,2 POS
21229 FRONT PANEL PCB ASSY, Rev. C (A3)
Item Part Number Qty Cage Mfr’s Part Number Description
1 21228 1 61964 21228 PCB,FR PNL
2 21230 REF 58900 21230 SCHEM, FRONT PANEL
3 JIA0-01443 39 58900 JIA0-01443 CONTACT POST
4 GFU0-00801 0 53387 4416-1/2" WHITE 1/2 X 1/16 FOAM TAPE
DS1 IML0-00100 1 28480 HDSP-4840 10 LED BAR GRAPH ARRAY
DS2 IML0-00100 1 28480 HDSP-4840 10 LED BAR GRAPH ARRAY
J1 JIA0-01443 1 58900 JIA0-01443 CONTACT POST
LS1 ISP0-00001 1 72982 PKM11-4AO PIEZO ALARM
R1 RN55-02210 1 91637 RN55C2210F 221 OHMS 1% MET FILM
R2 RN55-02210 1 91637 RN55C2210F 221 OHMS 1% MET FILM
R6 RN55-21000 1 53387 RN 1/4 T2 10K 1% 10 K OHMS 1% MET FILM
RP1 RM9S-02200 1 91637 MSP10A01221G 220 OHM X 9 SIP NETWORK
RP2 RM9S-02200 1 91637 MSP10A01221G 220 OHM X 9 SIP NETWORK
W1 WJIM-07024 1 56501 FST-6 0.75 A-10 10 POSITION FLEX JUNPER
21240 LCD DISPLAY ASSY, Rev. B (A4)
Item Part Number Qty Cage Mfr’s Part Number Description
2 30436 1 ——- 30436 LCD CABLE ASSEMBLY
5 21216 1 58900 21216 DISPLAY,LCD
30173 8542C ANALOG PC ASSY, Rev. S (A2) (Continued)
Item Part Number Qty Cage Mfr’s Part Number Description
Parts Lists
Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 7-39
7.3 List of Manufacturers
The names and addresses of manufacturers cited in the preceding parts lists are shown in Table 7-1.
Each manufacturer is listed under its CAGE number (COMMERCIAL AND GOVERNMENT
ENTITY), as noted in the parts lists. In a few cases, no CAGE number has been assigned.
Table 7-1: List of Manufacturers
Cage Supplier Name Address City State
53387 3M 3M Electronics Products Division 6801 River Pl. Blvd. Austin TX
53387 ITWPAN 3M Electronics Products Division 309 E. Crossroads Prkwy. Bolingbrook IL
----- A&J A&J Manufacturing Co. Inc. 11121 Hindry Ave. Los Angeles CA
53387 APWELE APW Electronic Solutions 14100 Danielson St. Poway CA
53387 ARC ARC Technology, Inc. 11 Chestnut St. Amesbury MA
----- ATP ATP Technologies, Inc.
04222 AVX AVX Ceramics 19th Ave. S. Myrtle Beach SC
30161 AAVID Aavid 1 Kool Path Lacona NH
----- ADVPWR Advance Power, Inc. 11035 Switzer Ave. Dallas TX
61638 ADVANC Advanced Interconnections 5 Energy Wy. West Warwick RI
34335 AMD Advanced Micro Devices 910 Thompson Pl. Sunnyvale CA
4U751 ADV/SE Advanced Semiconductor, Inc. 7525 Ethel Ave., Unit G North Hollywood CA
00656 AEROVO Aerovox 740 Belleville Ave. New Bedford MA
OH379 AEROWA Aerowave Inc. 344 Salem St. Medford MA
9Y422 AIR Air Filtration Products Inc. 707 N. Main Ave. Tucson AZ
52750 ALAN Alan Industries 745 Greenway Dr. Columbus IN
56563 ALATEC Alatec Products 21123 Nordhoff St. Chatsworth CA
----- ALCO Alco Electronics Products Inc. 1551 Osgood St. North Andover MA
0EUK7 ALLAME All American Transistor Corp. 369 VanNess Wy. Torrance CA
01121 ALLEN Allen Bradley Co. 1201 S. Second St. Milwaukee WI
----- ALLIED Allied Electronics, Inc. 2105 Lundy Ln. San Jose CA
----- ALLSWI Allied Swiss Screw Products, Inc. 2636 Vista Pacific Dr. Oceanside CA
----- ALLSTR Allstar Magnetics
----- ALMAGU Almaguer Precession Manufacturing 1240 Yard Ct., Bldg. J San Jose CA
17540 ALPIND Alpha Industries 20 Sylvan Rd. Woburn MA
92194 ALPSEM Alpha Semiconductor Inc. 1031 Serpentine Ln. Pleasanton CA
92194 ALPHA Alpha Wire Corp. 711 Lidgerwood Ave. Elizabeth NJ
67183 ALTERA Altera Corp. 2610 Orchard Prkwy. San Jose CA
06540 AMATOM Amatom Div. of New Haven Mfg. Co 446 Blake St. New Haven CT
99800 DELEVA American Precision Ind. Delevan Div. 270 Quaker Rd. East Aurora NY
1HY41 AMER R American Relays Inc. 10306 Norwalk Blvd. Sante Fe Springs CA
84411 AM SHI American Shizuki Corp. 301 W. O St. Ogallaia NE
----- SKYNET American Skynet Electronic 1474 Gladding Ct. Milpitas CA
29990 ATC American Technical Ceramics 1 Norden Ln. Huntington Station NY
09769 AMP Amp Inc. 2800 Fulling Rd. Harrisburg PA
34553 AMPERE Amperex Electronics Corp. Hauppauge NY
74868 AMPHEN Amphenol Corp. One Kennedy Ave. Danbury CT
Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
7-40 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000
24355 ANALOG Analog Devices, Inc. 1 Technology Wy. Norwood MA
04ZM0 APPLIE Applied Thin-Film Products 3439 Edison Wy. Fremont CA
----- ARCO Arco Electronics 400 Moreland Rd. Commack NY
1HYW5 ARDIN Ardin Frequency Control, Inc. 150 Paularino Ave # 166 Costa Mesa CA
51167 ARIES Aries Electronics Inc. 62 Trenton Ave. Frenchtown NJ
61529 AROMAT Aromat Corp. 629 Central Ave. New Providence NJ
46467 AROW Arow Fasteners Inc. 31012 Huntwood Ave. Hayward CA
----- ASSOCC Associated Components Technology 11576 Trask Ave. Garden Grove CA
4J995 ASSOCS Associated Spring 401 E. Stadium Blvd. Ann Arbor MI
62277 ATLAS Atlas Wire and Cable Corp. 133 S. Van Norman Rd. Montebello CA
1FN41 ATMEL Atmel 2325 Orchard Prkwy. San Jose CA
91506 AUGAT Augat Inc. 452 John Dietsch Blvd. Attleboro Falls MA
24539 AVANTE Avantek, Inc. (HP Components) 3175 Bowers Ave. Santa Clara CA
65517 AYER Ayer Engineering 1250 W. Roger Rd. Tucson AZ
21604 BRDE00
Brothers Electronics 438 S. Military Trail Deerfield Beach FL
53387 BROTHE
1E584 BAY Bay Associates 150 Jefferson Dr. Menlo Park CA
52683 BAYTRO Baytron Co. Inc. 344 Salem St. Medford MA
13150 BEAU Beau Interconnect 4 Aviation Dr. Gilford NH
5Y491 BECKMA Beckman Industrial 4141 Palm St. Fullerton CA
16428 BELDEN Belden Corp. 350 NW. ‘N’ St. Richmond IN
55285 BERQUI Berquist Co. Inc. 5300 Edina Industrial Blvd. Minneapolis MN
0Y1C7 BIPOLA Bipolarics Inc. 108 Albright Wy. Los Gatos CA
32559 BIVAR Bivar Inc. 4 Thomas St. Irvine CA
71034 BLILEY Bliley Electric Co. 2545 W. Grandview Blvd. Erie PA
32997 BOURNS Bourns Inc. 1200 Columbia Ave. Riverside CA
57834 BRIM Brim Electronics Inc. 120 Home Pl. Lodi NJ
21604 BUCKEY Buckeye Stamping 555 Marion Rd. Columbus OH
71218 BUD Bud Industries 4605 E. 355th St. Willoughby OH
09922 BURNDY Burndy Corp. 1 Richards Ave. Norwalk CT
13919 BURR B Burr Brown Research Corp. 6730 S. Tucson Blvd. Tucson AZ
----- BUSSMA Bussmann Manufacturing 114 Old St. Rd. St. Louis MO
0RF16 C&D C&D Electronics 28 Appleton St. Holyoke MA
09353 C&K C&K Components 57 Stanley Ave. Watertown MA
46381 CALRAD California Radomes 364 Reed St. Santa Clara CA
53387 CAPLUG Caplugs 2150 Elmwood Ave. Buffalo NY
53387 CENSEM Central Semi
---- CLIPPR Clipper
53387 COMPAS Compass Components 48502 Kato Rd. Fremont CA
53387 CPCLAI CP Claire
71450 CTS CTS Corp. 1201 Cumberland Ave. West Lafayette IN
16733 CABLEW Cablewave Systems Inc. 60 Dodge Ave. North Haven CT
Table 7-1: List of Manufacturers
Cage Supplier Name Address City State
Parts Lists
Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 7-41
09CW5 CALCHP Cal Chip Electronics 59 Steamwhistle Dr. Ivyland PA
56427 CALMIC California Micro Devices 215 Topaz St. Milpitas CA
0N0K0 CALOGI Calogic Corp. 237 Whitney Pl. Fremont CA
53387 CAPAX Capax Technologies, Inc. 24842 Ave. Tibbitts Valencia CA
65664 CATAMO Catamount Manufacturing Inc. 158 Governor Dr. Orange MA
2J873 CELERI Celeritek Inc. 3236 Scot Blvd. Santa Clara CA
51642 CENTRE Centre Capacitor Inc. 2820 E. College Ave. State College PA
56988 CENTRY Century Spring Corp. P.O. Box 15287, 222 E. 16th St. Los Angeles CA
01963 CHERRY Cherry Electrical Products 3600 Sunset Ave. Waukegan IL
8W262 CHOMER Chomerics Inc. 16 Flagstone Dr. Hudson NY
52072 CIR AS Circuit Assembly Corp. 18 Thomas St. Irvine CA
----- CIREXX Cirexx Corp. 3391 Keller Street Santa Clara CA
12697 CLAROS Clarostat Sensors and Controls 12055 Rojas Dr., Ste. K El Paso TX
----- CODI/S Codi Semiconductor 144 Market St. Kenilworth NJ
02113 COILCR Coilcraft Inc. 1102 Silver Lake Rd. Cary IL
0NFL0 COILTR Coiltronics Inc. 6000 Park of Commerce Blvd. Boca Raton FL
62839 COMLIN Comlinear 4800 Wheaton Dr. Fort Collins CO
----- COMPAR Compar Corp. 85 Spy Ct. Markham, Ontario, Canada
55801 COMP D Compensated Devices 166 Tremont St. Melrose MA
0ABX4 COMPTE Comptec International LTD 7837 Custer School Rd. Custer WA
18310 CONCOR Concord Electronics Corp. 30 Great Jones St. New York NY
08MU3 CONDUC Conductive Rubber Technology, Inc. 22125 17th Ave. Bothell WA
26923 CONTRO Control Master Products 1062 Shary Cr. Concord CA
05245 CORCOM Corcom Inc. 1600 Winchester Rd. Libertyville IL
14655 CORNEL Cornell Dublier Electronics 1605 E. Rodney French Blvd. New Bedford MA
14674 CORNIN Corning Glass Works Houghton Pk. Corning NY
34808 CUSTCO Custom Coils Inc. 109 S. Iowa St. Alcester SD
65786 CYPRES Cypress Semiconductor Corp. 3901 N. First St. San Jose CA
----- DCELEC DC Electronics 1870 Little Orchard St. San Jose CA
53387 DCSU00 DC Machine 220 Humboldt Crt. Sunnyvale CA
53387 DIALAC DialAct Corp. 45979 Warm Springs Blvd., Ste. 1 Fremont CA
57032 DADEN Daden Associates Inc. 1001 Calle Amanacer San Clemente CA
91637 DALE Dale Electronics Inc. 1122 Twenty Third St. Columbus NE
0B0A9 DALLAS Dallas Semiconductor Corp. 6350 Beltwood Pkwy. S. Dallas TX
----- DATCIR Data Circuits Systems, Inc.
50721 DATEL Datel Inc. 11 Cabot Blvd. Mansfield MA
34785 DEK Dek Inc. 3480 Swenson Ave. St. Charles IL
0JBU8 DELNET Delnetics 521 Wilbur Ave. Antioch CA
1JB33 DEXTER Dexter Corp. 1 Dexter Dr. Seabrook NH
83330 DIALIG Dialight Corp. 1913 Atlantic Ave. Manasquan NJ
55153 DIEL L Dielectric Laboratories 69 Albany St. Cazenovia NY
18041 DIODEI Diode Inc. 21243 Ventura Blvd. Woodland Hills CA
Table 7-1: List of Manufacturers
Cage Supplier Name Address City State
Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
7-42 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000
0AX52 DITOM Ditom Microwave Inc. 1180 Coleman Ave. #103 San Jose CA
05AJ8 DOW Dow Corning Corp. Wolverine Building Midland MI
0JNR4 DUPONT Dupont Electronics 825 Old Trail Rd. Wilmington DE
2J899 DYNAWA Dynawave Inc. 94 Searle St. Georgetown MA
74970 EFJOHN E. F. Johnson Co. 299 Johnson Ave. Waseca MN
72825 EBY EBY Co. 4300 H St. Philadelphia PA
53387 ECMETL EC Metal Plating 3005 Copper Rd. Santa Clara CA
----- EDT EDT 2680 Walnut Ave., Unit C Tustin CA
05820 WAKEFI EG&G Wakefield Engineering 60 Audubon Rd. Wakefield MA
----- EL CAP EL Cap 116 Depot Ave. Elgin TX
2J899 EXCELF Excelfab 1020 Morse Ave. Sunnyvale CA
78553 EATON Eaton Corp. 1060 W. 130th St. Brunswick OH
0GUG6 ECLIPT Ecliptek 18430 Bandilier Cr. Fountain Valley CA
31781 EDAC Edac Inc. 40 Tiffield Rd. Scarborough, Ontario, Canada
91662 ELCO Elco Corp. 801 Seventeenth Ave. S. Myrtle Beach SC
----- ELEFIL Electro-Films Inc. 111 Gilbane St. Warwick RI
----- EE&I Electronic Eyelet & Interconnect 911 Bern Ct. San Jose CA
14604 ELMWOO Elmwood Sensors Inc. 500 Narragansett Pk. Dr. Pawtucket RI
64013 ELNA Elna America, Inc. 5770 Warland Dr. Cypress CA
0JMR7 EMERSO Emerson & Cuming 61 Holton St. Worburn MA
----- ENVIRO Enviro Tech International P.O. Box 5052 Alameda CA
33246 EPOTEK Epoxy Technology Inc. 14 Fortune Dr. Billerica MA
0HAF7 EPSON Epson America, Inc. 20770 Madrona Ave. Torrance CA
72982 ERIE Erie Technological 645 W. Eleventh St. Erie PA
8B808 EVAPOR Evaporated Coatings, Inc. 2365 Maryland Rd. Willow Grove PA
65964 EVOX Evox-Rifa Inc. 100 Tri-State International Lincolnshire IL
52063 EXAR Exar Integrated Systems 2222 Qume Dr. San Jose CA
53387 FOSC00 Force Electronics 477 Gianni St. Santa Clara CA
73734 FED SC Federal Screw Products Inc. 3917 N. Kedzie Ave. Chicago IL
1BH13 FENWAL Fenwal Electronics Inc. 64 Fountain St. Framingham MA
02114 FERROX Ferroxcube/Division of Amperex 5083 Kings Hwy. Saugerties NY
60204 FLECK Fleck Co. 3410 A St. SE. Auburn WA
61429 FOX Fox Electronics Inc. 5570 Enterprise Prkwy. Ft. Myers FL
26629 FREQ S Frequency Sources, Inc. 15 Maple Rd. Chelmsford MA
----- FUJI P Fujipoly 365 Carnegie Ave.
9Z397 FUJITS Fujitsu Component of America 3320 Scott Blvd. Santa Clara CA
0HFH6 FUTABA Futaba Corp. of America 555 W. Victoria St. Compton CA
14936 GENERA General Instrument Corp. 10 Melville Pk. Rd. Melville NY
0J9P9 GEROME Gerome Manufacturing Co, Inc. 403 N. Main St. Newburg OR
58900 GIGA Giga-tronics Inc. 4650 Norris Canyon Rd. San Ramon CA
3T059 GILWAY Gilway Technical Lamps Inc. 800 W. Cummings Prk. Woburn MA
1BX85 GLOBAL Global Computer Supplies 2318 E. Del Amo Blvd., Dpt. 75 Compton CA
Table 7-1: List of Manufacturers
Cage Supplier Name Address City State
Parts Lists
Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 7-43
----- GOLDEN Golden Pacific Quality Products 23585 Connecticut St., #18 Hayward CA
95348 GORDOS Gordos Corp. 1000 N. 2nd St. Rogers AZ
17217 GORE Gore & Associates Inc., W.L. 1901 Barksdale Rd. Newark DE
81073 GRAYHI Grayhill Inc. 561 Hillgrove Ave. La Grange IL
2R182 SMITH H.H. Smith Co. 325 N. Illinois St. Indianapolis IN
63542 HAMILT Hamilton Hallmark
9Z740 HNL HNL Inc. 3250 Victor St., Bldg C Santa Clara CA
4F708 HAMMON Hammond Manufacturing Co. 1690 Walden Dr. Buffalo NY
2M881 HARRIS Harris Semiconductor 883 Sterling Rd., Ste. 8120 Mountain View CA
67297 HEROTE Herotek Inc. 222 N. Wolfe Rd. Sunnyvale CA
28480 HP Hewlett Packard Co. 3000 Hanover St. Palo Alto CA
28520 HEYCO Heyco Molded Products 750 Blvd. Kenilworth NJ
0AG18 HIROSE Hirose Electric 2688 W. Hills Ct. Simi Valley CA
61485 HITACH Hitachi Denshi America Ltd. 175 Crossways Prkwy. W. Woodbury NY
----- HITECH Hitech Die Casting, Inc. 2245 S. Vasco Rd. Livermore CA
----- SUHNER Hubner Suhner Ltd. Tumbleinstrass 20 Pfaffikon, Switz
55536 HUNTER Hunter Technology Corp. 3305 Kifer Rd. Santa Clara CA
58558 ICS ICS Electronics 473 Los Coches St. Milpitas CA
32293 INTER Interconnect System 2501 Mission St. Santa Cruz CA
4J532 IOTECH IOtech, Inc. 25971 Cannon Rd. Cleveland OH
71468 ITT CA ITT Cannon Electric 666 E. Dyer Rd. Santa Anna CA
98291 ITT SE ITT Cannon RF Products 585 E. Main St. New Britain CT
05276 ITT PO ITT Pomona Electronics 1500 E. Ninth St. Pomona CA
31918 ITT SH ITT Schadow Inc. 8081 Wallace Rd. Eden Prarie MN
04426 ITW SW ITW Switches 6615 W. Irving Pk. Rd. Chicago IL
51705 ICO RL Ico-Rally Corp. 2575 E. Bayshore Rd. Palo Alto CA
0FY98 IDAHO Idaho Circuit Technologies 401 E. 1st St. Glenns Ferry ID
74840 ILLCAP Illinois Ccpacitor Inc. 3757 W. Touhy Ave. Lincolnwood IL
----- INDUIM Induim Corp. of America 1676 Lincoln Ave. Utica NY
64671 INMET Inmet Corp. 300 Dino Dr. Ann Arbor MI
58202 INNOWA Innowave Inc. 955/975 Benecia Ave. Sunnyvale CA
9Z890 INTCIR Integrated Circuit Systems 525 Race St. San Jose CA
61772 IDT Integrated Device Technology, Inc. 2975 Stender Wy. Santa Clara CA
34649 INTEL Intel Corp. 2200 Mission College Blvd. Santa Clara CA
0RMV0 INTELL Intelligent Instrumentation 6550 S. Bay Colony Dr., MS 130 Tucson AZ
5J927 INT.TE Interface Technology Inc. 300 S. Lemon Creek Dr. Walnut CA
4S177 IMS International Mfg Services 50 Schoolhouse Ln. Portsmouth RI
59993 INT RE International Rectifier 233 Kansas St. El Segundo CA
32293 INTERS Intersil Inc. 2450 Walsh Ave. Santa Clara CA
----- ITEM Item 1249 Quarry Ln., Ste. 150 Pleasanton CA
----- J&J J&J Electronics Inc. 6 Faraday Irvine CA
0K971 JAE JAE Electronics 142 Technology Dr., Ste. 100 Irvine CA
Table 7-1: List of Manufacturers
Cage Supplier Name Address City State
Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
7-44 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000
91293 JOHANS Johanson Mfg. Co. 400 Rockway Valley Rd. Boonton NJ
30035 JOLO I Jolo Industries Inc. 13921 Nautilus Dr. Garden Grove CA
05236 JONATH Jonathan Manufacturing Co. 1101 S. Acacia Ave. Fullerton CA
23499 JUDD Judd Wire and Cable 870 Los Vallecitos Rd. San Marcos CA
66126 KDI KDI Precision Products 3975 McMann Rd. Cincinnati OH
----- KINKOS KINKO’S
08EW3 KMW KMW Inc. 9970 Bell Ranch Dr. Santa Fe Springs CA
----- KOA KOA SPEER 6801 River Pl. Blvd. Austin TX
59124 KOASPE KOA Speer Electronics Inc. Bolivar Dr. Bradford PA
3M918 KANEMA Kanematsu-Gosho USA, Inc. 3335 Hope St., Ste. 2800 Los Angeles CA
31433 KEMET Kemet Electronics Corp. 2835 Kemet Wy. Simpsonville SC
75263 KEYSTO Keystone Carbon Co. 1935 State St. St. Marys PA
91836 KING E Kings Electronics 40 Marbledale Rd. Tuckahoe NY
62331 KRYTAR Krytar Inc. 1292 Anvilwood Ct. Sunnyvale CA
2P953 LEMO Lemo USA Inc.
8Z313 LMS LMS Electronics 34101 Monroe Rd. Charlotte NC
55261 LSI SY LSI Computer Systems 1235 Walt Whitman Rd. Melville NY
4J674 LEADER Leader Tech 14100 McCormick Dr. Tampa FL
24759 LENOX Lenox-Fugal Electronics Inc. 1071 N. Grandview Ave. Nogales AZ
24759 LENXFU Lenox-Fugle International, Inc. P.O. Box 1448 Nogales AZ
34333 LINFIN LinFinity Microelectronics, Inc. 11861 Western Ave. Garden Grove CA
64155 LIN TE Linear Technology Corp. 1630 McCarthy Blvd. Milpitas CA
75915 LITTLE Littelfuse Tracor Inc. 800 E. Northwest Hwy. Des Plaines IL
93459 LUCAS Lucas Weinschel Inc. 5305 Spectrum Dr. Frederick MD
0C7W7 MPULSE M-Pulse Microwave 576 Charcot Ave. San Jose CA
96341 M/A CO M/A Com 1011 Pawtucket Blvd. Lowell MA
53387 MICR00 Micro-Ohm Corpporation 1088 Hamilton Rd. Duarte CA
53387 MILL-M Mill-Max 190 Pine Hollow Rd. NY
2T737 MOUSER Mouser Electronics
53387 MULTIF Multiflex Inc. 282 Browkaw Rd. Santa Clara CA
94696 MAGCRA Magnecraft 1910 Techny Rd. Northbrook IL
90201 MALLOR Mallory Capacitor Co. 4760 Kentucky Ave. Indianapolis IN
0H1N5 MARCON Marcon America Corp. 998 Forest Edge Dr. Vernon Hills IL
0UC32 MARKI Marki Microwave 2320 B Walsh Ave. Santa Clara CA
1ES66 MAXIM Maxim Integrated Products 510 N. Pastoria Ave. Sunnyvale CA
00136 MCCOY McCoy/Oak Frequency Control Grp. 100 Watts St. Mount Holly Springs PA
63058 MCKENZ McKenzie Technology 44370 Old Warm Springs Blvd. Fremont CA
3A054 MCMAST McMaster-Carr Supply Co. 9630 Norwalk Blvd. Santa Fe Springs CA
65249 MEMORY Memory Protection Devices Inc. 320 Broad Hollow Rd. Farmingdale NY
0D3V2 MENLO Menlo Industries Inc. 44060 Old Warm Springs Blvd. Fremont CA
12457 MERRIM Merrimac Industries Inc. 41 Fairfield Pl. West Caldwell NJ
59365 METELI Metelics Corp. 975 Stewart Dr. Sunnyvale CA
Table 7-1: List of Manufacturers
Cage Supplier Name Address City State
Parts Lists
Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 7-45
0RN63 MICRLA Micro Lambda, Inc. 4037 Clipper Ct. Fremont CA
----- MICROC Micro-Chem Inc.
00929 MICROL Microlab/FXR 10 Microlab Rd. Livingston NJ
54487 MICRNE Micronetics 26 Hampshire Dr. Hudson NH
0HFJ2 MICPLA Microplastic Inc. 9180 Gazette Ave. Chatsworth CA
54186 MICROP Micropower Systems Inc. 48720 Kato Rd. Fremont CA
14552 MICRSE Microsemi Corp. 2830 S. Fairview St. Santa Ana CA
66449 MICROS Microsource Inc. 1269 Corporate Center Prkwy. Santa Rosa CA
6Y341 MTI Microwave Technology Inc. 4268 Solar Wy. Fremont CA
34078 MIDWES Midwest Microwave Inc. 6564 S. State Rd. Saline MI
0S5P0 MILLWA Milliwave Technology Corp. 6425-C Capital Ave. Diamond Springs CA
15542 MINI C Mini Circuits Laboratory 13 Neptune Ave. Brooklyn NY
33592 MITEQ Miteq Inc. 100 Davids Dr. Huappauge NY
0D2A6 MITSUB Mitsubishi Electronics Inc. 5665 Plaza Dr. Cypress CA
27264 MOLEX Molex, Inc. 2222 Wellington Ct. Lisle IL
54331 MONITO Monitor Products Co. Inc. 502 Via Del Monte Oceanside CA
----- MOTION Motion Industries, Inc. 2705 Lafayette St. Santa Clara CA
04713 MOT Motorola Semiconductor Products 5005 E. McDowell Rd. Phoenix AZ
04713 MOTO Motorola Semiconductor Products 5005 E. McDowell Rd. Phoenix AZ
0YP31 MULTIC Multicore Solders 1751 Jay Ell Dr. Richardson TX
72982 MURATA Murata Erie N. America 645 W. 11th St. Erie PA
4T165 NEC NEC Electronics USA Inc. 401 Ellis Street Mountain View CA
----- NIC NIC
0D1M6 NMB NMB Technologies Inc. 9730 Independence Ave. Chatsworth CA
7T184 NTE NTE ELectronics 44 Farrand St. Bloomfield NJ
60583 NARDA Narda Microwave Corp. 11040 White Rock Rd., Ste 200 Rancho Cordova CA
54516 NATCAB National Cable Molding Co. 136 San Fernando Rd. Los Angeles CA
58377 NATELE National Electronics 11731 Markon Dr. Garden Grove CA
64667 NATINS National Instruments Corp. 6504 Bridge Point Prkwy. Austin TX
27014 NATION National Semiconductor Corp. 2900 Semiconductor Dr. Santa Clara CA
04569 NATWIR National Wire & Cable 136 San Fernando Rd. Los Angeles CA
55680 NICHIC Nichicon America Corp. 927 E. State Prkwy. Schaumburg IL
----- NIDEC Nidec 152 Will Dr. Canton MA
0LU72 NORITA Noritake, Electronics Division 23820 Hawthorne Blvd. #100 Torrance CA
3K718 NOVATR Nova-Tronix Inc. 4781 Patrick Henry Dr. Santa Clara CA
65238 NOVACA Novacap 25111 Anza Dr. Valencia CA
26233 NYLOK Nylok Fastener Corp. 1161 Sandhill Ave., Bldg. D Carson CA
72259 NYTRON Nytronics Inc. 475 Pk. Ave. S. New York NY
5W060 OLANDE Olander Co., Inc. 144 Commercial St. Sunnyvale CA
61964 OMRON Omron Electronics Inc. 1E Commerce Schaumburg IL
12020 OVENAI Ovenaire Division 100 Watts St. Mount Holly Springs PA
63345 OVERLA Overland Products Co. 1867 Airport Rd. Fremont NE
Table 7-1: List of Manufacturers
Cage Supplier Name Address City State
Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
7-46 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000
61964 PHASE PHASE II
0DJ29 PSELEC PSElect 520 Mercury Dr. Sunnyvale CA
0HS44 PAC MI Pacific Millimeter 169 Linbrook Dr. San Diego CA
55387 PAMTEC Pamtech 4053 Calle Tesoro Camarillo CA
61058 PANSON Panasonic Industrial Division 2 Panasonic Wy. Secaucus NJ
06383 PANDUI Panduit Corp. 17301 Ridgeland Tinley Park IL
----- PAPST Papst Mechatronic Corp. Aquidneck Industrial Pk. Newport RI
53919 PASTER Pasternack Enterprises P.O. Box 16759 Irvine CA
----- PEGASU Pegasus Electronics, Inc. 2240 Lundy Ave. San Jose CA
46384 PENN Penn Engineering and Mfg Co. 5190 Old Easton Rd. Danboro PA
----- PERFOR Performance Semiconductor Corp. 610 E. Weddell Dr. Sunnyvale CA
3W023 PHILLI Phillips Components 5083 Kings Hwy. Saugerties NY
5Z179 PLANAR Planar Systems Inc. 1400 NW. Compton Dr. Beaverton OR
82199 POLARA Polarad Electronics Inc. 5 Delaware Dr. Lake Success NY
60046 POWDY Power Dynamics, Inc. 59 Lakeside Ave. West Orange NJ
60393 PRECIS Precision Resistive Products 202 Mack Ln. Mediapolis IA
57177 PROMPT Promptus Electronic Hardware 520 Homestead Ave. Mount Vernon NY
53387 QRM Quick Reponse Mfg. Inc. 793 Ames Ave. Milpitas CA
1DN14 QUALCO Qualcomm Inc. 6455 Lusk Blvd. San Diego CA
56866 QTI Quality Thermistor Inc. 2147 Centurion Pl. Boise ID
----- RFMICR R.F. Micro Devices, Inc. 7625 Thorndike Rd. Greensboro NC
55566 RAF EL RAF Electronic Hardware 95 Silvermine Rd. Seymour CT
53387 RICHO Richo Inc. 5825 N Tripp Ave. Chicago IL
53387 RLCU00 RLC Elect. C/O Dura 21710 Stevens Creek, Bldg. 240 Cupertino CA
0GP12 RADIAL Radiall Inc. 150 Long Beach Blvd. Stratford CT
0VUE0 RALTRO Raltron Electronics Corportion 10651 NW. 19th St. Miami FL
06090 RAYCHE Raychem Corp. 300 Constitution Dr. Menlo Park CA
06915 RICHCO Richco Plastic Co. 5825 N. Tripp Ave. Chicago IL
06776 ROBINS Robinson Nugent Inc. 800 E. Eighth St. New Albany IN
34576 ROCKWE Rockwell International Corp. 4311 Jamboree Rd. Newport Beach CA
4U402 ROEDER Roederstein Electronics 2100 W. Front St. Statesville NC
86797 ROGAN Rogan Corp. 3455 Woodhead Dr. Northbrook IL
65032 ROGERS Rogers Corp. 100 N. Dobson Rd. Chandler AZ
65940 ROHM Rohm Corp. 111 Pacifica Irvine CA
82877 ROTRON Rotron Inc. 7 Hasbrouck Ln. Woodstock NY
98159 RUB-CR Rubber Craft 15627 S. Broadway Gardena CA
98159 RUB-TE Rubber Teck 15627 S. Broadway Gardena CA
0FB81 SMOS S-MOS Systems Inc. 2460 N. First St. San Jose CA
31586 SAFT SAFT America Inc. 107 Beaver Ct. Cockeysville MD
53387 SEI SEI Electronics P.O. Box 58789 Raleigh NC
66958 SGS SGS Thompson Microelectronics 1000 E. Bell Rd. Phoenix AZ
53387 STMICR ST Microelectronics
Table 7-1: List of Manufacturers
Cage Supplier Name Address City State
Parts Lists
Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 7-47
53387 SYNSEM Synergy Semiconductor 3250 Scott Blvd. Santa Clara CA
07180 SAGE Sage Laboratories Inc. E. Natick Industrial Pk. Natick MA
55322 SAMTEC Samtec Inc. 810 Progress Blvd. New Albany IN
96733 SAN FE San Fernando Electric Mfg 1501 First St. San Fernando CA
62559 SCHROF Schroff Inc. 170 Commerce Dr. Warwick RI
70561 SCITEQ Sciteq Communications, Inc. 9990 Mesa Rim Rd. San Diego CA
7U905 SEASTR Seastrom Inc. 2351 Kentucky Ave. Indianapolis IN
61394 SEEQ Seeq Technology Inc. 47131 Bayside Prkwy. Fremont CA
59270 SELCO Selco Products 7580 Stage Rd. Buena Park CA
55989 SEMICO Semicon Inc. 8810 Frost Ave. St. Louis MO
4W070 SHARP Sharp Electronics Corp. Sharp Plaza Blvd. Memphis TN
0B549 SIEMEN Siemens Components 10950 N. Tantau Ave. Cupertino CA
1CY63 SMT Sierra Microwave Technology Inc. One Sierra Wy. Georgetown TX
17856 SILICO Siliconix Inc. 2201 Laurelwood Rd. Santa Clara CA
5L401 SSI Solid State, Inc. 46 Farrand St. Bloomfield NJ
95077 SOLITR Solitron/Vector Microwave 3301 Electronics Wy. West Palm Beach FL
66049 SWMICR Southwest Microwave 2922 S. Roosevelt Tempe AZ
1W232 SPACEK Spacek Labs 528 Santa Barbara St. Santa Barbara CA
24931 SPECIA Speciality Connector Co., Inc. 2100 Earlywood Dr. Franklin IN
56289 SPRAGU Sprague Electric Co. 68 Main St. Sanford ME
51791 STATEK Statek Corp 512 N. Main St. Orange CA
0GAA9 STATIC Static Control Components 330 Wicker St. Sanford NC
0KA21 STETCO Stetco Inc. 3344 Schierhorn Ct. Franklin Park IL
57771 STIMPS Stimpson Co. 900 Sylvan Ave. Bayport NY
29005 STORM Storm Products Co. 112 S. Glasglow Ave. Inglewood CA
1U930 SUPER Supertex 2231 Colby Ave. Los Angeles CA
63155 SYNERG Synergy Microwave Corp. 483 McLean Blvd. Patterson NJ
54583 TDK TDK of America 12 Harbor Pk. Dr. Port Washington NY
----- TEMIC TEMIC
2W053 TARGET Target Electronics 715A Pastoria Ave. Sunnyvale CA
3Z990 TECH P Tech Pro Inc. 6243 E. US. Hwy. 98 Panama City FL
52814 TECH-E Tech-Etch 45 Adlrin Rd. Plymouth MA
00RB0 TECHNI Techni-tool 1575 University Dr. Tempe AZ
15818 TELCOM TelCom Semiconductor 1300 Terra Bella Ave. Mountain View CA
11532 TELEDY Teledyne Relays 12525 Daphne Ave. Hawthorne CA
15915 EPRO Tepro of Florida Inc. 2608 Enterprise Rd. Clearwater FL
01295 TI Texas Instruments 8505 Forrest Ln. Dallas TX
13103 THRMLL Thermalloy Co, Inc. 2021 W. Valley View Ln. Dallas TX
58090 THERMO Thermometrics 808 US. Hwy. #1 Edison NJ
56501 T&B Thomas & Betts Corp. 1555 Lynnfield Rd. Memphis TN
0HHH5 THUNDE Thunderline Z, Inc. 11 Hazel Dr. Hampstead NH
OB3G8 TOKIN Tokin America Inc. 2261 Fortune Dr. San Jose CA
Table 7-1: List of Manufacturers
Cage Supplier Name Address City State
Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
7-48 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000
06049 TOPAZ Topaz Inc. 1660 Scenic Ave. Costa Mesa CA
61802 TOSHIB Toshiba International 13131 W. Little York Rd. Houston TX
82152 TRANSC Transco Products Inc. 200 W. Los Angeles Ave. Simi Valley CA
59660 TUSONI Tusonix Inc. 7741 N. Business Pk. Dr. Tucson AZ
53421 TYTON Tyton Corp. 7930 N. Faulkner Rd. Milwaukee WI
53387 UNITED United Mfg. Assy. 42680 Christy St. Fremont CA
0TAZ2 UNION Union Carbide 39 Old Ridgebury Rd. Danbury CT
62643 UNCHEM United Chemicon Inc. 9806 Higgins St. Rosemont IL
52847 USCRYS United States Crystal Corp. 3605 McCart St. Fort Worth TX
3S125 UNITRO Unitrode Corp. 5 Forbes Rd. Lexington MA
95275 VISION Vision Electronics 1175 Spring Ctr. S BLVB Altamont Springs FL
53387 VPR VPR
27802 VECTRO Vectron Laboratories, Inc. 166 Gover Ave. Norwalk CT
95275 VITRAM Vitramon Inc. 10 Rte. 25 Monroe CT
18736 VOLTRO Voltronics Corp. 100-10 Ford St. Denville NJ
53387 WARDBA Ward Bagby 1360 Piper Dr. Milpitas CA
66579 WAFER WaferScale Integration 47280 Kato Rd. Fremont CA
00443 WAVELI Waveline Inc. 160 Passaic Ave. Fairfield NJ
0AN50 WESTEC Westec Plastics Corp. 2044 Concourse Dr. San Jose CA
52840 WEST.D Western Digital Corp. 3128 Red Hill Ave. Costa Mesa CA
16453 WEST/M Western Microwave Inc. 495 Mercury Dr. Sunnyvale CA
20944 WILTRO Wiltron Co. 685 Jarvis Dr., Ste. F Morgan Hill CA
68919 WIMA Wima (Intertechnical Group) 2269 Saw Mill River Rd. Elmsford NY
60395 XICOR Xicor Inc. 1151 Buckeye Dr. Milpitas CA
68994 XILINX Xilinx Inc. 2100 Logic Dr. San Jose CA
58758 ZAMBRE Zambre Co. 2134M Old Middlefield Wy. Mountain View CA
79963 ZIERIC Zierick Manufacturing Co. Radio Cr. Mt. Kisco NY
----- ZOLTAR Zoltar Engineering, LLC 32 Galli Dr., Ste. A Novato CA
Table 7-1: List of Manufacturers
Cage Supplier Name Address City State
Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 8-1
8
Diagrams
8.1 Introduction
Diagrams for the following assemblies and circuits are included in this chapter:
8.2 Applicability
The component assemblies and circuit schematics in this chapter (except Option 06) are valid for both
Model 8541C and Model 8542C. The 8541C has only one channel, therefore all references to
Channel B in the assembly and circuit diagrams pertain only to the 8542C.
Parts lists for all assemblies are contained in Chapter 7. Parts lists for options are in Appendix C.
Reference
Designation Description
No. of
Sheets
Drawing
Number
Rev.
Level
Page
Number
8540C Series Power Meter 2 30161 B 8-3
8542C Chassis Assembly 3 30172 M 8-5
A1 8540C CPU PCB Assembly 1 21693 J 8-8
A1 8540C CPU Circuit Schematic 3 21694 J 8-9
A2 8540C Analog PCB Assembly 2 30173 S 8-12
A2 8540C Analog Circuit Schematic (6
sheets) 6 30165 R 8-14
A3 Front Panel PCB Assembly 1 21229 C 8-20
A3 Front Panel Circuit Schematic 1 21230 C 8-21
Option 06
2nd Analog
Output
System Schematic
PCB Assembly
Circuit Schematic
1
1
1
30535
21387
21388
B
B
A
8-22
8-23
8-24
Option 11 Time
Gating
Measurement
System Schematic
PCB Assembly
Circuit Schematic
1
1
1
30485
30442
30443
B
B
B
8-25
8-26
8-27
Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
8-2 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000
Special 11" x 17" landscape Diagrams/Schematics
follow continuing Chapter 8 of the Series 8540C manual.
Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 A-1
A
Typical Applications Programs
A.1 Continuous Data Reading
OUTPUT 713;TR3 ! set freerun mode
Main:
ENTER 713;Reading ! make reading
PRINT Reading
GO TO MAIN
A.2 Remote Calibration of a Sensor
OUTPUT 713;PR ! preset the instrument to a known state
CH 1 EN ! selects line 1 for subsequent settings
OUTPUT 713;LG ! set Log units (dB or dBm)
OUTPUT 713;AP ! Measure sensor A
Main: ! start of measurement loop
OUTPUT 713;TR2 ! Trigger full measurement with settling
ENTER 713;Reading ! Read the data over the bus into variable N
PRINT Reading
GO TO Main
Calibrate ! calibration routine
ON INTR 7 GOSUB Srq_interrupt ! setup serial poll interrupt jump location
ENABLE INTR 7;2 ! enable SRQ interrupts
OUTPUT 713;*SRE002 ! set service request mask to 2
OUTPUT 713;CS ! clear status byte
OUTPUT 713;CLEN ! start calibration
Flag=0 ! reset control flag
WHILE Flag=0 ! wait while calibrating
END WHILE
RETURN
Srq_interrupt: ! SRQ interrupts jump here
IF BIT(State, 1) THEN
PRINT GOOD CAL
ELSE
IF BIT(State, #) THEN
PRINT BAD CAL
ENDIF
ENDIF
OUTPUT 713;CS ! clear status byte
Flag=1 ! set control flag true
RETURN
Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
A-2 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000
A.3 Speed Tests: Normal and Swift
CSUB PROG 494 RE-STORE WSPEED
11 ! SPEED TESTS FOR THE GIGA-TRONICS 8542C
12 ! 9/1/00
20 Giga-tronics=713
30 DIM A(100) ,B(100)
31 OUTPUT Giga-tronics;PR LG OC1
32 OUTPUT Giga-tronics;AE FM0 EN
34 OUTPUT Giga-tronics;DU GIGA-TRONICS 8542 SPEED TESTS
35 WAIT 1
36 OUTPUT Giga-tronics;DU UN-PLUG B SENSOR
37 PRINT
40 PRINT GIGA-TRONICS 8542 SPEED TESTS
60 PRINT CONNECT A SENSOR ONLY. NO B SENSOR
61 PRINT PRESS RETURN WHEN READY
70 INPUT A$
71 OUTPUT Giga-tronics;DE
80 !
90 PRINT
100 PRINT NORMAL TR3 TRIGGER MODE SINGLE CHANNEL
110 GOSUB Timeloop1
111 !
112 PRINT
113 PRINT NORMAL TR2 TRIGGER MODE SINGLE CHANNEL
114 GOSUB Timeloop4
120 !
130 OUTPUT Giga-tronics;SWIFT FREERUN
140 WAIT 1
150 PRINT
160 PRINT SWIFT MODE SINGLE CHANNEL
170 GOSUB Timeloop2
180 OUTPUT Giga-tronics;SWIFT OFF
181 !
190 PRINT
200 PRINT END OF SINGLE CHANNEL MODE
210 PRINT CONNECT B SENSOR FOR NEXT SET OF TESTS
211 PRINT PRESS RETURN WHEN READY
212 OUTPUT Giga-tronics;DU CONNECT B SENSOR
220 INPUT A$
221 OUTPUT Giga-tronics;DE
223 !
230 PRINT
240 PRINT NORMAL TR3 TRIGGER MODE TWO CHANNELS
250 GOSUB Timeloop3
251 !
260 PRINT
270 PRINT SWIFT MODE DUAL CHANNEL
280 OUTPUT Giga-tronics;SWIFT FREERUN
290 WAIT 1
300 GOSUB Timeloop2
310 PRINT
320 OUTPUT Giga-tronics;SWIFT OFF
[continued...]
Typical Applications Programs
Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 A-3
330 PRINT END OF TESTS
340 STOP
350 !
360 Timeloop1:! SINGLE CHANNEL MEASUREMENTS
370 T1=TIMEDATE
380 FOR I=1 TO 100
390 ENTER Giga-tronics;A(I)
400 ! PRINT A(I)
410 NEXT I
420 T2=TIMEDATE
430 PRINT 100/(T2-T1);PER SECOND
440 ! FOR I=1 TO 100
450 ! PRINT A(I)
460 ! NEXT I
470 ! PRINT
480 RETURN
490 !
500 Timeloop2:! TWO CHANNELS IN SWIFT MODE
510 T1=TIMEDATE
520 FOR I=1 TO 100
530 ENTER Giga-tronics;A(I),B(I)
540 NEXT I
550 T2=TIMEDATE
560 PRINT 100/(T2-T1);PER SECOND FOR BOTH CHANNELS
570 RETURN
580 !
590 Timeloop3:!
600 T1=TIMEDATE
610 FOR I=1 TO 100
620 OUTPUT Giga-tronics;AP
630 ENTER Giga-tronics;A(I)
640 OUTPUT Giga-tronics;BP
650 ENTER Giga-tronics;B(I)
660 NEXT I
670 T2=TIMEDATE
680 PRINT 100/(T2-T1);PER SECOND BOTH CHANNELS
690 OUTPUT Giga-tronics;AP
700 RETURN
701 !
702 Timeloop4:!
703 T1=TIMEDATE
704 FOR I=1 TO 100
705 OUTPUT Giga-tronics;TR2
706 ENTER Giga-tronics;A(I)
709 NEXT I
710 T2=TIMEDATE
711 PRINT 100/(T2-T1);PER SECOND SINGLE CHANNEL
712 OUTPUT Giga-tronics;TR3
713 RETURN
714 END
Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
A-4 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000
A.4 Swift Demo 1: FREERUN
10 ! RE-STORE SWIFT
20 !
30 ! DEMO PROGRAM FOR 8540C SWIFT MODE
40 !
50 ! 9/1/00
60 !
70 Giga-tronics=713
80 N=100
90 OPTION BASE 1
110 REAL Nums(100)
120 OUTPUT Giga-tronics;PR LG
130 OUTPUT Giga-tronics;SWIFT FREERUN
140 WAIT .5
145 WINDOW 1 ,N,-70,20
150 Mainloop
151 FOR I=1 TO N
170 ENTER Giga-tronics;Nums(I)
180 NEXT I
190 GCLEAR
200 PEN 2
210 GRID 10,10
220 PEN 1
230 MOVE 1 ,Nums(I)
240 FOR I=1 TO N
250 DRAW I ,Nums (I)
260 NEXT I
270 GOTO Mainloop
280 OUTPUT Giga-tronics;SWIFT OFF
300 END
Typical Applications Programs
Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 A-5
A.5 Swift Demo 2: GET
10 ! RE-STORE SWIFT
20 ! DEMO PROGRAM FOR 8540C SWIFT MODE
40 !
50 ! 9/1/00
60 !
70 Giga-tronics=713
80 N=100
90 OPTION BASE 1
110 REAL Nums(100)
120 OUTPUT Giga-tronics;PR LG
130 OUTPUT Giga-tronics;SWIFT GET;N
140 WAIT .5
145 WINDOW 1,N-70,20
150 Mainloop
151 FOR I=1 TO N
160 TRIGGER Giga-tronics
161 NEXT I
170 ENTER Giga-tronics;Nums(*)
190 GCLEAR
200 PEN 2
210 GRID 10,10
220 PEN 1
230 MOVE 1,Nums(1)
240 FOR I=1 TO N
250 DRAW I,Nums(I)
260 NEXT I
270 GOTO Mainloop
280 OUTPUT Giga-tronics;SWIFT OFF
300 END
Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
A-6 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000
A.6 Fast Buffered Demo: POST GET
10 ! RE-STORE FAST BUFFERED
20 !
30 ! DEMO PROGRAM FOR 8540C FAST BUFFERED MODE
40 !
50 ! 9/1/00
60 !
70 Giga-tronics=713
80 N=100
90 OPTION BASE 1
110 REAL Nums(100)
120 OUTPUT Giga-tronics;PR LG
130 OUTPUT Giga-tronics;FBUF POST GET BUFFER;N
140 WAIT .5
145 WINDOW 1,N,-70,20
150 Mainloop
152 Wait .05
160 TRIGGER Giga-tronics
170 ENTER Giga-tronics;Nums(*)
190 GCLEAR
200 PEN 2
210 GRID 10,10
220 PEN 1
230 MOVE 1,Nums(1)
240 FOR I=1 TO N
250 DRAW I,Nums(I)
260 NEXT I
270 GOTO Mainloop
280 OUTPUT Giga-tronics;FBUF OFF
300 END
Typical Applications Programs
Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 A-7
A.7 Fast Buffered Demo: POST TTL
10 ! RE-STORE FAST BUFFERED
20 !
30 ! DEMO PROGRAM FOR 8540C FAST BUFFERED MODE WITH TTL TRIGGER
40 !
50 ! 9/1/00
60 !
70 Giga-tronics=713
80 N=200
90 OPTION BASE 1
110 REAL Nums(200)
120 OUTPUT Giga-tronics;PR LG
130 OUTPUT Giga-tronics;FBUF POST TTL BUFFER;N
140 WAIT .5
145 WINDOW 1,N,-70,20
150 Mainloop
170 ENTER Giga-tronics;Nums(*) ! waits here until TTL trigger happens
190 GCLEAR
200 PEN 2
210 GRID N/10,10
220 PEN 1
230 MOVE 1,Nums(1)
240 FOR I=1 TO N
250 DRAW I,Nums(I)
260 NEXT I
270 GOTO Mainloop
300 END
Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
A-8 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000
Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 B-1
B
Power Sensors
B.1 Introduction
This appendix contains the selection, specifications and calibration data for the Giga-tronics power
sensors used with the Series 8540C Universal Power Meters. This appendix is divided into:
Power Sensor Selection
•Modulation Power Sensors
•Modulation Sensor Specifications
•Peak Power Sensors
•Directional Bridges
Power Sensor Calibration
•Local Calibration
•Remote Calibration
All Giga-tronics power sensors contain balanced zero-biased Schottky diodes for power sensing.
Input power in excess of +23 dBm (200 mW, which is the 100%
average for standard and pulse sensors) can degrade or destroy
these diodes. Diodes degraded or destroyed in this manner will
not be replaced under warranty. Destructive signal levels are
higher for high power, true rms, and low VSWR sensors. When
connecting power sensors to other devices, do not turn the body
of the sensor in order to tighten the RF connection. This can dam-
age the connector mating surfaces.
B.2 Power Sensor Selection
Standard 80300A Series Sensor measure CW signals from -70 to +20 dBm; the 80400 Series Sensors
measure modulated or CW signals from -67 to +20 dBm; the 80601A Series Sensors measure modulated
or CW signals from -67 to +20 dBm. The 8540C Series Universal Power Meters also use Peak Power
Sensors for measuring radar and digital modulation signals.
Giga-tronics True RMS sensors are recommended for applications such as measuring quadrature
modulated signals, multi-tone receiver intermodulation distortion power, noise power, or the
compression power of an amplifier. These sensors include a pad to attenuate the signal to the RMS
region of the diode’s response. This corresponds to the -70 dBm to -20 dBm linear operating region of
Standard CW Sensors. The pad improves the input VSWR to <1.15 at 18 GHz.
High Power (1, 5, 25, and 50 Watt) and Low VSWR sensors are also available for use with the 8540C
Power Meters. Table B-1 lists the Giga-tronics power sensors used with the 8540C. Refer to applicable
notes on page B-4. See Figures B-1 or B-2 for modulation-induced measurement uncertainty.
CAUTION
Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
B-2 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000
B.2.1 Modulation Power Sensors
Table B-1: Power Sensor Selection Guide
Model
Freq. Range/
Power Range
Max.
Power
Power Linearity4
(Freq >8 GHz)
RF
Conn Length Dia. Wgt VSWR
Modulation Sensors
80601A910 MHz to 18 GHz
-67 to +20 dBm, CW
-60 to +20 dBm, Modulation
+23 dBm
(200 mW)
-67 to -20 dBm ±0.00 dB
-20 to +20 dBm ±0.05 dB/
10 dB
Ty pe N( m )
50Ω
114.5 mm
(5.39 in)
32 mm
(1.62 in)
0.23 kg
(0.4 lb)
1.12:0.01 - 2 GHz
1.22:2 - 12.4 GHz
1:29:12.4 - 18 GHz
80401A
10 MHz to 18 GHz
-67 to +20 dBm, CW
-60 to +20, dBm, Modulation
+23 dBm
(200 mW)
-67 to -20 dBm ±0.00 dB
-20 to +20 dBm: ±0.05 dB/
10 dB
Ty pe N( m )
50Ω
114.5mm
(4.5 in)
32 mm
(1.25 in)
0.18 kg
(0.4 lb)
1.12:0.01 - 2 GHz
1.22:2 - 12.4 GHz
1.29:12.4 - 18 GHz
80402A
10 MHz to 18 GHz
-67 to +20 dBm, CW
-60 to +20,dBm, Modulation
+23 dBm
(200 mW)
-67 to -20 dBm ±0.00 dB
-20 to +20 dBm ±0.05 dB/
10 dB
APC-7
50Ω
80410A
10 MHz to 18 GHz
-64 to +26 dBm, CW
-57 to +26, dBm, Modulation
+29 dBm
(800 mW)
-60 to -14 dBm ±0.00 dB
-14 to + 26 dBm ±0.05 dB/
10 dB Ty p e
K(m)1
50Ω
127 mm
(5.0 in)
32 mm
(1.25 in)
0.23 kg
(0.5 lb)
1.13:0.01 - 2 GHz
1.16:2 - 12 GHz
1.23:12 - 18 GHz
80420A
10 MHz to 18 GHz
-60 to +30 dBm, CW
-53 to +30 dBm, Modulation
+30 dBm
(1 W)
-60 to -10 dBm ±0.00 dB
-10 to +30 dBm ±0.05 dB/
10 dB
1.11:0.01 - 2 GHz
1.12:2 - 12 GHz
1.18:12 - 18 GHz
80421A
10 MHz to 18 GHz
-50 to +37 dBm, CW
-43 to +37 dBm, Modulation
+37 dBm
(5 W)
-47 to +0 dBm ±0.00 dB
0 to +37 dBm ±0.05 dB/
10 dB
Ty pe N( m )
50Ω
150 mm
(5.9 in)
32 mm
(1.25 in)
0.23 kg
(0.5 lb)
1.20:0.011 - 6 GHz
1.25:6 - 12.4 GHz
1.35:12.4 - 18 GHz
80422A
10 MHz to 18 GHz
-40 to +44 dBm, CW
-33 to +44 dBm, Modulation
+44 dBm
(25 W)
-37 to +10 dBm ±0.00 dB
+10 to +44 dBm ±0.05 dB/
10 dB
230 mm
(9.0 in)
104 mm
(4.1 in)
0.3 kg
(0.6 lb)
1.20:0.01 - 6 GHz
1.30:6 - 12.4 GHz
1.40:12.4 - 18 GHz
80425A
10 MHz to 18 GHz
-40 to +47 dBm, CW
-33 to +47 dBm, Modulation
+47 dBm
(50 W)
-34 to +10 dBm ±0.00 dB
+10 to +47 dBm ±0.05 dB/
10 dB
1.25:0.01 - 6 GHz
1.35:6 - 12.4 GHz
1.45:12.4 - 18 GHz
Standard CW Sensors
80301A 10 MHz to 18 GHz
-70 to +20 dBm
+23 dBm
(200 mW) -70 to -20 dBm ±0.00 dB
-20 to +20 dBm ±0.05 dB/
10 dB
Ty pe N( m )
50Ω
114.5 mm
(4.5 in)
32 mm
(1.25 in)
0.18 kg
(0.4 lb)
1.12:0.01 - 2 GHz
1.22:2 - 12.4 GHz
1.29:12.4 - 18 GHz
80302A 10 MHz to 18 GHz
-70 to +20 dBm
+23 dBm
(200 mW)
APC-7
50Ω
80303A 10 MHz to 26.5 GHz
-70 to +20 dBm
+23 dBm
(200 mW)
-70 to +20 dBm ±0.00 dB
-20 to +20 dBm ±0.1 dB/
10dB Ty pe
K(m)1
50Ω
1.12:0.01 - 2 GHz
1.22:2 - 12.4 GHz
1.38:12.4 - 18 GHz
1.43:18 - 26.5 GHz
1.92:26.5 - 40 GHz
80304A 10 MHz to 40 GHz
-70 to 0 dBm
+23 dBm
(200 mW)
-70 to -20 dBm ±0.00 dB
-20 to 0 dBm ±0.2 dB/
10 dB
Low VSWR CW Sensors
80310A 10 MHz to 18 GHz
-64 to +26 dBm
+29 dBm
(800 mW)
-64 to -14 dBm ±0.00 dB
-14 to + 26 dBm ±0.05 dB/
10 dB
Ty pe
K(m)1
50Ω
127mm
(5.0 in)
32 mm
(1.25 in)
0.23 kg
(0.5lb)
1.13:0.01 - 2 GHz
1.15:2 - 12 GHz
1.23:12 - 18 GHz
1.29:18 - 26.5 GHz
1.50:26.5 - 40 GHz
80313A 10 MHz to 26.5 GHz
-64 to +26 dBm
-64 to -14 dBm ±0.00 dB
-14 to + 26 dBm ±0.1 dB/
10 dB
80314A 10 MHz to 40 GHz
-64 to +6 dBm
-64 to -14 dBm ±0.00 dB
-14 to + 6 dBm ±0.2 dB/
10 dB
Power Sensors
Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 B-3
Notes:
1. The K connector is electrically and mechanically compatible with the APC-3.5 and SMA connectors.
2. Power coefficient equals <0.01 dB/Watt.
3. Power coefficient equals <0.015 dB/Watt.
4. For frequencies above 8 GHz, add power linearity to system linearity.
5. Peak operating range above CW maximum range is limited to <10% duty cycle.
6. Includes uncertainty of reference standard and transfer uncertainty. Directly traceable to NIST.
7. Square root of sum of the individual uncertainties squared (RSS).
8. Cal Factor numbers allow for 3% repeatability when connecting attenuator to sensor, and 3% for attenuator measurement
uncertainty and mismatch of sensor/pad combination. Attentuator frequency response is added to the Sensor Cal Factors
which are stored in he sensor’s EEPROM.
9. The Model 80601 is compatible with the 8541C and 8542C, and later configurations.
1W CW Sensors
80320A 10 MHz to 18 GHz
-60 to +30 dBm
+30 dBm
(1 W)
-60 to -10 dBm ±0.00 dB
-10 to +30 dBm ±0.05 dB/
10 dB
Ty pe
K(m)1
50Ω
127 mm
(5.0 in)
32 mm
(1.25 in)
0.23 kg
(0.5 lb)
1.11:0.01 - 2 GHz
1.12:2 - 12 GHz
1.18:12 - 18 GHz
1.22:18 - 26.5 GHz
1.36:26.5 - 40 GHz
80323A 10 MHz to 26.5 GHz
-60 to +30 dBm
-60 to -10 dBm ±0.00 dB
-10 to +30 dBm ±0.1 dB/
10 dB
80324A 10 MHz to 40 GHz
-60 to +10 dBm
-60 to -10 dBm ±0.00 dB
-10 to +10 dBm ±0.2 dB/
10 dB
5W CW Sensor2
80321A 10 MHz to 18 GHz
-50 to +37 dBm
+37 dBm
(5 W)
-50 to +0 dBm ±0.00 dB
0 to +37 dBm ±0.05 dB/
10 dB
Ty pe N( m )
50Ω
150 mm
(5.9 in)
32 mm
(1.25 in)
0.23 kg
(0.5 lb)
1.20:0.01 - 2 GHz
1.25:6 - 12.4 GHz
1.35:12.4 - 18 GHz
25W CW Sensor3
80322A 10 MHz to 18 GHz
-40 to +44 dBm
+44 dBm
(25 W)
-40 to +10 dBm ±0.00 dB
+10 to +44 dBm ±0.05 dB/
10 dB
Ty pe N( m )
50Ω
230 mm
(9.0 in)
104 mm
(4.1 in)
0.3 kg
(0.6 lb)
1.20:0.01 - 2 GHz
1.30:6 - 12.4 GHz
1.40:12.4 - 18 GHz
50W CW Sensor3
80325A 10 MHz to 18 GHz
-40 to +47 dBm
+47 dBm
(50 W)
-40 to +10 dBm ±0.00 dB
+10 to +47 dBm ±0.05 dB/
10 dB
Ty pe N( m )
50Ω
230mm
(9.0 in)
104 mm
(4.1 in)
0.3 kg
(0.6 lb)
1.25:0.01 - 2 GHz
1.35:6 - 12.4 GHz
1.45:12.4 - 18 GHz
True RMS Sensors (-30 to +20 dBm)
80330A
80333A
80334A
10 MHz to 18 GHz
10 MHZ to 26.5 GHz
10 MHz to 40 GHz
+33 dBm
(2 W) -30 to +20 dBm ±0.00 dB
Ty pe
K(m)1
50Ω
152.5 mm
(6.0 in)
32 mm
1.25 in)
0.27 kg
(0.6 lb)
1.12:0.01 - 12 GHz
1.15:12 - 18 GHz
1.18:18 - 26.5 GHz
1.29:26.5 - 40 GHz
80340 Series Peak Power Sensors (-30 to +20 dBm)
80340A 50 MHz to 18 GHz
+23 dBm
(200 mW)
-30 to -20 dBm ±0.13 dB
0 to +20 dBm
Ty pe
N(m)1
50Ω
146 mm
(5.75 in)
37 mm
(1.44 in)
0.3 kg
(0.6lb)
1.12:0.01 - 2 GHz
1.22:2 - 12.4 GHz
1.37:12.4 - 18 GHz
80343A
80344A
50MHz to 26.5 50 MHz
to 40 GHz
0 to +20 dBm ±0.13 dB
±0.01 dB/dB
Ty pe
K(m)1
50Ω
1.50:18 - 26.5 GHz
1.92:26.5 - 40 GHz
Table B-1: Power Sensor Selection Guide (Continued)
Model
Freq. Range/
Power Range
Max.
Power
Power Linearity4
(Freq >8 GHz)
RF
Conn Length Dia. Wgt VSWR
Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
B-4 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000
Notes:
1. The K connector is electrically and mechanically compatible with the APC-3.5 and SMA connectors.
2. Power coefficient equals <0.01 dB/Watt.
3. Power coefficient equals <0.015 dB/Watt.
4. For frequencies above 8 GHz, add power linearity to system linearity.
5. Peak operating range above CW maximum range is limited to <10% duty cycle.
6. Includes uncertainty of reference standard and transfer uncertainty. Directly traceable to NIST.
7. Square root of sum of the individual uncertainties squared (RSS).
8. Cal Factor numbers allow for 3% repeatability when connecting attenuator to sensor, and 3% for attenuator measurement
uncertainty and mismatch of sensor/pad combination. Attentuator frequency response is added to the Sensor Cal Factors
which are stored in he sensor’s EEPROM.
9. The Model 80601 is compatible with the 8541C and 8542C and later configurations.
Table B-2: Power Sensor Cal Factor Uncertainties
Freq.
(GHz) Sum of Uncertainties (%)6Probable Uncertainties (%)7
Lower Upper
80301A
80302A
80340
80401A
80402A
80601A9
80303A
80304A
80343
80344
80310A
80313A
80314A
80320A
80323A
80324A
80321A8
80322A8
80325A8
80330A
80333A
80334A
80301A
80302A
80340
80401A
80402A
80601A9
80303A
80304A
80343
80344
80310A
80313A
80314A
80320A
80323A
80324A
80321A8
80322A8
80325A8
80330A
80333A
80334A
0.1 1 1.61 3.06 2.98 2.96 7.61 2.95 1.04 1.64 1.58 1.58 4.54 1.58
1 2 1.95 3.51 3.58 3.57 7.95 3.55 1.20 1.73 1.73 1.73 4.67 1.73
2 4 2.44 4.42 4.33 4.29 8.44 4.27 1.33 1.93 1.91 1.91 4.89 1.90
4 6 2.67 4.74 4.67 4.63 8.67 4.60 1.41 2.03 2.02 2.02 5.01 2.01
6 8 2.86 4.94 4.87 4.82 8.86 4.80 1.52 2.08 2.07 2.07 5.12 2.06
8 12.4 3.59 6.04 5.95 5.90 9.59 5.87 1.92 2.55 2.54 2.53 5.56 2.53
12.4 18 4.09 6.86 6.76 6.69 10.09 6.64 2.11 2.83 2.80 2.79 5.89 2.78
18 26.5 —— 9.27 9.43 9.28 —— 9.21 —— 3.63 3.68 3.62 —— 3.59
26.5 40 —— 15.19 14.20 13.86 —— 13.66 —— 6.05 5.54 5.39 —— 5.30
Power Sensors
Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 B-5
B.2.2 Modulation Sensor Specifications
Notes:
1. Error is in addition to sensor linearity and zero set accuracy.
2. See Figure B-1 or B-2 for modulation-related uncertainty.
3. The BAP mode does not function at input levels below -40 dBm.
4. The power levels quoted in the table are for Model 80401A. For other modulation sensors, add the values listed below to all
power levels shown Table B-3:
For Model 80410A, add 6 dB.
For Model 80420A, add 10 dB.
For Model 80421A, add 20 dB.
For Model 80422A, add 30 dB.
For Model 80425A, add 33 dB.
Table B-3: 804XXA Modulation Sensor Specifications
Sensor Measurement Capabilities
Signal Type Test Conditions Typic al
Error1
CW -67 to +20 dBm none
Single Carrier
with AM
Power level -60 to +20 dBm, fm ≤ 40 kHz,
Power level -60 to -20 dBm, fm ≥ 40 kHz,
Power level -20 to +20 dBm, fm > 40 kHz
none
none
see note2
Two-Tone Power level -60 to +20 dBm, max carrier separation <40 kHz
Power level -60 to -20 dBm, max carrier separation >40 kHz
Power level -20 to +20 dBm, max carrier separation >40 kHz
none
none
see note2
Multi-Carrier Power level -60 to +20 dBm, max carrier separation <40 kHz, ten carriers
Power level -60 to -20 dBm, max carrier separation >40 kHz, ten carriers
Power level -30 to +10 dBm, max carrier separation >40 kHz, ten carriers
none
none
see note2
Pulse Modulation MAP or PAP mode, power level -60 to +20 dBm, pulse width >200 µs
MAP or PAP mode, power level -60 to -20 dBm, pulse width <200 µs
BAP mode, power level -40 to +20 dBm, pulse width >200 µs
BAP mode, power level -40 to -20 dBm, pulse width <200 µs
none
see note2
none
see note2,3
Burst with
Modulation
MAP or PAP mode, power level -60 to +20 dBm, pulse width >200 µs, fm ≤ 40 kHz
MAP or PAP mode, power level -60 to +20 dBm, pulse width <200 µs, fm ≥ 40 kHz
MAP or PAP mode, power level -60 to -20 dBm, pulse width <200 µs
BAP mode, power level -40 to +20 dBm, pulse width >200 µs, fm ≤ 40 kHz
BAP mode, power level -40 to +20 dBm, pulse width <200 µs, fm ≥ 40 kHz
BAP mode, power level -40 to -20 dBm, pulse width <200 µs, fm ≤ 40 kHz
none
see note2
see note2
none
see note2,3
see note2,3
Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
B-6 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000
BAP Mode Limitations
The minimum input level is -40 dBm (average); the minimum pulse repetition frequency is 20 Hz. If the
input signal does not meet these minima, BURST AVG LED will flash to indicate that the input is not
suitable for BAP measurement. The 8540C will continue to read the input but the BAP measurement
algorithms will not be able to synchronize to the modulation of the input; the input will be measured as
if the 8540C were in MAP mode. In addition, some measurement inaccuracy will result if the
instantaneous power within the pulse falls below -43 dBm; however, this condition will not cause LED
to flash.
Figure B-1: 80401A Modulation-Related Uncertainty
-20 dBm <Pin -10 dBm<
(Pin = Average RF power
applied to sensor
Pin > -10 dBm
MAXIMUM ERROR IN MODULATED AVERAGE
MODE WITH TWO TONE MODULATION
10K 100K 1M
1
.5
0
Tone Separation (Hz)
Error (dB)
Error (dB)
Error (dB)
.5
.4
.3
.2
.1
(Pav = Average power
applied to a sensor Pav = 0 dBm
Pav = -10 dBm
TYPICAL MEASUREMENT ERROR vs MODULATION
DEPTH FOR A SIGNAL WITH 100 kHz AM
BAP Mode
(no modulation
within pulse)
MAP Mode
-.6
-.5
-.4
-.3
-.2
-.1
0
10 20 100 1000
Pulse Width (microseconds)
NOTE
These curves are also representative
of other 804XX modulation sensors,
which differ only in range.
MODULATION-INDUCED MEASUREMENT UNCERTAINTY FOR THE 80401A SENSOR
MAXIMUM ERROR WITH
PULSED RF SIGNAL
(no modulation within pulse)
510 15 20
Power Variation (dB)
-.7
Power Sensors
Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 B-7
BAP Mode Limitations
The minimum input level is -35 dBm (average); the minimum pulse repetition frequency is 20 Hz. If the
input signal does not meet these minima, BURST AVG LED will flash to indicate that the input is not
suitable for BAP measurement. The 8540C will continue to read the input but the BAP measurement
algorithms will not be able to synchronize to the modulation of the input; the input will be measured as
if the 8540C were in MAP mode. In addition, some measurement inaccuracy will result if the
instantaneous power within the pulse falls below -38 dBm; however, this condition will not cause the
LED to flash. See Section 2.6.2 for modulation bandwidth limitations below 200 MHz. When the
modulation bandwidth is below 200 MHz, the 806XX sensors’ performance is equal to that of the 804XX
sensors.
Figure B-2: 80601A Modulation-Related Uncertainty
-20 dBm <Pin -10 dBm<
(Pin = Average RF power
applied to sensor
Pin > -10 dBm
MAXIMUM ERROR IN MODULATED AVERAGE
MODE WITH TWO TONE MODULATION
300K 3M 30M
1
.5
0
Tone Separation (Hz)
Error (dB)
Error (dB)
Error (dB)
.5
.4
.3
.2
.1
(Pav = Average power
applied to a sensor Pav = 0 dBm
Pav = -10 dBm
TYPICAL MEASUREMENT ERROR vs MODULATION
DEPTH FOR A SIGNAL WITH 3 MHZ AM
BAP Mode
(no modulation
within pulse)
MAP Mode
-.6
-.5
-.4
-.3
-.2
-.1
0
20 40 200 2000
Pulse Width (microseconds)
NOTE
These curves are also representative
of other 806XX modulation sensors,
which differ only in range.
MODULATION-INDUCED MEASUREMENT UNCERTAINTY FOR THE 80601A SENSOR
MAXIMUM ERROR WITH
PULSED RF SIGNAL
(no modulation within pulse)
510 15 20
Power Variation (dB)
-.7
Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
B-8 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000
B.2.3 Peak Power Sensors
Notes:
1. The K connector is electrically and mechanically compatible with the APC-3.5 and SMA connectors.
2. Power coefficient equals <0.01 dB/Watt (AVG).
3. Power coefficient equals <0.015 dB/Watt (AVG).
4. For frequencies above 8 GHz, add power linearity to system linearity.
5. Peak operating range above CW maximum range is limited to <10% duty cycle.
Table B-4: Peak Power Sensor Selection Guide
Peak Power Sensors
Model Freq. Range/
Power Range
Max.
Power Power Linearity4RF
Conn
Dimensions
Wgt VSWR
Length Dia.
Standard Peak Power Sensors
80350A
45 MHz to 18 GHz
-20 to +20 dBm, Peak
-30 to +20 dBm, CW
+23 dBm
(200 mW)
CW or Peak
-30 to -20 dBm ±0.00 dB
-20 to +20 dBm ±0.05 dB/
10 dB
Type N(m)
50Ω
165 mm
(6.5 in)
37 mm
1.25 in)
0.3 kg
(0.7
lb)
1.12:0.045 - 2 GHz
1.22:2 - 12.4 GHz
1.37:12.4 -18 GHz
80353A
45 MHz to 26.5 GHz
-20 to +20 dBm, Peak
-30 to +20 dBm, CW
-30 to -20 dBm ±0.00 dB
-20 to +20 dBm ±0.1 dB/
10 dB
Type K(m)1
50Ω
1.12:0.045 - 2 GHz
1.22:2 - 12.4 GHz
1.37:12.4 -18 GHz
1.50:18 - 26.5 GHz
80354A
45 MHz to 40 GHz
-20 to +0.0 dBm, Peak
-30 to +0.0 dBm, CW
-30 to -20 dBm ±0.00 dB
-20 to 0.0 dBm ±0.2 dB/
10dB
1.12:0.045 - 2 GHz
1.22:2 - 12.4 GHz
1.37:12.4 -18 GHz
1.50:18 - 26.5 GHz
1.92:26.5 - 40 GHz
5W Peak Power Sensor 2,5
80351A
45 MHz to 18 GHz
0.0 to +40 dBm, Peak
-10 to +37 dBm, CW
CW: +37 dBm
(5 W Avg.)
Peak: +43 dBm
-10 to +0 dBm ±0.00 dB
+0 to +40 dBm ±0.05 dB/
10 dB
Type N(m)
50Ω
200 mm
(7.9 in)
37 mm
(1.25 in)
0.3 kg
(0.7
lb)
1.15:0.045 - 4 GHz
1.25:4 - 12.4 GHz
1.35:12.4 -18 GHz
25W Peak Power Sensor 3,5
80352A
45 MHz to 18 GHz
+10 to +50 dBm, Peak
0.0 to +44 dBm, CW
CW: +44 dBm
(25 W Avg.)
Peak: +53 dBm
0.0 to +10 dBm ±0.00 dB
+10 to +50 dBm ±0.05 dB/
10 dB
Type N(m)
50Ω
280 mm
(11.0 in)
104 mm
(4.1 in)
0.3 kg
(0.7
lb)
1.20:0.045 - 6 GHz
1.30:6 - 12.4 GHz
1.40:12.4 -18 GHz
50W Peak Power Sensor3,5
80355A
45 MHz to 18 GHz
+10 to +50 dBm, Peak
0.0 to +47 dBm, CW
CW: +47 dBm
(50 W Avg.)
Peak: +53 dBm
0.0 to +10 dBm ±0.00 dB
+10 to +50 dBm ±0.05 dB/
10 dB
Type N(m)
50Ω
280 mm
(11.0 in)
104 mm
(4.1 in)
0.3 kg
(0.7
lb)
1.25:0.045 - 6 GHz
1.35:6 - 12.4 GHz
1.45:12.4 -18 GHz
Power Sensors
Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 B-9
Notes:
1. Includes uncertainty of reference standard and transfer uncertainty. Directly traceable to NIST.
2. Square root of sum of the individual uncertainties squared (RSS).
3. Cal Factor numbers allow for 3% repeatability when connecting attenuator to sensor, and 3% for attenuator measurement
uncertainty and mismatch of sensor/pad combination. Attenuator frequency response is added to the Sensor Cal Factors
which are stored in the sensor’s EEPROM.
4. For additional specifications, see the Series 80350A manual and data sheet.
Table B-5: Peak Power Sensor Cal Factor Uncertainties
Freq. (GHz) Sum of Uncertainties (%)1Probable Uncertainties (%)2
Lower Upper 80350A 80353A
80354A 80351A380352A380355A380350A 80353A
80354A
80351A3
80352A3
80355A3
0.1 1 1.61 3.06 9.09 9.51 10.16 1.04 1.64 4.92
1 2 1.95 3.51 9.43 9.85 10.50 1.20 1.73 5.04
2 4 2.44 4.42 13.10 13.57 14.52 1.33 1.93 7.09
4 6 2.67 4.74 13.33 13.80 14.75 1.41 2.03 7.17
6 8 2.86 4.94 13.52 13.99 14.94 1.52 2.08 7.25
8 12.4 3.59 6.04 14.25 14.72 15.67 1.92 2.55 7.56
12.4 18 4.09 6.86 19.52 20.97 21.94 2.11 2.83 12.37
18 26.5 —— 9.27 —— —— —— —— 3.63 ——
26.5 40 —— 15.19 —— —— —— —— 6.05 ——
Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
B-10 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000
B.2.4 Directional Bridges
The 80500 CW Directional Bridges are designed specifically for use with Giga-tronics power meters to
measure the Return Loss/SWR of a test device. Each bridge includes an EEPROM which has been
programmed with Identification Data for that bridge.
The Selection Guide in Table B-6 shows primary specifications. Additional specifications are:
Bridge Frequency Response: Return loss measurements using the 8541/2 power meter can be
frequency compensated using the standard Open/Short supplied
with the bridge.
Insertion Loss: 6.5 dB, nominal, from input port to test port
Directional Bridge Linearity Plus
Zero Set & Noise vs. Input Power
(50 MHz, 25 °
°°
°C ±5 °
°°
°C): +27 dBm (0.5 W)
Dimensions: 80501: 76 x 50 x 28 mm (3 x 2 x 1 1/8 in)
80502: 76 x 50 x 28 mm (3 x 2 x 1 1/8 in)
80503: 19 x 38 x 29 mm (3/4 x 1 1/2 x 2 1/8 in)
80504: 19 x 38 x 29 mm (3/4 x 1 1/2 x 2 1/8 in)
Weight: 80501: 340 g (12 oz)
80502: 340 g( 12 oz)
80503: 198 g (7 oz)
80504: 198 g (7 oz)
Directional Bridge Accessories: An Open/Short is included for establishing the 0 dB return loss
reference during path calibration.
Table B-6: Directional Bridge Selection Guide
Bridge Selection Guide
Model
ModelModel
Model
Freq. Range/
Power Range Max.
Max. Max.
Max.
Power
PowerPower
Power
Power Linearity4Input
InputInput
Input Test
Test Test
Test
Port
PortPort
Port
Direct-
tivity Wgt
WgtWgt
Wgt VSWR
VSWRVSWR
VSWR
Precision CW Return Loss Bridges
80501
10 MHz to 18 GHz
-35 to +20 dBm
+27 dBm
(0.5W)
-35 to +10 dBm ±0.1 dB
+10 to +20 dBm ±0.1 dB
±0.005 dB/dB
Type N(f)
50 Ω
Type N(f)
50 Ω38 dB
0.340 kg
<1.17:0.01 - 8 GHz
<1.27:8 - 18 GHz
80502 APC-7(f)
50 W 40 dB <1.13:0.01 - 8 GHz
<1.22:8 - 18 GHz
80503 10 MHz to 26.5 GHz
-35 to +20 dBm
SMA(f)
50 Ω
SMA(f)
50 W 35 dB <1.22:0.01 - 18 GHz
<1.27:8 - 26.5 GHz
80504 10 MHz to 40 GHz
-35 to +20 dBm
Type K(f)
50 Ω
Type K(f)
50 W 30 dB 0.198 kg <1.35:0.01 - 26.5 GHz
<1.44:26.5 - 40 GHz
Power Sensors
Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 B-11
B.3 Power Sensor Calibration
Power Sensors used with the Series 8540C Universal Power Meters have EEPROMs that manage the
calibration data. You can change existing date or program special calibration data for user-specific
frequencies.
The calibration process generates a correction factor expressed in dB for each frequency, and compares
the measured power with a power standard. The Series 8540C uses cal factors expressed in dB but many
calibration labs generate cal factors in percentage.
B.3.1 Local Calibration
Local calibration uses the front panel menu of the Series 8540C for programming power sensor
EEPROMs.
Equipment Required
Series 8540C Universal Power Meter
Power Sensor
User Menus
To select a menu, press [MENU] and cursor up or down until the desired menu is showing. Press
[ENTER] to move to the next menu level. To change the value in a menu, move the cursor to the digit
to be changed and select its new value with the up/down cursor keys. Each digit must be individually
selected and changed.
Some Series 8540C software versions will not contain all of the menus listed in this Applications Note.
If any menu is missing, disregard the procedural step and proceed to the next menu.
Procedure
Connect the power sensor to Channel A or B on the Series 8540C front panel.
Press [MENU] and cursor to SERVICE MENU. Press [ENTER]. Cursor to SENSOR ROM and press
[ENTER]
S_EE
Model#: 80401
Model number of the in-use sensor. This number should not be
altered. If the model number in the menu does not match the
number printed on the sensor, contact Giga-tronics for assistance.
S_EE
SNumb:
1234567
Serial number of the in-use sensor. This number should not be
altered. If the serial number in the menu does not match the
number printed on the sensor, contact Giga-tronics for assistance.
S_EE
CalLoc:nn
A 2-digit user-specified number to identify the location of the last
calibration (e.g., Cal Lab 01). It should be changed to the location
where you are now calibrating the unit.
Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
B-12 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000
S_EE
CDate:09/01/00
Date of the last calibration. You should change it to the date of the
current calibration. The format is mm/dd/yy.
S_EE
CTime:13:55:00
Time of the last calibration. You should change it to the time of the
current calibration. The 24-hour format is hh:mm:ss.
S_EE
LwFrq:f.f f f
Lower frequency range (in GHz) of the power sensor under test.
The value should not be altered.
S_EE
HiFrq:f f.f f f
High frequency range (in GHz) of the power sensor under test. The
value should not be altered.
S_EE
Video+:n.nnn
Video impedance of the positive detector in the power sensor. It
should not be altered. If the diode is changed, enter the impedance
value furnished with the new diode.
S_EE
Video-:n.nnn
Video impedance of the negative detector in the power sensor. It
should not be altered unless you have changed the detector diode.
If the diode is changed, enter the impedance value furnished with
the new diode.
S_EE
FStart:2.000
The first frequency (in GHz) in the list of equally spaced
frequencies at which the sensor was last calibrated. These
frequencies can be changed to meet user-specific applications, but it
is recommended that you leave these unaltered and instead set up
user-specific calibration frequencies from the FSPLITEMS menu.
The factory default is 2.000.
S_EE
FStep:1.000
This frequency (in GHz) is the step size or spacing of frequencies at
which the sensor was last calibrated. If you alter the spacing, you
will also alter the factory calibration frequencies. If you alter the
step value without changing either FStart or FItems (or both), the
value will not be accepted. The factory default is 1.000.
S_EE
FItems: nn
This is the number of equally-spaced steps from FSTART to HIFRQ.
You will need to calculate this value based on the FStart frequency
and the frequency range of the sensor. If you alter this number, you
may also need to alter the frequency in FSTART. If you alter the
number of steps without altering the start frequency, you may cut
off the upper frequencies and prevent calibration. Values in excess
of the allowable range will not be accepted.
For example, if the start frequency is 2 GHz, the sensor maximum
range is 20 GHz, and you select 2 GHz steps, the maximum number
of allowable steps is 10. If you enter 20 steps in this example, the
value will not be accepted.
Thus, the allowable number of steps is the maximum frequency less
the start frequency divided by the step value plus 1 (because the
first step is the start frequency).
Power Sensors
Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 B-13
S_EE
FSplItems:n
The number of user-specified calibration frequencies to be set up.
Change the number as desired. The factory default is 1. Refer to
SFRQ for setting up the frequencies. The 26.56 GHz sensors have
two special frequencies.
RLStart Reserved for factory use.
RLStep Reserved for factory use.
RLItems Reserved for factory use.
RLSpIItems Reserved for factory use.
S_EE
ACoef thru HCoef
These are coefficients which describe the sensor’s behavior above
8 GHz. If the sensor response after calibration deviates greater than
+ 0.02 dBm, contact the factory for assistance. These values
should be changed only when a new diode module is installed.
S_EE Frq: (1)
f.fff( -
n.nn
)
First (1) in the list of calibration frequencies followed by the
frequency (f.fff) in GHz and the correction factor ( -n.nn) in dB. A
first calibration frequency of 2 GHz is the factory default. Each step
number, shown in parenthesis on the first line, will increase the
frequency by the value in the FSTEP menu. The correction factor
(-nn.n) should not be altered unless new calibration data has
been taken.
S_EE SFrq: (1)
f.fff( -n.nn)
First (1) in the list of special (user-specified) calibration
frequencies followed by the frequency (f.fff) in GHz and the
correction factor ( -n.nn) in dB. The first special calibration
frequency of 0.5 MHz is a factory default. The number of steps
(shown in parenthesis on the first line) will depend on the sensor’s
frequency range and the value in the FSTEP menu. Each
progressive step will increase the frequency by the number in the
FSPLITEMS menu. The correction factor (-n.nn) should not be
altered unless new calibration data has been taken.
Program
EEPROM?
Exit or Write
Move the cursor to select either Exit to leave the calibration
function without saving changes, or Write to write the changes to
EEPROMs. The Write selection will open the Password menu.
Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
B-14 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000
B.3.2 Remote Calibration
Power sensors used with the Series 8540C Universal Power Meters have built-in EEPROM data that
manage the cal factors by a set of frequencies entered during calibration of the sensor at the factory. You
can program additional cal factors with special data for user-specific frequencies.
A cal factor expressed in dB is programmed for each factory-calibrated frequency. The calibration
process compares the measurement to the frequency standard and applies the cal factor to offset
frequency deviations.
Some 8540C software versions will not contain all of the menus listed here. If any menu is missing,
disregard the procedural step and proceed to the next menu.
This procedure is for calibrating a power sensor by remote control with a Series 8540C Universal Power
Meter via the IEEE 488 interface bus. This procedure writes the cal factors to the sensor EEPROM.
Equipment Required
Series 8540C Universal Power Meter
Power Sensor
Procedure
Connect the power sensor to Channel A or B on the Series 8540C front panel, and perform the
following steps. In this procedure, bold letters are commands; the query form of a command has a
question mark (?) at the end of the command. This form returns the data in the EEPROM.
1. TEST EEPROM A (or B) READ
Read sensor A (or B) EEPROM data into the 8540C editor buffer.
2. (Optional) TEST EEPROM A (or B) CALFR?
a. Query sensor A (or B) standard cal factor start frequency, number of standard frequencies,
and number of special frequencies.
b. Read the standard cal from the input buffer and extract the start frequency and number of
standard frequencies.
c. Calculate and set the frequencies of the cal factor table.
3. TEST EEPROM A (or B) CALFST?
a. Query sensor A (or B) standard cal factor table.
b. Read the standard cal from the input buffer and extract the standard cal factor; e.g.,
INPUT (GPIB address).
c. Set the sensor standard cal factor table.
d. Make changes from the table and put them back into the table.
e. After all changes are made, put the table back into the input buffer.
Power Sensors
Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 B-15
4. TEST EEPROM A (or B) WRITE
a. Write sensor A (or B) EEPROM data into the 8540C buffer.
b. Restore the input buffer from step 3.e to the EEPROM buffer (e.g., OUTPUT [GPIB]
address, input buffer).
c. Write sensor A (or B) editor buffer data into the EEPROM with the password number; e.g.,
OUTPUT (GPIB address, TEST EEPROM A [or B] WRITE 0)
d. Editing the EEPROM routine is complete.
Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
B-16 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000
Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 C-1
C
Options
C.1 Introduction
The options described in this Appendix are available for the Series 8540C, and are discussed under
separate headings:
Parts lists are included with the applicable option in the appendix. Drawings for Option 06 (P/Ns
30535, 21387 and 21388) and Option 11 (P/Ns 30485, 30442 and 30443) are in Chapter 8.
C.2 Option 01: Rack Mount Kit
Option 01 is a rack mounting kit for the 8540C.
Option Description Part Number
01 Rack Mount Kit 21334
02 Add 250K Buffer 21335
03 Rear Panel Connections (8541C) 29864
04 Rear Panel Connections (8542C) 29865
05 Soft Carry Case 21312
06 8542C Second Analog Output 29868
07 Side-mounted Carrying Handle 21339
08 Transit Case (Includes Soft Carry Case) 21344
09 Dual Power Meter Rack Mount Kit 21684
10 Assembled Dual Power Meter Rack Mount 21647
11 Time Gating Measurement 29863
13 Rear Panel Sensor Input Connections (8541C) 29880
14 Rear Panel Sensor Input Connections (8542C) 29881
Parts List: 21334 - RACK MOUNT KIT, 8540/01, Rev. A
Item Part
Number Qty Cage Mfr’s Part
Number Description
1 21395 1 58900 21395 RACK EAR, 3.5, SIDE
2 21396 1 58900 21396 RACK EAR, 3.5, PANEL
3 21399 1 58900 21399 INSTRUCTION SHEET,8540/01
4 10701-001 2 59800 10701-001 ROUND NICKEL HANDLE
5 10702 4 58900 10702 HANDLE FERRULE
6 HBFP-63206 4 58900 HBFP-63206 6-32 X 3/8 FLAT
7 HBFP-63208 4 26233 NS139CR632R8 6-32 X 1/2 FLAT
Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
C-2 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000
C.3 Option 02: 256K Buffer
This option adds a 256K buffer to the 8540C memory, which can be used to store data in the fast
measurement collection modes (up to 128,000 readings can be stored).
C.4 Option 03: Rear Panel Connections (8541C)
When Option 03 is installed, the Calibrator and Sensor connectors (which are normally placed on the
front panel of the 8541C) are relocated to the rear panel.
C.5 Option 04: Rear Panel Connections (8542C)
If Option 04 is installed, the Calibrator and Sensor connectors (which are normally placed on the front
panel of the 8542C) are relocated to the rear panel.
C.6 Option 05: Soft Carrying Case
Option 05 is a padded, soft carrying case for the 8540C. The part number of the case is 21312.
Parts List: 21335 - EXTRA MEMORY,128K, 8540/02, Rev. A
Item Part Number Qty Cage Mfr’s Part Number Description
1 21594 1 58900 21594 INST SHT,8540 OPT 02
U 29 21165 1 61802 TC551001BPL-85 TC551001BPL-10 1M RAM
U 30 21165 1 61802 TC551001BPL-85 TC551001BPL-10 1M RAM
Parts List: 29864 - 8541C/03 REAR PANEL CONN, Rev. C
Item Part Number Qty Cage Mfr’s Part Number Description
1 21199-001 1 58900 21199-001 CABLE ASSY, SENSOR INPUT
2 30615 1 58900 30615 REAR OUTPUT COVER
3 30241 1 58900 30241 FRONT DEC. PANEL 8541C/03
4 21347 1 58900 21347 SHIELDING LABEL
5 30614 -1 58900 30614 STANDARD COVER
6 30157 -1 58900 30157 FRONT DEC. PANEL 8541C FAB
7 21199 -1 58900 21199 CABLE ASSY, SENSOR INPUT
Parts List: 29865 - 8542C/04 REAR PANEL CONN, Rev. C
Item Part Number Qty Cage Mfr’s Part Number Description
1 21199-001 2 58900 21199-001 CABLE ASSY, SENSOR INPUT
2 30615 1 58900 30615 REAR OUTPUT COVER
3 30243 1 58900 30243 FRONT DEC. PANEL 8542C/04
5 30614 -1 58900 30614 STANDARD COVER
6 30170 -1 58900 30170 FRONT DEC. PANEL 8542C FAB.
7 21199 58900 21199 CABLE ASSY, SENSOR INPUT
Options
Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 C-3
C.7 Option 06: Second Analog Output
C.7.1 Introduction
Option 06 provides a second analog output for the dual channel Model 8542C. It has more flexibility
than the standard analog output in that it can be configured to operate from 0 to +10 V or -10 to +10 V.
Chapter 3 includes a description of the remote control commands applicable to this option (see
ANALOG). To set the option 06 function from the front panel, proceed as follows:
1. Press [MENU].
2. Scroll down to SETUP MENU.
3. Scroll down to ANALOG OUTPUT.
4. Scroll down to STD OUTPUT MODE.
5. Select OFF.
6. Press [ENTER].
The Option 06 PC board plugs into the CPU PC board in the 8542C using the A1J8 development
board connector and the A1J11 power connector called MUXR Power. The output of the board is a
separate wire which connects from J3 on the option 06 board to the Spare I/O BNC (J5) on the rear
panel of the 8542C. This connection is made by removing resistor A1R13 from the CPU board and
connecting the wire from the option 06 board to the BNC end of the removed resistor.
C.7.2 Theory of Operation
The circuit description given below refers to the Option 06 Circuit Schematic (drawing #21388 in
Chapter 8).
The circuit consists of a DAC, U1, an output amplifier, U2A, line buffers, U4A/B, and 4 sets of
configuration jumpers, W1 to W4. The 8542C CPU is able to read the configuration of the option 06
function by making the CSRS232 line true and reading the lower data byte which will be the W4
jumper condition. This can be seen in the lower left corner of the SD. To set the DAC output, the CPU
will make the CSRS232 line true and then write 12 bits of the 16 bit word. The output of the DAC is
applied to the non-inverting operational amplifier, U2A, through an R/C filter with a 1 ms time
constant. The gain of the amplifier is either 1 or 2 depending on the setting of jumper W1. The output
of U2A is isolated by a current limiting resistor, A1R4, and connected to the J5 Spare I/O BNC on the
rear panel via J3 on the option 06 PC board. The actual output voltage range is selected by setting
jumpers at W1 to W4 as shown in Table C-1.
Never connect W2B and W3A together; this will short the
reference voltage to ground.
Table C-1: Output Voltages
OUTPUT W1 W2 W3 W4
0 to +10V BBBB
-10 to +10V AAAA
CAUTION
Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
C-4 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000
All jumpers other than those noted on the previous page. The -10 to +10 V output range setting is the
factory-set default. Note that the DAC OFFSET input can be connected either to the reference voltage
output or to ground. The former will provide -5 to +5 V output to the amplifier, and the latter will
provide 0 to +10 V output. To get -10 to +10 V, the amplifier is connected for a gain of 2 (W1A).
Parts List: 29868 - OPTION 06 SECOND ANALOG OUTPUT (8542C),
Rev. A
Item Part Number Qty Cage Mfr’s Part Number Description
1 21387 1 58900 21387 MODEL 8540 OPT 06 PCB ASSY
2 30535 REF 58900 30535 8542C OPT 06 SYSTEM SCH
3 21463 1 58900 21463 LABEL, ANALOG OUT 2
4 21504-001 1 55566 30157 SELF-STICK SUPPORT POST
5 10415 1 58900 10415 LABEL, OPTION IDENTIFICATION
6 14514-001 1 58900 14514-001 CONTACT POST
W1 21390 1 58900 21390 CABLE ASSY MODEL 8540 OPT 06
Options
Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 C-5
Parts List: 21387 - 8542C OPTION 06 PCB ASSY, Rev. B
Item Part Number Qty Cage Mfr’s Part Number Description
1 21386 1 58900 21386 PC BOARD MODEL 8540 OPTION 06
2 14514-001 21 58900 14514-001 CONTACT POST
C 1 15776-005 1 51642 150-50-X7R-104K .1 UF CERAMIC X7R
C 2 15776-005 1 51642 150-50-X7R-104K .1 UF CERAMIC X7R
C 3 CE50-R6100 1 55680 UVX1H100MDA 10 UF 50V RADIAL LEAD
C 4 CC50-03100 1 31433 C315C103K5R5CA C9248 .01 UF CERAMIC X7R
C 5 CC50-03100 1 31433 C315C103K5R5CA C9248 .01 UF CERAMIC X7R
C 6 CC50-03100 1 31433 C315C103K5R5CA C9248 .01 UF CERAMIC X7R
C 7 CC50-03100 1 31433 C315C103K5R5CA C9248 .01 UF CERAMIC X7R
C 8 CC50-03100 1 31433 C315C103K5R5CA C9248 .01 UF CERAMIC X7R
C 9 CC50-03100 1 31433 C315C103K5R5CA C9248 .01 UF CERAMIC X7R
C 10 CE50-R6100 1 55680 UVX1H100MDA 10 UF 50V RADIAL LEAD
C 11 CE50-R6100 1 55680 UVX1H100MDA 10 UF 50V RADIAL LEAD
C 12 CC50-03100 1 31433 C315C103K5R5CA C9248 .01 UF CERAMIC X7R
C 13 CE50-R6100 1 55680 UVX1H100MDA 10 UF 50V RADIAL LEAD
C 14 CC50-03100 1 31433 C315C103K5R5CA C9248 .01 UF CERAMIC X7R
C 15 CC50-03100 1 31433 C315C103K5R5CA C9248 .01 UF CERAMIC X7R
C 16 CC50-03100 1 31433 C315C103K5R5CA C9248 .01 UF CERAMIC X7R
C 17 CC50-03100 1 31433 C315C103K5R5CA C9248 .01 UF CERAMIC X7R
C 18 CE50-R6100 1 55680 UVX1H100MDA 10 UF 50V RADIAL LEAD
J 1 21168 1 55322 SSW-125-01-T-D 50 PIN STRIPLINE SOCKET
J 2 19477-003 1 2M631 640456-4 CONN HDR POST STR LOCK 4POS
J 3 14514-001 1 58900 14514-001 CONTACT POST
R 1 RN55-21000 1 19701 RN55C1002F 10 K OHMS 1% MET FILM
R 2 RN55-21000 1 19701 RN55C1002F 10 K OHMS 1% MET FILM
R 3 RN55-21000 1 19701 RN55C1002F 10 K OHMS 1% MET FILM
R 4 RN55-03920 1 91637 RN55C3920F 392 OHMS 1% MET FILM
R 5 RN55-00100 1 19701 RN55D10R0F 10 OHMS 1% MET FILM
RP 1 14882-001 1 01121 110A103 10K OHM X 9 SIP NETWORK
U 1 21187 1 24335 AD7245JN AD7245JN 12 BIT D/A
U 2 17714 1 01245 LM358AP LM358AN DUAL OP AMP
U 3 UTN0-00002 1 27014 MC74HC00N 74HC00 QUAD 2IN NAND GATE
U 4 17048-015 1 3W023 74HCT244N 74HCT244N OCTAL BUFFER
W 1 14514-001 1 58900 14514-001 CONTACT POST
W 2 14514-001 1 58900 14514-001 CONTACT POST
W 3 14514-001 1 58900 14514-001 CONTACT POST
W 4 14514-001 1 58900 14514-001 CONTACT POST
WA 4 17240-001 1 27264 15-38-1024 JUMPER,INSULATED,2 POS
Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
C-6 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000
C.8 Option 07: Side-Mounted Carry Case
Option 07 is a side-mounted carrying case for the 8540C.
C.9 Option 08: Transit Case
Option 08 is a transit case for the 8540C; this option also includes the soft case described under
Option 05.
WB 1 17240-001 1 27264 15-38-1024 JUMPER,INSULATED,2 POS
WB 2 17240-001 1 27264 15-38-1024 JUMPER,INSULATED,2 POS
W 3 17240-001 1 27264 15-38-1024 JUMPER,INSULATED,2 POS
WC 4 17240-001 1 27264 15-38-1024 JUMPER,INSULATED,2 POS
WC 4 17240-001 1 27264 15-38-1024 JUMPER,INSULATED,2 POS
WE 4 17240-001 1 27264 15-38-1024 JUMPER,INSULATED,2 POS
WF 4 17240-001 1 27264 15-38-1024 JUMPER,INSULATED,2 POS
WG 4 17240-001 1 27264 15-38-1024 JUMPER,INSULATED,2 POS
WH 4 17240-001 1 27264 15-38-1024 JUMPER,INSULATED,2 POS
Parts List: 21339 - SIDE-MOUNTED CARRY HANDLE 8540/07, Rev. A
Item Part Number Qty Cage Mfr’s Part Number Description
1 21500 1 58900 21500 HANDLE
2 21499 2 58900 21499 RETAINER
3 HBPP-63203 2 26233 NS137CR632R3 6-32 X 3/16 PAN
Parts List: 21344 - TRANSIT CASE/SOFT CASE 8540/08, Rev. 1
Item Part Number Qty Cage Mfr’s Part Number Description
1 21312 1 58900 21312 SOFT CARRYING CASE 8540/05
2 21345 1 58900 21345 TRANSIT CASE,8540 SERIES
Parts List: 21387 - 8542C OPTION 06 PCB ASSY, Rev. B (Continued)
Item Part Number Qty Cage Mfr’s Part Number Description
Options
Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 C-7
C.10 Option 09: Dual Power Meter Rack Mount Kit
Option 09 is a field-installable dual power meter rack mounting kit (with assembly instructions) for the
8540C. The dual rack mount makes it possible to install two 8540Cs side-by-side in an instrument rack.
Parts List: 21684 - 8540/09 RACK MOUNT KIT, Rev. A
Item Part Number Qty Cage Mfr’s Part Number Description
1 10701-001 2 58900 10701-001 ROUND NICKEL HANDLE
2 10702 4 58900 10702 HANDLE FERRULE
3 21646 REF 58900 21646 OUTLINE DWG, 8540/01A
4 21648 1 58900 21648 BRKT,LT
5 21649 1 58900 21649 BRKT,RT
6 21650 1 58900 21650 FRONT TIE,TOP
7 21651 1 58900 21651 FRONT TIE,BOTTOM
8 21652 1 58900 21652 BRKT,REAR TIE
9 HBFP-63206 4 58900 HBFP-63206 6-32 X 3/8 FLAT
10 HBFP-63212 4 26233 NS139CR632R12 6-32 X 3/4 FLAT
11 HBPP-63216 2 58900 HBPP-63216 6-32 X 1 PAN
12 HBPP-63207 4 26233 NS137CR632R7 6-32 X 7/16 PAN
13 HBFP-63210 4 26233 NS139CR632R10 6-32 X 5/8 FLAT
14 HWSS-60400 6 58900 HWSS-60400 #6 X 1/4 SPLIT LOCK
15 21653 1 58900 21653 INSTALLATION SHEET,8540/09
Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
C-8 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000
C.11 Option 10: Assembled Dual Power Meter Rack
Mount
Option 10 is a factory-assembled dual power meter rack mount for the 8540C. The dual rack mount
makes it possible to install two 8540Cs side-by-side in an instrument rack.
Parts List: 21647 - 8540/10, RACK MOUNT, SIDE BY SIDE, Rev. A
Item Part Number Qty Cage Mfr’s Part Number Description
1 10701-001 2 58900 10701-001 ROUND NICKEL HANDLE
2 10702 4 58900 10702 HANDLE FERRULE
3 21646 REF 58900 21646 OUTLINE DWG, 8540/01A
4 21648 1 58900 21648 BRKT,LT
5 21649 1 58900 21649 BRKT,RT
6 21650 1 58900 21650 FRONT TIE,TOP
7 21651 1 58900 21651 FRONT TIE,BOTTOM
8 21652 1 58900 21652 BRKT,REAR TIE
9 HBFP-63206 4 58900 HBFP-63206 6-32 X 3/8 FLAT
10 HBFP-63212 4 26233 NS139CR632R12 6-32 X 3/4 FLAT
11 HBPP-63216 2 58900 HBPP-63216 6-32 X 1 PAN
12 HBPP-63207 4 26233 NS137CR632R7 6-32 X 7/16 PAN
13 HBFP-63210 4 26233 NS139CR632R10 6-32 X 5/8 FLAT
14 HWSS-60400 6 58900 HWSS-60400 #6 X 1/4 SPLIT LOCK
Options
Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 C-9
C.12 Option 11: Time Gating Measurement
C.12.1 Description
The time gating measurement option limits a power measurement to a defined interval that is
controlled by a start time and a duration. The start time begins after a programmable delay following a
hardware trigger applied to the Trigger Input connector on the instrument’s rear panel.
The option requires installation of a circuit board which plugs onto the J8 connector on the CPU PC
board. The CPU senses the presence of this board and modifies its setup menus accordingly. A new sub-
menu (Time Gating Mode) appears under the Measurement Setup/Advanced menus. The Time Gating
Mode menu permits the following parameters to be set:
Off/Gated/Trigger This selects between two modes of specifying the measurement period.
Off cancels the time gating function.
Gated selects the External Gating Mode in which measurements are
taken while the trigger input signal is true.
Trigger selects the External Trigger Mode and initiates a sequence of
timers for defining the measurement duration.
External Gating Mode
Gate Polarity This specifies the external signal TTL high or low level as true for
defining the gated time.
External Trigger Mode
Trigger Polarity This specifies the rising or falling edge of the trigger signal as the time
reference point.
Trigger Delay This is the delay time from receipt of an externally gated trigger edge
input to the start of the gated measurement period.
Gate Time This specifies of the length of the gated measurement period.
Holdoff Time This is the timeout period between the end of the measurement period
and the time another trigger will be accepted.
C.12.2 Specifications
Trigger Delay: 0 to 327.625 ms
Gate Time: 5 µs to 327.625 ms
Holdoff Time: 0 to 327.625 ms
Delay & Range Accuracy: +1.5 µs or 100 ppm of the set time, whichever is greater
Settability: 5µs steps or selective by cursoring to specific digits
Rear Panel Trigger Signal Levels: Standard TTL levels
Remote Operation: See GPIB Setup in Section C.12.6.
Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
C-10 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000
C.12.3 Time Gating Menu
The Diagram in Figure C-1 illustrates the operation of the Time Gating Menu. The Time Gating Menu
is reached from the Measurement Setup and Advanced menus. From these menus, press the up or down
arrow key to move to the next desired menu. From the Time Gating Menu, press [ENTER] to display
the Time Gating Mode menu. The three choices available from the Time Gating Mode menu are:
•Off to quit and cancel the time gating function
•GATE to select the External Gating Mode
•TRIG to select the External Trigger Mode
Move the cursor with the left-right cursor keys to underline the first digit of the desired choice and press
[ENTER] to select it.
Some of the menus will be unavailable if the Time Gating option is not installed, or if no sensors
capable of time gating are attached. For example, the Gated Sensor menus in Figure C-1 will be
available only if sensors are connected to both channels.
Figure C-1: Time Gating Option Menu Structure
E
E
EE
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
EXTERNAL
GATING
MODE
GATED SENSOR
GATED SENSOR
A
A
B
B
GATE POLARITY
HIGH LO W
EXTERNA
L
TRIGGER
MODE
TRIG POLARITY
RISING F ALLING
TRIG DELAY
100,000 ms
GATE TIME
327,627 ms
HOLDOFFTIME
327,625 ms
TRIG
OFF TRIGGATED
OFF GATED TRIG
TIME GATING
MENU
Press the ENTER button from the current menu to
transition to the next indicated menu.
ESCAPE
TIME GATING MODULE
TIME GATING MODULE
TIME GATING MODULE
Menus can be entered only by the direction shown below:
Press the UP or DOWN cursor key from the current menu
to transition to the menu above or below.
Press the ESCAPE key at any time to leave the menu
and start the measurement process. All selections made
up to the time you press ESCAPE will be retained in memory.
GATED
OFF
Options
Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 C-11
C.12.4 Time Gating Mode
In this menu, you can use the right and left keys to select between OFF, GATED, and TRIG. If you
select OFF (underlined, and you press ENTER), the time gating function will be cancelled and the
menu exited. If you select GATED, you will enter the External Gating Mode. If you select TRIG, you
will enter the External Trigger Mode.
External Gating Mode
Gated Sensor: This screen will display only if more than one sensor is connected.
Otherwise, the GATE POLARITY screen will display. In this screen,
you can choose the sensor input to which the time gating function is
applied. Only attached sensors capable of time gating can be selected.
The right and left arrow keys move between A and B. Select A or B
and press [ENTER]. The GATE POLARITY screen will display.
Gate Polarity: This screen allows you to select whether measurements are made when
the trigger input is high (positive level) or low (negative level). Use
the left or right arrow keys to move between the selections. Press
[ENTER] to select the polarity and exit the menu system.
Figure C-2 illustrates the time gated measurement with an external time gated pulse applied to the
trigger input. In this mode, the time gate starts and ends with the input of a high or low TTL level input.
The duration of the measurement corresponds to the duration of the gated pulse.
Figure C-2: External Gated Time Measurement
Gate
Time
Gate
Time
RF RF
Ext Gating
(TTL = High)
Ext Gating
(TTL = Low)
Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
C-12 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000
External Trigger Mode
Gated Sensor: This screen will display only if more than one sensor is connected.
Otherwise, the TRIG POLARITY screen will display. In this screen,
you can choose the sensor input to which the time gating function is
applied. Only attached sensors capable of time gating can be selected.
The right and left arrow keys move between A and B. Select A or B
and press [ENTER]. The TRIG POLARITY screen will display.
Trig Polarity: Use this screen to select whether the gating is triggered with a RISING
or FALLING edge on the trigger input. Move between the selections
with the right or left arrow keys. Press [ENTER] to select the polarity
and move to the TRIG DELAY screen.
Trig Delay: From this screen you can select the delay time between the input
trigger edge and the start of the gate time. The range is from 0 to
327.675 ms.
You can change the value with the up or down arrow keys in 5 µs steps
each time you press the key. Alternatively, you can move the cursor to
any numerical digit and then press the up or down cursor key to
sequentially change the selected digit. Press [ENTER] to select the
displayed value and to move to the GATE TIME screen.
Gate Time: From this screen you can select the gate time in the same manner as
TRIG DELAY described above. The range is from 5 ms to 327.675 ms
in 5 ms steps. Press [ENTER] to select the displayed gate time and
move to the HOLDOFF TIME screen.
Holdoff Time: Use this screen to select the timeout period from the end of the gate
time to the time another input trigger will be recognized and start a
new measurement period. Select the holdoff time in the same manner
as the TRIG DELAY described above. The range is from 0 µs to
327.675 ms in 5 µs steps. Press [ENTER] to select the displayed value
and exit the menu system.
Options
Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 C-13
Figure C-3 illustrates the Time Gated measurement parameters with an external trigger. When an
external trigger is input (point A below), it starts the Trigger Delay. At the end of the Trigger Delay, the
Gated Time measurement starts and lasts until its preselected time expires. The Holdoff Time then
prevents any further trigger inputs (such as point B below) from starting a new gated measurement until
it has timed out.
Figure C-3: External Trigger Gated Time Measurement
Gate
Time
Holdout
Time
RF
Tr i g
Delay
AB
EXT TRIG
Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
C-14 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000
C.12.5 Measurement Display
When a measurement is being performed with the Time Gating Option enabled, it is indicated on the
screen with a T. For example, if time gated measurements are being performed on Channel A and
regular CW measurements are being performed on Channel B, the screen would appear as follows:
The next section describes the GPIB syntax required to set up the Time Gating Option.
C.12.6 GPIB Setup
This section describes the GPIB syntax required to set up the Time Gating Option. Figure C-4
illustrates the syntax.
Gate A or B
All time gating commands begin with GATE. Only one setup data structure is stored by the meter, so
the parameters specified apply to the one channel that has time gating enabled. For example, the
command GATEA enables the time gating on channel A with previously specified parameters, and
GATEB switches time gating to channel B with the same parameters.
OFF or GATE or TRIGGER
OFF turns off the time gating on either channel regardless of the channel specified. If GATE is sent, the
time gating board is set up in the External Gating Mode. If TRIGGER is sent, the External Trigger
Mode will be enabled. Although it is legal to send any of the indicated parameters in one command,
only the last specified parameter is relevant. For example, if the command GATEA OFF TRIGGER
GATE is sent, the time gating option will be set up in the External Gating Mode.
A T -3.75 dBm
B 10.30 dBm
Figure C-4: GPIB Syntax for Time Gating Measurement
OFF
GATE
TRIGGER
INVERT
NON-INVERT
DELAY d
DURATION g
HOLDOFF h
A
B
GATE
END
Options
Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 C-15
INVERT or NONINVERT
INVERT and NONINVERT specify the polarity of the trigger input signal. In the External Gating
Mode, INVERT specifies that measurements can be taken when the trigger input is low, and
NONINVERT specifies the measurements can be taken when the trigger input is high. In the External
Trigger Mode, INVERT specifies that a falling edge on the trigger input triggers the gating, and
NONINVERT specifies that a rising edge triggers the gating. Although it is legal to send both of the
parameters in one command, only the last specified parameter is relevant.
DELAY d
DELAY d specifies the delay time from the trigger input edge to the start of the gating period. The d
must be time specified in seconds in the range of 0 to 327.675 µs in 5 µs steps, where 0 represents some
minimum non-zero delay time. This parameter is relevant only in the External Trigger Mode. For
example, if the command
GATEA TRIGGER DELAY 20E-3 DURATION 250E-3 HOLDOFF 0
is sent, the External Trigger Mode will be enabled on channel A with a trigger delay of 20 ms. Since the
previous set up may be unknown, the DELAY, DURATION, and HOLDOFF should be sent in the
same command.
DURATION g
DURATION g specifies the duration of the gating period. The g must be a time specified in seconds in
the range of 5 µs to 327.675 µs, with a resolution of 5 µs. This parameter is relevant only in the External
Trigger Mode. For example, if the command
GATEA TRIGGER DELAY 20E-3 DURATION 250E-3 HOLDOFF 0
is sent, the External Trigger Mode will be enabled on channel A with a gate duration of 250 ms.
HOLDOFF h
HOLDOFF h specifies the holdoff time from the end of the gating period to the time when the circuit
will accept another trigger input edge. The h must be a time specified in seconds in the range of 0 to
327.675 µs, with a resolution of 5 µs. This parameter is relevant only in the External Trigger Mode. For
example, if the command
GATEA TRIGGER DELAY 20E-3 DURATION 30E-3 HOLDOFF 0
is sent, the External Trigger Mode will be enabled on channel A with no holdoff delay.
Error Codes
If you specify a channel where no sensor is connected, or it is a peak sensor not in CW mode, then the
Entry Error bit of the Status byte is set, as well as the Execution Error bit of the Event Status register. If
you request the Status Message, the code in the Entry Error portion of the message will be 64.
If you specify an out of range value for the delay, gate duration, or holdoff values, the Entry Error bit of
the Status byte is also set as well as the Execution Error bit of the Event Status register. If you request the
Status Message, the code in the Entry Error portion will be 65 for a delay range, 66 for a gate duration
range error, and 67 for a holdoff range error.
Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
C-16 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000
Parts List: 29863 - TIME GATING OPTION 11, Rev. A
Item Part Number Qty Cage Mfr’s Part Number Description
1 10415 1 58900 10415 LABEL, OPTION IDENTIFICATION
2 30442 1 58900 30442 854XC OPT 11 PC ASSY
3 30485 REF 58900 30485 8542XC OPT 11 SYSTEM SCH
4 21504-001 1 55566 30157 SELF-STICK SUPPORT POST
Parts List: 30442 - 854XC OPTION 11 PC ASSY, Rev. B
Item Part Number Qty Cage Mfr’s Part Number Description
1 30441 1 58900 30441 854XC OPT 11 PCB
2 30443 REF 58900 30443 854XC OPT 11 SCHEMATIC
3 30444 REF 58900 30444 854XC OPT 11 TEST PROC
C 1 CT16-S5100 1 2M734 ECS-T1CY105R 1 UF 16 V TANTALUM SMT
C 2 CK50-03100 1 31433 C0805C103KRACTR .01 UF X7R CHIP
C 3 CK55-04100 1 2M734 ECUV1H104MEM .1 UF CERAMIC CHIP Z5U
C 4 CK55-04100 1 2M734 ECUV1H104MEM .1 UF CERAMIC CHIP Z5U
C 5 CK55-04100 1 2M734 ECUV1H104MEM .1 UF CERAMIC CHIP Z5U
C 6 CK55-04100 1 2M734 ECUV1H104MEM .1 UF CERAMIC CHIP Z5U
C 7 CK55-04100 1 2M734 ECUV1H104MEM .1 UF CERAMIC CHIP Z5U
C 8 CK55-04100 1 2M734 ECUV1H104MEM .1 UF CERAMIC CHIP Z5U
C 9 CK55-04100 1 2M734 ECUV1H104MEM .1 UF CERAMIC CHIP Z5U
C 10 CK55-04100 1 2M734 ECUV1H104MEM .1 UF CERAMIC CHIP Z5U
J 1 21168 1 55322 SSW-125-01-T-D 50 PIN STRIPLINE SOCKET
L 1 LFM0-00001 1 02113 0805CS-181XKBC FERRITE BEAD FILTER SMT
L 2 LFM0-00001 1 02113 0805CS-181XKBC FERRITE BEAD FILTER SMT
R 1 21445-011 1 65970 MCR10EZHFX1002 10.0K OHM 1% FILM SMT
R 2 21445-011 1 65970 MCR10EZHFX1002 10.0K OHM 1% FILM SMT
R 3 21445-011 1 65970 MCR10EZHFX1002 10.0K OHM 1% FILM SMT
R 4 21445-011 1 65970 MCR10EZHFX1002 10.0K OHM 1% FILM SMT
U 1 UGD0-03042 1 68994 XC3042A-7PQ100 PROGRAMMABLE GATE ARRAY
U 2 UTD0-02453 1 01245 74HCT245DW 74HCT245DW OCTAL BUS SMT
U 3 UTD0-02453 1 01245 74HCT245DW 74HCT245DW OCTAL BUS SMT
U 4 OX00-00012 1 54331 970H2B2A-12.00 12 MHZ OSCILLATOR
U 5 30627 1 63542 30627 PROG PROM 854XC OPT 11 U5
XU 5 JSP0-10008 1 09922 DIL08P-108T 8 PIN DIP SOCKET
Options
Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 C-17
C.13 Option 13: Rear Panel Sensor Connections
(8541C)
If Option 13 is installed, the Sensor connectors, normally on the front panel of the 8541C are relocated
to the rear panel.
C.14 Option 14: Rear Panel Sensor Connections
(8542C)
If Option 14 is installed, the Sensor connectors, normally on the front panel of the 8542C are relocated
to the rear panel.
Parts List: 29880 - OPTION 13 REAR IN FOR 8541C, Rev. B
Item Part Number Qty Cage Mfr’s Part Number Description
1 21199-001 1 58900 21199-001 CABLE ASSY, SENSOR INPUT
2 30615 1 58900 30615 REAR OUTPUT COVER
3 30981 1 58900 30981 8541C OPT 13 OVERLAY
4 21347 2 58900 21347 SHIELDING LABEL
5 30614 -1 58900 30614 STANDARD COVER
6 30157 -1 58900 30157 FRONT DEC. PANEL 8541C FAB
7 21199 -1 58900 21199 CABLE ASSY, SENSOR INPUT
Parts List: 29881 - OPTION 14 REAR IN FOR 8542C, Rev. A
Item Part Number Qty Cage Mfr’s Part Number Description
1 21199-001 2 58900 21199-001 CABLE ASSY, SENSOR INPUT
2 30615 1 58900 30615 REAR OUTPUT COVER
3 30956 1 58900 30956 8542C/14 FRONT DEC PNL
5 30614 -1 58900 30614 STANDARD COVER
6 30170 -1 58900 30170 8542C FRONT DEC PANEL
7 21199 -2 58900 21199 CABLE ASSY, SENSOR INPUT
Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
C-18 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000
Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 Index-1
Index
8540C Universal Power Meters Index
Numerics
50 MHz Oscillator 4-10
806XX Sensor Operation 2-15
A
About This Manual xi
Activating Limits 3-32
Activating or Deactivating a Duty Cycle 3-25
Advanced Features 3-47
Burst Dropout 2-28, 3-48
Burst End Exclude 2-27, 3-47
Burst Start Exclude 2-27, 3-47
Measured Offset Entry 3-52
Min/Max Power Value 3-49
Offset Commands 3-51
Peak Hold 2-24, 3-53
Peak Power Sensor Commands (80350A Series) 3-54
Preset 3-57
Relative Measurements 3-58
Resolution 3-59
Sensor Selection 3-59
Status 3-60
Store and Recall 3-66
Units 3-67
VPROPF Feature 3-68
Zeroing 3-69
Analog Board Control Lines 4-7
Analog Output 3-16
Enabling and Disabling the Output 3-16
Option 06 3-17, C-3
Setting Options for the Output 3-16, 3-17
Analog PC Board 4-5
Chopping 4-8
Sensor Chopper Control 4-8
Sensor Gain 4-8
Stage 1 Gain 4-7
Stages 2 and 3 Gain 4-7
Applications
BAP Mode 2-20
Burst Dropout 2-28
Burst End Exclude 2-27
Burst Signal Measurements 2-26
Burst Start Exclude 2-27
Crest Factor 2-25
High Power Level Measurements 2-18
Improving Accuracy 2-31
MAP Mode 2-18
Measuring an Attenuator 2-30
Measuring Source Output Power 2-17
Modulated Measurement Modes 2-18
Multi-Tone Tests 2-23
Optimizing Measurement Speed 2-29
PAP Mode 2-19
Peak Hold 2-24
Peak Power Measurements 2-30
Peaking Meter 2-13
Performance Verification 2-32
Power Sweep Calibrator 2-15
Sensor Calibration 2-15
Sources of Error 2-33
Zeroing at Low Power 2-16
Applications Programs A-1
Continuous Data Reading A-1
Fast Buffered Demo (POST GET) A-6
Fast Buffered Demo (POST TTL) A-7
Remote Calibration of a Sensor A-1
Speed Tests (Normal and Swift) A-2
Swift Demo 1 (FREERUN) A-4
Swift Demo 2 (GET) A-5
Assembled Dual Power Meter Rack Option C-8
Auto Averaging 3-18
Activating the Auto Filter Mode 3-18
Freezing the Present Averaging Number 3-19
Setting the Measurement Setting Target 3-18
Averaging 3-18, 3-36
Auto Averaging 3-18
Cal Factors 3-20
Manual Averaging 3-19
B
BAP Mode 2-20, 3-45
Battery (Lithium) 6-1
Battery Back-Up 4-2
Replacement 6-1
Burst Dropout 2-28
Burst Dropout Tolerance 2-28, 3-48
Burst End Exclude 2-27, 3-47
Burst Signal Measurements 2-26
Burst Start Exclude 2-27, 3-47
C
Cal Factors 3-20
CAL/ZERO Hardkey 2-2
Calibration 3-21
Calibrator 2-2
Calibrator Module 4-9
Calibrator NVRAM Control Circuit 4-12
Calibrator Output 1-6
Calibrator Source 3-22
Channel-Specific Failure in the 8542C 6-3
Circuit Description
Calibrator Module 4-9
Calibrator NVRAM Control Circuit 4-12
Colpits Oscillator 4-10
Correction Thermistor Circuit 4-11
Digital Control Circuit 4-12
Front Panel PC Board 4-13
Power Supply 4-2
RF Output 4-11
Thermistor Bridge 4-11
Cleaning 1-3
Clear Device 3-2
Clear Interface 3-2
Command Syntax 3-5
Command Prefixes 3-5
Command Suffixes 3-6
Functions 3-5
Variables 3-6
Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
Index-2 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000
Configuration 2-6, 2-13
Configuration/Front Panel Keys 2-2
CW Sensor Setup 2-12
Display Lines 2-10
Front Panel Operation 2-1
Measurement Conditions 2-10
Menu Structure 2-7
Modulation Sensor Setup 2-13
Peak Sensor Setup 2-12
RF Power 2-13
Saving the Setup 2-14
Sensor Setup 2-12
Submenus 2-10
Configuration Keys
Cursor 2-3
dBm/mW Key 2-3
Enter Key 2-3
Escape Key 2-3
Freq Key 2-3
Local Key 2-3
Menu Key 2-3
Recall Key 2-3
Rel Key 2-3
Conventions Used in This Manual xiii
Cooling 1-2
CPU PC Board 4-2
Crest Factor 2-25, 3-23
Enabling the Crest Factor Feature 3-23
Reading the Crest Factor Value 3-23
Cursor Keys 2-3
CW Filter 4-7
CW Mode 2-21, 3-44
D
Data Output Formats 3-4
Fast 3-4
Standard 3-4
Data Output Formats for Fast Modes 3-38
Dedicated Hardkeys
CAL/ZERO Hardkey 2-2
Freq Hardkey 2-3
Diagrams 8-1
Directional Bridges B-10
Disabled Features 3-36
Display Control
Displaying a Message 3-24
Testing the Displays 3-24
Display Panel
Configuration 2-13
Configuration Keys 2-2
CW Sensor Setup 2-12
Display Lines 2-10
Measurement Conditions 2-10
Modulation Sensor Setup 2-13
Peak Sensor Setup 2-12
Saving the Setup 2-14
Sensor Setup 2-12
Service 2-14
Displaying a Message 3-24
Duty Cycle Commands 3-25
Activating or Deactivating a Duty Cycle 3-25
Reading Duty Cycle Status 3-25
Specifying a Duty Cycle 3-25
E
EEPROM 3-26
Frequency 3-27
Enabling & Disabling VPROPF 3-68
Enabling and Disabling the Output 3-16
Enabling the Crest Factor Feature 3-23
Enabling the Min/Max Feature 3-49
Enabling the Peak Hold Feature 3-53
Enabling/Disabling an Offset 3-51
Environmental Requirements 1-2
Event Status Register 3-61
Example Programs 3-42
F
Fast Buffered Mode 3-39
Fast Mode Setup 3-37
Fast Modul ated Mode 3-43
Free Run (TR3) 3-34
Freezing the Present Averaging Number 3-19
Freq Hardkey 2-3
Frequency Command 3-27
Front Panel 2-1
Front Panel Keys 2-2
Front Panel Operation 2-1
Calibrator 2-2
Configuration 2-13
Configuration Keys 2-2
Cursor Keys 2-3
Display Control 3-24
Displaying a Message 3-24
LEDs 2-2
Power (Switch) 2-2
RF Power 2-13
Saving the Setup 2-14
Sensor Inputs 2-4
Service 2-14
Testing the Displays 3-24
Function Codes 3-9
Functional Failures 6-3
G
General 3-36
GPIB Command Set
HP436 Emulation 3-15
HP437 Emulation 3-9
HP438 Emulation 3-13
GPIB Interface
Data Output Formats (Fast) 3-4
Data Output Formats (Standard) 3-4
Local and Remote Control 3-2
Polling 3-3
Power-On Default Conditions 3-4
Sending Commands to the 8540C 3-1
GPIB Port Check 5-11
GPIB Test Functions 5-4
Group Execute Trigger 3-35
Group Trigger Cancel (GT0) 3-35
Group Trigger Immediate (GT1) 3-35
Group Trigger Immediate with Full Avg. (GT2) 3-35
H
High Power Level Measurements 2-18
HP436 Emulation Command Code Set 3-15
HP437 Emulation Command Code Set 3-9
HP438 Emulation Command Code Set 3-13
I
IEEE 488.2 Interface Command Codes
8540C Command Code Set 3-9
HP436 Emulation Command Code Set 3-15
HP437 Emulation Command Code Set 3-9
HP438 Emulation Command Code Set 3-13
IEEE 488.2 Required Commands 3-8
Illustrations
Command Format 3-7
Improving Accuracy 2-31
Index
Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 Index-3
Inputs & Outputs 2-5
Installation
8540C Specifications 1-6
Cleaning 1-3
Configuration 2-6
Cooling 1-2
Environmental Requirements 1-2
Front Panel Operation 2-1
GPIB Interface 3-1
Inputs & Outputs 2-5
Items Furnished 1-2
Items Required 1-2
Meter Setup 2-5
Power Requirements 1-2
Preparation for Reshipment 1-3
Receiving Inspection 1-3
Remote Operation 1-8, 3-1
Safety Precautions 1-4
Sensor Inputs 2-4
Tools and Test Equipment 1-2
Installation and Preparation 1-3
Instrument Identification 3-28
Identification Strings 3-28
Instrument Plus Power Sensor Linearity 5-9
Setup Parameters 5-10
Test Description 5-9
Test Procedure 5-10
Introduction
Description 1-1
Features 1-1
Installation and Preparation 1-3
Items Furnished 1-2
Items Required 1-2
Performance Characteristics 1-2
Receiving Inspection 1-3
Safety Precautions 1-4
Theory of Operation 4-1
Tools and Test Equipment 1-2
Items Furnished 1-2
Items Required 1-2
L
Learn Mode #1 3-30
Requesting the String 3-30
Sending the String 3-30
Learn Mode #2 3-31
Requesting the String 3-31
Sending the String 3-31
Learn Modes 3-29
LEDs 2-2
Limits 3-32
Activating Limits 3-32
Measuring with Limits 3-33
Setting Limits 3-32
Line Voltage and Fuse Selection 1-4
Local and Remote Control 3-2
Local Calibration B-11
M
Main Power Switch 2-2
Maintenance 6-1
Battery (Lithium) 6-1
Battery Replacement 6-1
Channel-Specific Failure 6-3
Cleaning 6-1
Diagrams 8-1
Functional Failures 6-3
General Failure 6-3
Preliminary Troubleshooting 6-3
Testing & Calibration 6-1
Theory of Operation 4-1
Manual Averaging 3-19
Cal Factors 3-20
MAP Mode 2-18, 3-44
Measured Offset Entry 3-52
Measurement Changes 3-36
Measurement Collection Modes 2-21
Averaging 3-36
CW Mode 2-21
Fast Mode Setup 3-37
Measurement Changes 3-36
Peak Mode 2-21
Warning Reg. Interruption and Reconfiguration 3-37
Measurement Collection Modes (Fast) 3-36
Data Output Formats for Fast Modes 3-38
Fast Buffered Mode 3-39
Fast Modul ated Mode 3-43
Swift Mode 3-41
Measurement Collection Modes (Standard) 3-34
Group Execute Trigger 3-35
Measurement Triggering 3-34
Measurement Guide
BAP Mode 2-20
Burst Dropout 2-28
Burst End Exclude, Burst End Exclude 2-27
Burst Signal Measurement 2-26
Crest Factor 2-25
High Power Level Measurements 2-18
Improving Accuracy 2-31
MAP Mode 2-18
Measurement Collection Modes 2-21
Measuring an Attenuator (SCM) 2-30
Measuring Source Output Power 2-17
Mode Restrictions 2-23
Modulated Measurement Modes 2-18
Multi-Tone Tests 2-23
Optimizing Measurement Speed 2-29
PAP Mode 2-19
Peak Hold 2-24
Peak Power Measurements 2-30
Peaking Meter 2-18
Performance Verification 2-32
Power Sweep Calibrator 2-15
Sensor Calibration 2-15
Sources of Error 2-33
When to use CW, MAP and BAP 2-23
Zeroing at Low Power 2-16
Measurement Mode Commands 3-44
BAP Mode 3-45
CW Mode 3-44
MAP Mode 3-44
Measurement Mode Query 3-46
PAP Mode 3-45
Peak Mode 3-45
Measurement Mode Query 3-46
Measurement Triggering 3-34
Free Run (TR3) 3-34
Trigger Hold 3-34
Trigger Immediate (TR1) 3-34
Trigger Immediate with Full Averaging 3-34
Measurement Units 3-67
Measuring an Attenuator (SCM) 2-30
Measuring Source Output Power 2-17
Measuring with Limits 3-33
Menus
How the Menus Work 2-6
Structure 2-7
Submenus 2-10
Meter Setup 2-5
Store and Recall 3-66
Min/Max Power Value 3-49
Enabling the Min/Max Feature 3-49
Reading the Min/ Max Values 3-49
Mode Restrictions 2-23
Modulated Measurement Modes 2-18
BAP Mode 2-20
MAP Mode 2-18
Multi-Tone Tests 2-23
PAP Mode 2-19
Modulation Power Sensors B-2
Modulation Sensor Specifications 2-13, B-5
Multi-Tone Tests 2-23
Series 8540C Universal Power Meters
Index-4 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000
O
Offset Commands 3-51
Enabling/Disabling an Offset 3-51
Measured Offset Entry 3-52
Setting an Offset Value 3-51
Operation
Calibrator 2-2
Front Panel 2-1
GPIB Interface 3-1
Power Sensors B-1
Remote Operation 1-8, 3-1
Optimizing Measurement Speed 2-29
Options
Option 01
Rack Mount Kit C-1
Option 02
256K Buffer C-2
Option 03
Rear Panel Connections (8541C) C-2
Option 04
Rear Panel Connections (8542C) C-2
Option 05
Soft Carrying Case C-2
Option 06
Second Analog Output 3-17, C-3
Option 07
Side-Mounted Carry Case C-6
Option 08
Transit Case C-6
Option 09
Dual Power Meter Rack Mount Kit C-7
Option 10
Assembled Dual Power Meter Rack Mount C-8
Option 11
Time Gating Measurement C-9
Oven 4-11
P
PAP Mode 2-19, 3-45
Parallel Polling 3-3
Peak Hold 2-24, 3-53
Enabling the Peak Hold Feature 3-53
Reading the Peak Hold Value 3-53
Peak Mode 2-21, 3-45
Peak Power Measurements 2-30
Peak Power Sensor Commands (80340A Series) 3-56
Peak Power Sensor Commands (80350A Series) 3-54
Reading Values 3-55
Setting the Delay 3-54
Setting the Delay Offset 3-55
Setting the Trigger Mode & Trigger Level 3-54
Peak Power Sensor Triggering 2-30
Peak Power Sensors B-8
Peaking Meter 2-13, 2-18
Performance Verification 2-32
Performance Verification Test
Instrument Plus Power Sensor Linearity 5-9
Performance Verification Tests 5-6
Calibrator Output Power Reference Level 5-7
Equipment Required 5-6
GPIB Port Check 5-11
Periodic Maintenance
Battery (Lithium) 6-1
Battery Replacement 6-1
Channel-Specific Failure 6-3
Cleaning 1-3, 6-1
Diagrams 8-1
Functional Failures 6-3
General Failure 6-3
Preliminary Troubleshooting 6-3
Testing & Calibration 6-1
Polling 3-3
Parallel Polling 3-3
Serial Polling 3-3
Power Requirements 1-2
Power Sensor Calibration B-11
Local Calibration B-11
Remote Calibration B-14
Power Sensor Precautions 1-5
Power Sensor Selection B-1
Power Sensor Specifications B-1
Power Sensors B-1
806XX Sensor Operation 2-15
BAP Mode Limitations B-6
Directional Bridges B-10
Introduction B-1
Modulation Sensor Specifications B-5
Peak B-8
Specifications B-1
Power Sweep Calibrator 2-15
Power-On Default Conditions 3-4
Preparation for Reshipment 1-3
Preset 3-57
R
Rack Mount Kit Option C-1
Reading Duty Cycle Status 3-25
Reading the Crest Factor Value 3-23
Reading the Min/ Max Values 3-49
Reading the Peak Hold Value 3-53
Reading Values 3-55
Rear Panel 2-5
Inputs & Outputs 2-5
Receiving Inspection 1-3
Record of Manual Changes xv
Relative Measurements 3-58
Remote Calibration B-14
Remote Control
Auto Averaging 3-18
Averaging 3-18
Remote Operation 1-8, 3-1
Advanced Features 3-47
Analog Output 3-16
Averaging 3-36
Cal Factors 3-20
Calibration 3-21
Calibrator Source 3-22
Checking Limits 3-32
Clear Devices 3-2
Clear Interface 3-2
Command Syntax 3-5
Crest Factor 2-25, 3-23
Data Output Formats 3-4
Display Control 3-24
Displaying a Message 3-24
Duty Cycle Commands 3-25
EEPROM 3-26
Frequency Command 3-27
GPIB Interface 3-1
HP436 Emulation 3-15
HP437 Emulation 3-9
HP438 Emulation 3-13
IEEE 488.2 Common Commands 3-8
Instrument Identification 3-28
Learn Mode #1 3-30
Learn Mode #2 3-31
Learn Modes 3-29
Limits 3-32
Local and Remote Control 3-2
Manual Averaging 3-19
Measurement Collection Modes (Fast) 3-36
Measurement Collection Modes (Standard) 3-34
Measurement Mode Commands 3-44
Measurement Units 3-67
Min/Max Power Value 3-49
Option 06 3-17, C-3
Peak Hold 3-53
Index
Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 Index-5
Peak Power Sensor Commands (80340A Series) 3-56
Peak Power Sensor Commands (80350A Series) 3-54
Polling 3-3
Power Sensors B-1
Power-On Default Conditions 3-4
Preset (Default) 3-57
Relative Measurements 3-58
Resolution 3-59
Retrieving a Configuration 3-66
Saving a Configuration 3-66
Sending Commands to the 8540C 3-1
Sensor Selection 3-59
Series 8540C Command Codes 3-8
Setting Limits 3-32
Status 3-60
Store and Recall 3-66
Testing the Displays 3-24
VPROPF Feature 3-68
Zeroing 3-69
Resolution 3-59
Restrictions 2-23
Retrieving a Configuration 3-66
S
Safety Precautions 1-4
Saving a Configuration 3-66
SCPI Command Interface
Analog Output 3-16
IEEE 488.2 Required Commands 3-8
Measurement Triggering 3-34
Preset Configuration 3-57
Second Analog Output Option 3-17, C-3
Sending Commands to the 8540C 3-1
Clear Device 3-2
Clear Interface 3-2
Local and Remote Control 3-2
Sensor Calibration 2-15
Sensor Chopper Control 4-8
Sensor Gain 4-8
Sensor Inputs 2-4
Sensor Measurements Supported 3-36
Sensor Selection 3-59
Sensor Selection and Calibration 3-2
Sensor Setup
Meter Setup 2-5
Separators 3-7
Serial Polling 3-3
Series 8540C Command Codes 3-8
Function Codes 3-9
HP436 Emulation 3-15
HP437 Emulation 3-11
HP438 Emulation 3-13
IEEE 488.2 Required Commands 3-8
Setting an Offset Value 3-51
Setting Limits 3-32
Setting Options for the Output 3-16, 3-17
Setting the Delay 3-54
Setting the Delay Offset 3-55
Setting the Measurement Settling Target 3-18
Setting the Trigger Mode and Trigger Level 3-54
Side-Mounted Carry Case Option C-6
Sources of Error 2-33
Special Configurations xvii
Specifications 1-6
Specifying a Duty Cycle 3-25
Speed Tests (Normal and Swift) A-2
SRQ and Status Monitoring
Event Status Register 3-61
Stage 1 Gain 4-7
Stages 2 and 3 Gain 4-7
Status 3-60
Event Status Register 3-61
Status Byte Message 3-60
Status Message 3-62
Status Message Output Format 3-62
Status Message 3-62
Status Message Output Format 3-62
Store and Recall 3-66
Retrieving a Configuration 3-66
Saving a Configuration 3-66
Submenus 2-10
CW Sensor Setup 2-12
Display Lines 2-10
Measurement Conditions 2-10
Modulation Sensor Setup 2-13
Peak Sensor Setup 2-12
RF Power 2-13
Sensor Setup 2-12
Service 2-14
Suffixes 3-6
Swift Demo 1 (FREERUN) A-4
Swift Demo 2 (GET) A-5
Swift Mode 3-41
T
Testing & Calibration 6-1
Testing the Displays 3-24
Theory of Operation 4-1, 4-7
Battery (Lithium) Back-Up 4-2
Calibrator Module 4-9
CPU PC Board 4-2
Front Panel PC Board 4-13
General 4-1
Power Supply 4-2
Thermistor 4-11
Time Gating Measurment Option C-9
Tools and Test Equipment 1-2
Track & Hold and DAC 4-11
Transit Case Option C-6
Trigger Hold (TR0) 3-34
Trigger Immediate (TR1) 3-34
Trigger Immediate with Full Averaging (TR2) 3-34
Troubleshooting 6-3
Typical Applications Programs A-1
Continuous Data Reading A-1
Fast Buffered Demo (POST GET) A-6
Fast Buffered Demo (POST TTL) A-7
Remote Calibration of a Sensor A-1
Speed Tests (Normal and Swift) A-2
Swift Demo 1 (FREERUN) A-4
Swift Demo 2 (GET) A-5
U
Units 3-67
Using the Peaking Meter 2-18
V
VPROPF Feature 3-68
Configuring VPROPF 3-68
W
Warning Reg. Interruption and Reconfiguration 3-37
Weight and Dimensions 1-2
When to use CW, MAP and BAP 2-23
Z
Zeroing 3-69
Zeroing at Low Power 2-16

Navigation menu